1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 INDEX OF CONSERVATION DIVISION GUIDELINES Definitions, Laws, Regulations, Memoranda and other Guidelines with examples VOL I Establishment of the Geological Survey Creation, Objectives and Function of Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office Mineral Leasing Act of 1920 Public Law 583 - Multiple Mineral Resource Development Secretary's Order 2948 - BLM-USGS Onshore Minerals Management Mineral Land Classification - Authority* Purpose, History Mineral Resource Classification System - Current Status Formal and Informal Classification Actions Legal Descriptions of Tracts of Land Known Leasing Areas - Existence and workability Mineral Permits and Leases Geothermal - classification, working agreements ' Coal - classification and evaluation standards Oil and Gas - classification and evaluation standards Oil Shale - classification standards - withdrawal Phosphate - calssification and evaluation standards Sodium and Potash - classification and evaluation standards VOL II at 'Vo ,K?> im i nr Geologic Reports Prospecting Permits Preference Right and Competitive Lease applications Congressional and Public Inquiries Fringe Acreage Application Exploration and Mining Plan Reviews Prospectively Valuable Reports Input to Environmental Analysees and EIS Dam and pump storage sites Land classification minutes Known Leasing Area (KLA) minutes Environmental Analysis - procedures for Onshore Mining and resource evaluation Technical Publications and Open-file reports Projects - proposals and examples Analytical lab sample submittal procedure Conservation Division Glossary .... • « J • •- * 1-1 ■ f • 1C. .»v* •.)£! • . : . ' _ !>9> V. 1 T • . . .. ?.0^° CO % -OeS^6 . . ' 1. ■ U OUTLINE FOR GEOLOGIC REPORTS ON PROSPECTING PERMITS . PREFERENCE RIGHT' LEASE AND MINERAL LEASE APPLICATION'S Assuming that the geologic ‘report will be in the' form of a memo¬ randum, the type of application, land office case number^ name of ■ the applicant^ county and state^vould be identified as part of the subject of the memo. The legal land description should be placed directly below the "subject". The body of the report is in* three parts as follows : For prospecting permit: Statement as to the prospectively valuable character of the land and the^de termination of existence , plus any further appropriate comment. Geothermal resources areas are to be specifically reported because of the new mining regulation Preference right lease: Statement as to whether prospecting has proved the existence of a valuable deDOsit. It is recommended that the geologist's conclusion appear at the* first of the report for the convenience of those reviewing the application file. II* Economic geology and other data which support the deter¬ mination shown in part I. ^Geographic and physiographic description of the land as an aid to interpretation of the geology and prospecting recommendations. Not always necessary for a preference application. ^Discussion of the geology of the area with specific reference to economic aspects and possible geologic hazards. Enough detail should be given so that prospecting suggestions have some relevance ^Use the geology as previously stated to interpret the specific data necessary to determine existence. Use geologic interpretation and inference to make reserve or resource estimates. III. Recommend to the regional mining supervisor" the type"*oi' prospecting program required to determine existence or additional prospecting necessary to support a preference right lease applicati< Request notification from the regional mining supervisor as to v;hen prospecting operations are underway plus review of incoming data fr the lessees and permitees, with the. understanding that this infor¬ mation is proprietary. Such field contacts by our geologists and' data reviews are fundamental in maintaining effective regional mineral land classification. References cited or bibliography. Gere and Renner, Sept 30, 1971 Conservation Division UJ5. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Office of the Area Geologist Menlo Park, California UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 July 30, 1976 Memorandum To: Area Geologist, Pacific Area From: Acting Conservation Manager, Western Region Subject: Coordination of geologic information for EA's and other lease management geologic report and review activities In my memorandum of July 19, 1976, you were asked to arrange pro¬ cedures between the District Geologist and your office to fully identify the geologic conditions and mineral resources of a given area in responding to an EA for an oil and gas exploratory well . You are also asked to examine all of your lease management report and review activities to assure that all mineral values, including prospective, are being reported to the supervisors. Of course, clear listing responses to the BLM should be restricted to reporting lands in known leasing areas. We are relying on your staff to pro¬ vide information and early alert to the supervisory personnel on potential multiple mineral use conflicts. An instruction memo concerning procedures for reducing the potential for multiple mineral-use conflicts is being drafted. During the interim, please proceed as discussed above. Your observations and comments on this matter will be welcome. . ; t c * . Memorandum UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 August 16, 1976 To: All Geologists, Office of the Pacific Area Geologist From: Area Geologist, Pacific Area Subject: Valuable prospectively statements in mineral reports requested by supervisors We have been requested by the Acting Conservation Manager to include pros¬ pective values for all leasable minerals in our reports for the Geothermal and Mining Supervisors. Accordingly, you should include this information in all prospecting permit and preference right lease application geologic reports. You should also include this information in your input or review of EA's. HenryX. Cuilins Attachment cc: Dist. Geol., LA ' J - •* ■ ' i r ft UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist’s Office 3U5 Middle field Road Menlo Park, California 9^025 August 31 j 19T6 Memorandum To : Geologists, Office of the Pacific Area Geologist From: Area Geologist, Pacific Area Subject: Date of Mining Supervisor's request for mineral reports The Acting Conservation Manager has requested that we mention the ^te of the Mining Supervisor's request when we prepare our reports on pro¬ specting permits, lease applications, and our reviews of mining plans. Please let us know if you anticipate any obstacle to timely response to any request from the Mining Supervisor. Henry L. Cullins - UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 September 16, 1976 Memorandum To: Geologists, Office of the Pacific Area Geologist From: Area Geologist, Pacific Area Subject: Standard paragraph addition to geologic reports In compliance with a request from the Acting Conservation Manager to in¬ clude the requested date on geologic reports, the following paragraph should now be considered the opening and standard reply from this office: "The following geologic report on _ permit application No. _ is submitted in re¬ sponse to your request dated _ , and received by this office _ * ' . ... * 1 « -4 More Standard Paragraphs of ' 'resources is not known and additional prospecting will be necessary to ascertain the existence and workability of the deposit(s) in the permit area(s). Prospecting 1 ^es?/reas should involve both trenching and drilling P Trenchinq "triu >»“ “'?»»* « witty of tie Kwfc zones. Drilling would prove the strati graphic continuity of the p osp ori e and confirm the reserves and grade determined by trenching ^ff"ce of (phosphate) resources is known, but additional prospecting will be necessary to ascertain the workability of the deposit in the permit areas. K Existence of a deposit in sufficient workability is known, and additional quantity and quality to indicate prospecting is not recommended. < • \r. va ‘‘'TV' ■v4 UNI I Hi J bini u.v - - - - DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR No. Ui.l GEOLOGICAL SURVEY WASHINGTON. O.C. 202<2 Soptonbor 26, 196? Memorandum To: Mining Engineer, Miami, Oklahoma ' From: Chief. Branch of Mining Operations Subject: Prospecting permit recommendations under Regulation h3 CFR 3220 This is in response to your memorandum of September 11, stating that you cannot recommend a certain number of holes for preference right • leases on hard minerals, such as load-cine, and including your former reco.-rmendations which are as follows: •to ( ;U'< ic - / ir son «• f -7-70 ) I'a /* .»f» ] Y.vr.icu U-S' :/wAVi;y A • ./•!.,• „ .1;* *, Al.i.fca /Icc^diu-C 4> L. Saavefev HUi si>0 o valid Jccuu^i.- * . .-orandum . w »*#w Regional Mining Supervisor, Anchorage *’>* . ’ Billings Carlsbad ' Denver Washington, D.C. McAlester Salt Lake City Regional Geologist, Washington, D.C. Anchorage Denver Los Angeles Great Falls Roswell Tulsa New Orleans Through: Chief, Branch of Mining Operations Chief, Branch of Mineral* Classification ?ron: Subject: Chief, Conservation Division Report by District or Regional Geologist to Regional Mining Supervisor on prospecting permit applications Apparently there is still some confusion as to the pr handling the subject applications, as presented in division Manual 671.5.3A and B, ocedure involved Conservation 1 brief elaboration of these procedures would be as follows (1) The geologist, upon receipt of a copy of the serial regts e sheet, should also request, receive, and review all pertinent information from the case files of the Regional Mining Supervisor for reference in preparation of his geologic report. (2) The geologist should utilize all additional geologic infor¬ mation available from any reliable source. He should also make a spot field investigation if he decides it is. necessary It is the geologist's responsibility to: • ~ /{? ’ * « ; *>• f t i \ U v-. .* ■/ / k (a) establish whether or not existence is known, and (b) if existence is known, to provide any additional geologic data of value to assist the Supervisor in making a workability determination, or (c) if existence is not known, to indicate the minimum exploration requirements likely to be necessary to establish 'existence. (3) The geologist is to report these finemgs to the Supervis with a copy to the Chief, Branch of Mineral Classification, he should clearly tell the Supervisor whether or not existence is known or not known. He should not recommend that a competitive lease should issue on the basis of existence only. (A) If existence is known, the question of permit or lease will still depend upon the Supervisor's determination and tne Division Chief’s decision regarding workability. The geologist s _ report will establish that existence is known and also furnish geologic data of value to the Supervisor in determining worx- ability. (B) If existence is not knovm, the geologist's report to tie uper visor will inform him of this fact and also indicate the minimum exploratory requirements likely to be necessary to establish existence. One purpose of the geologist’s review of all geologic data an related factors is to save the time and effort ot the Supervisor in searching through geologic literature and.m compiling resource data on the area under application. The review will also be of great value in the event of an appeal. f* United States Department of the Interior OFFICE of hearings and appeals INTERIOR HOARD OK LAND APPEALS 4015 wii-soN noui.KVAtin ARLINGTON, VIRGINIA 22203 STANFORD R. MAHONEY IB LA 72-412 Decided August 24, 1973 Appeal from the decision of the Bureau of Land Management 1 Utah State Office rejecting phosphate prospecting application Utah 12759. Set aside and remanded. Environmental Quality: Generally Mineral Lands: Prospecting Permits — Rational Environmental Policy Act of 1969: Environmental Statements r.rv/»n<3 y/Ay/'/- VJhere a technical examination huo cs tuj lished that phosphate prospecting opcra-_ tions , if conducted under an crop:. ip^o.. p q riu i t fi tie u 1 a t iiief » '-*“■> significant imp ac tf on the environment, but it is feared that if the prospecting resulted in the discovery of commercial deposits damage to the important water¬ shed might result from actual mining operations, the prospecting permit may be allowed subject to the express condi¬ tion tna"tT~ no preference right lease will issue until and unless an environmental impact analysis, accomplished in accord¬ ance witn tn irrational Environmental Policy Act of 1969, indicates that the ore can be successfully extracted without signifi- cant adverse environmental effect. Mineral Lands: Prospecting Permits Except in cases where knowledge of the mineralization is so conclusively estab¬ lished that the failure of a prospecting venture can be anticipated with neat absolute assurance, it is error to ceny _ /so . •••«•• ?**»s . . . O'A . r "9 ' ) . i\ i r/ d h i GEOLOGICAL SURVEY WASHINGTON, D.C. 20242 DEC 4 1973 Memorandum RECEIVcu U.S, Geological Sax DEC ?'J?3. Conservation Divisi Western Region M$nlo Park, Caiif Tot Area Mini ,ng Supervisors Through: Regional Conservation Managers Proa: Chief, Conservation Division Subject: Guide for stipulations in prospecting permits SUbJaCt datSd JanS 24 ’ 1969 ■ fron the Chief, Branch inang Opel anions, contained reccraendaticns for oti?ulaticn3 relating to discovery requirements that entitle, a perrnittee to cualify for a are^ rig.A ioase. Under the 1-iinoral Leasing Act of 1?20 and U3 CFR 3520.1-1, it is not appropriate to recuire a discovery "in ccr-ercial ^hKr than CC;l1* Therefore, the following revised stipulations should be used in the future. Coal T° qualify for. a preference right lease for all or raid: of the a* , the ..ernittee must drill at least (number) adecuate test holes or perform ccmparaolo prospecting in accordance with the approved plan for exploration and make a discovery of coal in commercial quantities satisfactory to the Area Lining Supervisor. Sulphur f Sodium, Phocmhate, Potassium T and Hnrdrock Minerals To qualify for a preference right lease for all or part of the r the permittee must drill at least (number) adecuate test holes or perform comparable prospecting in accordance Kith the approved plan for exploration and make a discovery of a valuable i specify tjwe of mineral) deposit satisfactory to the Area Minin Supervisor. 7 'a !?3 dssiSned show information about the existence of.rha ds?°sits, which, if the Government had such Infcraa- of the application^ 3??]iCatloa uas iiled> rould required. rejection (ORIG. SGD.) JOHN DUtETSKY ACTIH9 Chief s Conservation Division cc: OCCD ^Regional Conservation Managers CD Mining (620) WCSheldoh: jle:12/k/73 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 9402-5 August 24, 1976 J, Memorandum # Menlo Pnri. . To: Area Mining Supervisor, Alaska-Pacific. Area From.: Acting Conservation Manager, Western Region Subject: Unnecessary delays in responding to BLM requests for reports on prospecting permit applications I am concerned about some recent cases that have required several months to a year from the time of receipt to the preparation of your recommended response to the BLM request. Much of the time delay should be avoidable, and this office will attempt to provide assistance to aid you in reducing time. For tracking purpose, the following procedure is to be followed be¬ ginning immediately : 1. Upon receipt of a prospecting permit application, a copy of the BLM request for a report is to be forwarded to this office with a no¬ tation of your estimated response time. 2. Immediately on receipt of the BLM request, the Area Geologist should be requested to report his findings and recommends tions , advising him of any special particulars on which you wish his detailed recommendations and comments. 3. The Area Geologist is to submit his report within 30 days of receiving your request or advise you of any reason or problem for needed time tc respond to your request. A copy of such a notification from the Area Geologist is to be furnished to this office. 4. Any potential multiple-mineral use conflicts should be noted early, this office advised, and the Oil and Gas or Geothermal Supervisors, if involved, requested to furnish a factual report and recommendations. In addition, please, furnish us with a listing of all BLM requests for report that you are now holding, showing the date received and, if re- -2- te n'i9°6hasiL0t b=en — ■ ->• mation concerning pending ^its Is tabLt d t “ ^ inf°r‘ but nor in sufficient derail to allow adequate traSingT ‘ rhane60eroe 'in un ‘V™ re<1UCSts should not be more believe suchV ! i' rain T? °&T °r <^=unstances . We also goal is attainable through mutual effort and support. Your comments and suggestions arc welcomed. / fred^j. Schambeck cc: Area Geologist, Pacific Area ' 'M^ved Survey ^ T 1 / 107- CoxT^ioa Di**» » lesion Afenlo Part( UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR geological survey Conservation Division 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 October 13, 1976 Memorandum To: From: Acting Conservation Manager, Western Region Area Mining Supervisor, Alaska-Pacific Area Subject: Prospecting Permit Application Routing o'San!lSrpiS-made CO y°Ur ret!uest background data on the routing October 7 rmentS a" ProsPectinS permit applications during our October / meeting. Attached is a copy of the r rZ l T instructions of April 3 1969 fnr the ° Division Chief’s Ar.. Geologist 's t.pott’to ?' So’cS:?- «*>* ««. ». rj" - -".Sv The attempts to ^f inf tune ^ explfned by Wayland’s instructs conf:ln„pHPahh f C ne Che dlsc°very/exis tence/workabilitv have notions of a leasabL'deposit!" ^ constantly ohanging that tm should §be ^ eq ues t ina ^an f>T it appears Area GeoWiirto rn'-e Tr l 1 Ial scologicil report from the > decision and then la‘ter the « CF ^3 « ^“W*”*** Dated in hv • 4J CFR 23 exaramation should be partici- exploratory a‘d ^ ^ ““ “ ^ °Ut Che gated to the fieU^2™* m d Chat the resP°nsibility should be rele- apoears chit f ? unl:i1 other instructions arc received, it followed; otherwise‘ieifathe°f C°nsjstency> che old s'/stem should be would not bo approved^ luting ^ '"** Comments from the field will be forwarded when received and if anything else is required, please advise. ^ -v’ < _ L. H. Saarel'a Attachments 2 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 9402S March 10, 1977 Memorandum To: All Geologists, Office of the Pacific Area Geologist From: Area Geologist, Pacific Area Subject: Prospecting permit application reports The publication of revised mining regulations and discussions with the Acting Conservation Manager and Mining Supervisor . require . that this . office modify procedures for replying on prospecting permit applications to eliminate wasted effort and to ensure processing of applications in a timely manner. The questions that BLM ask when they send a prospecting permit application to the Survey are: 1. Is existence of the leaseable mineral known? 2. Is the deposit workable? We can answer the first question by replying that: 1. The application is in or includes a Known Leasing Area. 2. Existence is known. 3. Existence is not known. If an application is in a Known Leasing Area, we need only so state and include an illustration showing the leasing area and the application. In order to say that existence is known we must have enough information to calculate measured, indicated and inferred reserves.. We should give this information and all other necessary geologic information to the Supervisor so that he may make a determination of workability. « If existence is not known, then it is proper that the prospecting permit should issue. No further geological information is necessary at this point. Only one application in five^ issues so four reports in five are wasted effort and their preparation delays timely processing of all applications. Concerning Chat one application in five that may issue, it is important that the Supervisor. should be aware of any potential multiple mineral conflicts at this time so that he can arrange with the Oil and Gas and/or the Geothermal Supervisor for appropriate stipulations in the permit. The geologist processing an application will, in addition to making his existence determination, determine if there are any indicated potential multiple mineral conflicts . This determination can be made either by .requesting BLM to provide a copy of their land use plat of the affected area for his inspection or by requesting BLM to check their land use plat and to report their finding to us by telephone. If there are no potential conflicts he should so state. If there are any, he should report the lease, permit or application number and mineral involved and prepare an illustration showing the lands involved. Information concemin locatable minerals should be reviewed and reported. BLM use -plats will include claims recorded under their new "organic act." We plan to acquire all BLM use-plats on aperature cards so that this part of the process can be handled in our office. The next step after BLM receives the Survey's reply on existence and workability is. a. joint. inspection arranged by BLM. We should make every effort to participate in these Technical Examinations to familiarize ourselves with the local geology, identify geological hazards, and meet the potential operator to discuss his proposed exploration and operation. We should prepare for maximum geological input to the supervisor and involvement in review of exploration plans and plans of operations required after a permit issues. V ♦ M-36893 AIJG o 2 1977 3=L!FFECT 0F MINING CLAIMS ON SECRETARIAL AUTHORITY TO ISSUE PROSPECTING PERMITS FOR COAL AND PHOSPHATE Coal Leases and Permits Permits: Generally A prospecting permit for coal cannot be issued for land subject £0 a Claim. Ir a prospecting permit for coal purports to “7, U!d subject to a mining claim, it is invalid as to ,*1 land.. Consequently, in demonstrating a discovery of coal the °“meyaa-a 1>ua“ticies in land subject to a prospecting permit claim aUSI: aXCluda coal in laad covered by a mining Phosphate Leases and Permits Permi t s A prospecting permit for phosphate cannot be issued for land subject to a claim. If a prospecting permit for phosphace purports to cover .land subject to a mining claim, it is in- valid as to that land. Consequently, in demonstrating a dis¬ covery of a valuable deposit of phosphate in land subject to a prospecting permit, the permittee must exclude any phosphate m land covered by a mining claim. ^ul^ipls Mineral Development Act • Generally The Multiple Mineral Development: Act Leasing Act to authorize the issuance for coal which cover lands subject to did not amend the Mineral of prospecting permits mining claims. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist’s Office 345 Middlefieid Road Menlo Park, California 9402 5 Memorandum May 19, 1977 To: District Mining Supervisor, Pocatello, Idaho Through: Area Geologist, Pacific Area Area Mining Supervisor, Alaska- Pacific Area From: Geologist, Menlo Park Subject: Geologic Report, Aquired Lands, Uranium Permit Applications 1-12607 and I-1260S, St. Joe American Corporation This geologic report is in response to your request dated March 8, 1977 and received by this office April 5, 1977. The applications for uranium prospecting permits 1-12607 and I- 12603 on aquired lands cover 2,453.74 and 2,533.98 acres respectively in T. 55 N., R. 3 W., Boise Meridian, Idaho. A legal description of the lands is given in the application. The applicant also holds uranium claims on adjoining National Resource lands and leases on fee lands. The area is not prospectively valuable for any of the leasable minerals under the leasing or aquired land laws. Aquired lands in sec. 22, 27, 28, and 34 have previously been held under uranium prospecting permits 1-07320, 1-07339, 1-07349, 1-07375, and 1-07386. All permits have since expired. The area lies in mountainous, moderately to heavily timbered terrain with local relief of over 400 ft. Topography is shown on the 7.5 minute Careywood topographic map. (U.S. Geol. Survey, 1968). State highway 95 and major rail lines both east and west of the subject area provide transportation into the region. Secondary roads and jeep trails are numerous in the subject area. The area is bordered by Hoodoo Valley on the west and northwest and Pend Oreille River on the east. Geoio^ tTnnnh^hl0wypKfnthe a^ea haS been mapped by Sandra Clark as part of an unpublished Ph.D. requirement for the University of Idaho. The application comolex UThe:.ain |b^ii ^ *^rt*ary Cocolalla quartz monzonite intrusive complex. The Cocolalla complex consists of equigranular to porphyritic zones . of muscovite to biotite rich quartz monzonite. Pleistoncene and Tertiary f Hoodoo and Pend Oreille River Valleys. Roof pendants of CKeek F°rmatl0n border the area to the east. Glacial erratics are located throughout the subject area. Autunite, a hydrated phosphate of c lcium and cranium has previously been reported from sec. 27, and 34, T. 55 R. 3 W., B.M., Idaho by the Atomic Energy Commission in a preliminary reconnaissance report dated May 24, 1956. The autunite was described as ccurring along fractures and as surface coating. (Autunite is derived from e alteration of uraninite or other uranium minerals). The AEC report concluded that there was insufficient autunite to be of commercial value. A radioactivity of 0.01% U^Og was noted. Preliminary reports No. 2 and 3 by the Idaho Bureau of Mines and Geology also described the subject area as the former Halliwill prospecting permit area in hv?’ ^ T* 55 N*’ R* 3 w- Autunite, associated with possible hydrothermal alteration was noted in section 27. High radioactive counts were ?enSnrJLd ^ prospectin§ Pits whefe joints and alteration were prominent. Up to 0.05% U30. were calculated for the area. The findings in sec. 34 were summarized inTrel. Report No. 3 as "very low grade". The area in sec. 27 was summarized in report No. 2 as low grade with some possible potential due to the hydrothermal alteration. While field checking the application area on May 10th, 1977, visible lemon- yellow platy autunite crystals were noted in fractures along shear zones of the quartz monzonite in NEKNWX sec. 27, T. 55 N., R. 3 W. Readings of up to 1600 cps were measured with a scintillometer. Available water quality studies from streams in the application area and surrounding region show anomalous high readings of 50 to 230 parts per billion L^Og. Average content of U^Og in water is 4 ppb. Based on the available published and other geologic data, there is insufficient evidence to determine the existence of a known deposit of uranium. Although there are isolated occurrences of uranium-bearing minerals, prospecting is recommended to establish existence of a workable deposit of uranium within the meaning of 43CFR 3520. Prospecting activity for uranium may include a detailed mapping program, soil and water sampling, airborne spectrographic surveys, and a Track Etch study which consists of 1.5 ft deep hand augered holes spaced from 30 to 1000 meters apart in which radon detection devices are placed for a period of about 3 weeks. The holes can then be properly backfilled after use. Off-road vehicular traffic is not necessary as there are already numerous logging roads and trails in the area. Follow-up prospecting in promising areas may include air-percussion or rotary drill holes in which radiometric profiles are run. Trenching for better rock exposure and surface sampling may be desirable in selected areas. Peter Oberlindacher c c ...i or ||~$k'.s.‘c JjUnf&d States Department of the Interior °&cal Survey _p BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT * ? / 976 STATE OFFICE Co/iservati Federal Office Building, Room E-2S41 VFcitem°p DlVisi0Q 2800 Cottage Way Alenio ^az]^L^iCU Sacramento, California 95825 Memqrandun FEB 23 1978 To: Director (210) From: State Director, California Subject: Proposed rule making 43 CFR 3520. t The purpose of these regulations is to clarify and establish the conditio under which certain leasable mineral permittees shall be entitled to a preference right lease. In essence the doctrine of ’'discovery” is being applied. This principle applied to issued permits may solve the problem of when to issue a preference right lease, but the following clarifications are necessary. 1. A clear distinction between this criteria and when advising BLM that a competitive sale is a prospecting permit can issue, and the principle in order under or 2. A clear distinction between the discovery doctrine and the principle used when USC-S advises BLM that the lands are ’'known to be valuable for minerals subject to disposition under the. Mineral Leasing Act" so BLM can apply the rules of PL-585. Jt is our view that the words or phrases, "valuable for," "mineral in charac; _ U IT known to be valuable for minerals subject to disposition under the Mineral Leasing Act" as applied to leasing act minerals inc lu.de lands which from geologic indications wn rrout 11 n n s a a e t -i n a 1 1 n r. o r a i- i n n s . ii - ■ ^ ^ - ■■ - - - — — — " — — ■""" — to establish the actual existence of deposits r, nor. f Fled in the 102Q. Ac!:_ Unlcss the regulations Iff r i ght. s i t u a t i on , we a re y classifications for lee. t the. discovery doctrine to only the prefereuc to increase the nroscr.t d 1 1 e mm a. on mineral c- > ” i» minerals. • C? { •* l f- r*s •• f f * * T r • -* 1 1 - lA'SC.S (Menlo Park, ID Director ( / 20) ■n commve. A — / — e*y Peg Tonal Cu.osu l* vr, !: i on Mgr / / J- /-/.'VCW - ih : r~\ » f.ix k • »• •/ i * *. . i n\ >'•'«* > :J3 « : v / - . Lz * ' ^ LJ ■ M !'*•• .•■-! i- hfv ;!j\^ \.«X Ww Wrf v-» tuw*« W— • Wl>«4 d) i § e ! t? it in] ’* ■* i J i ; _■"■« i \- <-.-■/ '■«i - i / F £ :? 2. -.j Li v r?> • **• /■« r Lj r M i. ^ . "1 . - . I / j.. _ ^ . ! ■• •• • ^ •• , V-.. L— 5 A /"u n e w s release- office of the Secretary Conservation Division U.S. GEOLOGICAL StJUVT.Y For Release February 23, 1976 office cd Ac A'c.% M'JllIo Pei K C: ,:P f- f"Hn r- r m n /> c *n si c o o v. a L.U.OUO-# The period for public comment on the proposed regulations has been extended for 30 days, until March 19. Secretary Kleppe said that once the final recoil at ! on? have been T'vblLsuu* the BLM must contact all preference light lease applicants and advise them of the priority the Department ’..’ill utilize in process / rig existing applications. He said he hau further instructed the BLM to prepare procedures and guidelines to assure that Western Governors are con sad ted prior to the issuance of any preference right leases. Most known federally-c-v'r.vG coal deposits are located in fh* public, land stator i h; gv , ■ . y ' r> 1 * * • i - ' - % ./ 1 .3 ».* v-/ »-*«.«- < t L- v- J. \ y I> I * i - w * i.j • • l * 1 f : 1 m V v! * T lui:,'1 : c.ivj > i ' u I or cc?i u. j. v t! j. c »•! a j i : sy r V ent , 1 u J. M O V # :V i ii J. GOUJ. 1: IlliitV ] If! i 1* \.r ;i I j t • . > c *iC. tO tY ad <* (!;• i 11 ' having anno err v..d the new 1 c ■; lVr policy, it could b« r» much as 12 Co IS wi:;s bo lore the first cea-.a helve" loose would- DC granted. Hoc-over, !,<, noted fust he did excoat noire o? the theei‘nLrim?inS PreI':r°nC° ri&hC lc;;sa Section* would' be approved during •Jnder the Denari^'CiiC 1 c n^r-7 rnsi 1 — ■ ... , ^ . . » ... . / ; “ ru"' 00 •- P°LW> no new coal prospecting pernits will b« >««••>«, and no further praft-ranco right lease applications «ai be accepts .or lowing resolution of those that may be submitted under ' ‘on of the iucin'idusl's right- of acccbb f> his records and the reasons there - ior neo'ctita te the exemption of tins system of records irom this requirements of the other cited provisions. [Fit. Doc. 7P- 12337 Filed 5-G-76;8:45 am| Title 43 — Public Lands: Interior CHAPTER l! — BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT PART 352C— PREFERENCE RIGHT AND COMPETITIVE LEASES Prospecting Permits; Issuance cf Leasee On January IS, 1 575. proposed reguia- tions were published in the Federal Reg¬ ister (41 F.R. 2013). to formally define “commercial quantitne’ " under 30 U.S.C. 201(b) and “valuable deposit” under 30 U.S.C. 211 tb) , 262. 272. and 282 and to state what information the permittee must submit to demonstrate the existence of coal in commercial quantities or of a valuable deposit of the ocher permit min¬ erals, arid to state mat if a permittee makes the necessary showing, the Sec¬ retary’’ will offer a fivi-rc to the permit¬ tee. Initially, interested persons were given until February 10, 1975 to submit c^- nc-nt-s; the comment period was later c 'd.?d until March 19, 197G. 41 F.R. 7. (197G). Full and careful considera¬ tion was given to all w; it ten comments received eniKfn response to these com¬ ments several chant.es have been made in the regulations. Many of the comments received were critical of the standard for commercial quantities and value. ,ie deposit contained in the proposal. Nevertheless because of the law's requirements, the Department has not changed the essential aspects of the proposed rules, although several re¬ visions have been made. Major Change. The proposed regula¬ tions required the permittee to submit information on the cost of mining with¬ out first being informed of proposed lease terms and royalties. Several of the com¬ ments noted that this would be burden¬ some and unfair to lease applicants and that ica.sc terms should be known to the permittees before they have to present financial information. The Department agrees that the procedures in the pro¬ posal would have created this problem. In response, the Beopcra(ion. hi O iLk. 3021.1-1 O.O. 'The Department will u.o lire infor¬ mation to do a. technical examination * !•■ v-pv.xe5- ' t rv.-.d” eh f’n.i a * oo cm*- i "0 > iiiji ls to prc4..-.re appio- pv.ato lea re terms ond stipulations. 43 OFrt 3521.1-5. The mv>i.'OSC’i lease terms cm! xLiniiafions will he given :o rhe per¬ mittee. and based on. tins iniormution no thin, the latter is a refinement of former." 3 JO U.3. 509, 003 (1S63>. 3. Request that this standard net n'\ to norm its emit eg before up >■ 11 a; Ti I'l.vij i. .t i . i — • i r i . l no D.-pari- ment believes that this procedure is fair to the lessee and complies with the De¬ partment's duty to assure effective envi¬ ronmental protection. The Department realizes that the in¬ formation that the permittee submits on proposed mining methods, mine locu¬ tion and proposed schedule of mining wili hav„. to be somewhat general, and that, often, additional drilling and planning will be required before final mining plans can be completed. Nonetheless, the per¬ mittee must mntcc an estimate 'ot the methods of mining and the location of Che mine. At i dentifiention _ of the proposed mining meth od ( underground or surface’, the 1 finely rhto~oi prorhtetion . tire location of the mine a ntl_b as ; c _rni in n g a rat process-, ing equipment and other factors. Infor¬ mation more detailed than that based on drilling information necessary to dem¬ onstrate the existence of measured or indicated reserves is not required. Sub¬ section (a) of 3521.11 has been amended to allow additional time for the filing of the initial application. Minor revisions and response to co?/i- menis. The Department has made sev¬ eral changes of a minor nature in re¬ sponse to comments on particular sec¬ tions. These arc addressed in the fol¬ lowing section-by-scction analysis. Ex¬ planation of why changes were not made is also included in this analysis. The comment is listed followed by the sec¬ tion involved and Department's response. 1. Request that the regulations apply lu coal only. 352C.i~l(.\>. This section says that the regulations will apply to all prospecting permit minerals. The De¬ partment believes that the regulations state the proper standards for all permit minerals and that- delay in applying the standard to those minerals would serve no purpose 2. Request that Department apply “workability” standard / request that De¬ portment apply "overall balance" stand¬ ard. 2520.1-t(o) . This section adopts the prudent person rule to determine whether a permittee has discovered coal in commercial quantities or a valuable deposit of one of the other permit min¬ erals. The Department has reviewed in great detail the legal support for each of the positions suggested by the com¬ ments and Iras concluded that the stand¬ ard found in the- regulations conyetiy interprets the Mineral Lea-in? Act’ and other relevant statutes. Consequently, the definition in the proposal has not been, changed. One comment requested that the Deportment adopt the prudent pr-r- ..son without ius marketability as¬ pect. Thu; comment fails to recognize that the prudent person standard and the mnrfccMblil:- tandard arc ”.0? cUf- LiVC ClU vC Oi 1/1 * C 1*0 L i it « L i. w * * • «-» >J - U . «. *“ 1 ' VA This section stated that the reguiatici would apply to applications for lens. pending on the effective date of ;h regulation. The Department has full leg authority to adjudicate pending appl cations for leases under the stand'. • adopted by these regulations. As u. qua lion of policy, it has determined that !! public interest would not be fully pn tectcd unless these applications for leas- are examined under what the Depar merit believes is the correct intoi pi'cL tion of the statute. Conversely, t'ne p. partment believes that it would be e: Lrcmely disruptive and not in the pu’d interest to examine leases issued prior the promulgation of this regulation ' determine if. when issued, they cor. jiheci with the standards of this regul; Tion. In addition, the Department bt lieves that there would be extremely dif; cult problems of proof if this inquiry wei made. Consequently, this section has iv been changed. 4. Request that the Department gu lease terms to permittee before a fiua: cial showing is made. 3521.1-lHb). Th comment was discussed previously in U section on major changes. In respon: to this comment. 3520.1-1 (b) was mac into two subsections 3520.1-1 (b) a: 3521.1- Kc*. In addition, two new se* tions were added, 3521.1-4 and 3521.1- to explain the steps the Department v;: take to prepare lease terms and stipul: tions. 5. Request clarification of applicalic to in situ development or uliliUc 3521.1- 1 (b), now- 3521.1-1 (c). This tec tion refers to the cost of operating or dr veloping a “mine." Several comments rc “quested that additional language i added to insure chat “mine” encompass; in-situ development. The Denar tme: intends end believes that the ter “mine” is sufficiently broad to take >n account all types of coal development, ii eluding in-situ development. The reguir tion states fiiat ail estimated costs mu be taken into consideration, and thr sets out a list of costs. The Departing; intends that the list should not bo c.>. sidered the exclusive iist of costs, and other costs arc- appropriate because of tl type of development these costs must 1 identified. The Department used the woi “ixmlucicvi" to indicate chat the fist w; net an exclusive list. Similarly, for ink prated coal users, such as utilities, \vl both mine and use the coal, they will i required to place a value cr. the used micl on the cost of mining the co'i Since the original language is bios enough to cover this comment, no chant was made. O'. Rfoui'st for eUmfienlicm of time * 1 determine prices and costs. 3521. 1-10/ now 352 l.l— i Co » . The proposed : cgu.lv * 1-'*' 1 ''ot it " ^ v:h ^ 1 ■ thf\ ,',**c .1 ■'o ' .h.y.dd be deter nhv I as - * ? li: ■ .1 , t 1 i hr* u *". ■ v.a . c - . . 1 : • * ■ , * ir.e mu, tiacab nty icsis are nut cr. ;..mJ zt.’.ndatcls, but are complements y in 1/i ...kl at. on. •jU'.e o. other time. While lie L.m- hi Act clearly limits the time to collect in FSO'-q.'.'. HeO1??'??., VQt. ^1, MO. 9b — e"U?AY, MAY 7, 1975 0 1SS46 formation on the physic .1 property of the coal deposit to the terra of the prospect¬ ing permit, no such limitation appears for prices and costs. The basic purpose of prudent person test is to give an . cation of whether a particular lease 'can be developed. In view of the purpose of tli e test, the Department believes that prices and costs should not be frozen at the time that the application for lease is filed. Tire Department will administer the regulations to consider, where ap¬ propriate, price changes that occur be¬ fore a final Departmental decision is made. Expected prices and costs over the life of the deposit may be con¬ sidered. 7. .Request for clarification whether a contract ,for Use sale of the mineral is needed to prove revenues. 3521.1-1 (b) (2) , now 3521.1-l(c) (1) . This section re¬ quires the permittee to estimate reve¬ nues. The Department recognizes that in many instances a contract to sell coal cannot be signed until after a lease is awarded. Whiie an executed contract will usually be the best evidence of revenues, estimated revenues may be based on fac¬ tors such as price received for similar coal, evidence of existing markets or the applicant's bast judgment of future mar¬ kets. Lack of a contract will not dis¬ qualify a permittee from receiving a lease. * 8. Request for clarification whether costs includes cost of complying with state regulations. 3521.1-l(b) (3) . now 3521.1-J (cM2> . The proposed section stated that all “direct costs’* would be considered. Several comments noted that meaning of “direct” was unclear, and ny rate it would, eliminate costs that a prudent person would consider. The Department agrees with both of these comments and has eliminated the word "direct.” This change, plus the use of "including” before the list of the costs, should make it clear that the permittee must show all casts. The costs of com¬ plying with state or local government regulations are clearly costs that must be considered. 9. Request that the permittee estimate the cost of complying with yet unenactcd laws. 3521.1-1 (b) (3> , now 3521.1—1 (c) (2). This section says that the permittee must show, the cost of complying with "existing" governmental regulations. It 1s alleged that a prudent person would consider net only the cost of existing reg¬ ulations, but also the cost of future regu¬ lations. The Department believes that such considerations are generally inap¬ propriate in this context, since these costs are too remote to be reasonably esti¬ mated: Consequently this section was not changed. 10. Request that the willingness of the permittee to sign tire lease be accepted as evidence that the prudent person test has been met. 3521.1-1 (h). This section requires tire authorized officer to review the information and determine that a satisfactory showing has been made. The Department has not changed this section f, - fy.% First, the Department .. , .it Ui.: 1.1..; Pul Leasing Act . iUires uie Department to review the RULES AND REGULATIONS permittee’s showing. Second, the pru¬ dent person test is an objective, not a subjective test. The question under that test is not whether a particular person would invest his labor aval means, but whether an objective prudent person would do so. 11. Request that rental rale be raised. 3521.1-1 (C) new 3521.1-1 (f). This provi¬ sion requires the initial application to be accompanied by the minimum rental per¬ mitted by the Ivlin oral Leasing Act The comment requests that the Department charge higher rentals. The Department’s position is that, at the application stage, it is appropriate for the permittee to submit only the minimum rental. This minimum charge does not preclude the Department from charging a higher .rental in the lease. 1*2. Request for clarification whether imposition of lease terms could result in a deposit failing to meet the statutory test. 3521.1-1 (f), now 3521.1-5. This sec¬ tion. as revised, requires the Department to prepare appropriate lease terms before the permittee submits financial informa¬ tion. The costs imposed by these stipula¬ tions are considered in the same manner as all other costs. If the cost of mining exceeds the value of the deposit, the lease application will be denied; the sourca.of the costs will not be separately examined. 13. Revise hearings procedures to clarify when permittee has a right to a hearing. 3521.1-lti), (j), now 3521.1- T(j). The proposed hearing procedures did not clearly state when a permittee had a right to a hearing. The two sec¬ tions have been combined and the regu¬ lation now says that a permittee has a right to a hearing if he has alleged in his application facts sufficient to show that he is entitled to a lease. The revised regulation still provides that the permit¬ tee has both the burden of going forward and the burden of proof. General Comments. The Department also received several comments that were not directed to a particular section of the regulations. 1. Request that regulations include specific right to judicial appeal. Since the right to appeal is covered by the Administrative Procedure Act, the De¬ partment docs not believe it is necessary lor the regulations to include a judicial appeal section. 2. Request for explanation of relation¬ ship of Endangered Species Act and these regulations. Where necessary, the De¬ partment will include stipulations in mineral leases that require lessees to comply with the provisions of the Endan¬ gered Species Act, 1G U.3.C. 1531-43. Since these rules require that the cost of all stipulations be included in the commercial quantities and vaiu_Dle de¬ posits determination, it is possm’e that stipulations to comply with the Endan¬ gered Species Act could result in a lease application not meeting the requisite test. The lease application would then be de¬ nied under the Mineral Leasing Act. In other situations, where the lessee will be able to modify his m m.'-o Uie requirement.., opCl its L, j .... . ... . i>. • ..t ; the Mineral Leasing Act, the lease v/i be offered. 3. Request to change “Secretary" t “authorized officer.” The proposed rcgi: lotions referred to "Secretary” to desig natc an official of the Department. Scv cral comments noted that the term “an thorized officer,” as defined in *13 CF. 2000. 0-5(1) , should bo used instead. Th Department agrees and has change “Secretary” to “authorized officer” t make these regulations consistent “wit; other regulations of the Department. 4. Request for preparation of infia tionary impact statement. The Depart ment has prepared a negative declaim tion to meet its responsibility under E.C No. 11821. 5. Allegation that regulations are in consistent with Mining and Minerals Pol icy Act of 1070, 20 U.S.C. 21a. The Do pertinent believes that these regulation fully promote the purposes of that Ac* For example, the Act establishes a polie;- of fostering and encouraging private cn terprise In the development of “cccnotni cally sound” and stable mining industry 30 U.S.C. 21a(l). Reviewing whether ; permittee has a prospect of success L* developing a valuable mine supports thi. principle. G. Requests for clarification whcthci new prospecting permits will be issuct for coal. On January 25. 1075. Sec re tar; Kleppc announced t at. in the near fu¬ ture. no new prospr ting permits woulc be issued for coal. 1 'rmil programs fo; other minerals will ontinuc. 7. Request for di mission cf relation¬ ship betwen the.sd regulations and com¬ petitive leasing unc! r the Mineral Leas¬ ing Act. These rcqul > t'ons do not change in any way. the administration of the competitive leasing aspects of the Min¬ eral Leasing Act. 3. Request that (he Department exor¬ cise In these regub. -.ions its authority tc ensure the sale of the production from the leased lands at reasonable prices. 31 U.S.C. 187. The De- nrtment does not feci it is proper to inc' >*poraLe in these reg¬ ulations. a procedure to review whether prices arc reasonable. 9. Request who- her information sub¬ mitted by permit: ce will be treated ar- confidential information. The Depart¬ ment will treat ^formation submitted under these rcgul. tions accord.. :g to th: Freedom of Information Act procedures in 43 CFR Part 2. 10. Request tl it "chieflv valuable” standard be omit. jd. Several common..- expressed disagreement with the require¬ ment that before a lease could be issueu to a permittee who was prospecting for sodium, sulphur, or potassium. 3521.1-1 (c), now 3521.1-1 (d), the permittee has to show that the land is "chiefiy valu¬ able” for the mineral deposit. The De¬ partment has no discretion to dispense with this requirement for these three minerals because the Mineral Leasing Act requires the showing to be made. 30 U.S.C. 2G2, 272. and 2C2. Because of the large" number of comnionts on the " hjefiy rr.br. bis" s ten dr the Depart - FEDERA' REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 90 — FP.iDAY, MAY 7, 1976 ■ RULES AND REGULATIONS 188 17 s-iucr. af Li;;: term. Comments received in advance ci th:iL proposed rulemaking M ill \yj ■’sklerr-d ;o the extent possible. Com- .1- be directed to the Director, i. Uiw«ti of Land Management « C 1 u » , De- uarunenl oi the Interior, 13th and C Streets, N.W.. Washington, D.C. 110240. - The anticipated publication date for this proposed rulemaking is September 1, 1976. 11. Request that, the standard of valu¬ able deposit not apply to'ha.rdrock pros¬ pecting permits. The proposed rulemak¬ ing applied not only to prospecting per¬ mits issued under the Mineral Leasing Act, but also to permits issued under the authority transferred to the Department of the Interior by Section 402 of the Reorganization Plan No. 3. GO Stat. 1090. The Department’s authority under the Reorganization Plan docs not require the Department to use any particular leasing system or standard. In the past, the De¬ partment has used the same standard under the Reorganization Plan as it used under the Mineral Leasing Act. Conse¬ quently. prospecting permits issued un¬ der the Reorganization Plan were in¬ cluded in the proposed rulemaking. How¬ ever, the Department is presently con¬ sidering whether to adopt a different sys¬ tem for leasing minerals subject to the Reorganization Plan. Consequently this rulemaking does not include permits is¬ sued under the Reorganization Plan. The Department intends to undertake sepa¬ rate rulemaking lor minerals leasable un¬ der that authority. Comments .should be di’ cd to the address listed in the pre- Vj response. No proposed date of pub¬ lication has been established. 12. Request that the Department pro¬ vide exulting lease applicants with access to the permit area to allow them to gather information required by these reg¬ ulations. Several comments noted that a permittee whose permit expired before the effective date of these regulations will have no opportunity to gather informa¬ tion needed to comply with the regula¬ tions. Although these regulations require no more drilling than was previously pioperly required, in recognition of this potential problem (and in recognition of a similar need of a potential bidder under the Department's competitive leasing procedures.' . the Department is prepar¬ ing reg u I a ti o ift tl Vatm How "cooperative clrUTik.g and testing of federal mineral drnngjrg. Information obtained under a cooperative testing agreement could be usc-d to prepare a preliminary mining plan, but could not be used to show either the quantity or quality of the mineral for the purposes of showing entitlement to a lease; under the Mineral Leasin': Act, that information must be obtained din¬ ing the term of the permit. Administrative matters. Alter the final promulgation of these refutations, the Bureau of Land Management will con¬ tact all preference lease applicants and inform them of the new regulations, and i-i'er them an opportunity :o submit aci- o* * ■ a i 'giii.ii ons. .» lie Luivuit oi Lu.nu Management will also inform the permittees that applications for Icaies which meet the Department's short-term leasing criteria will be processed first. Therefore, un-’or tho authority - eel unuer ■. 32 of i-Lc .muciiii neasi.ig 20 U.S.C. J 39, 43 CFR Subparts 3520 and 2521 are amended as follows: 1. 43 CFR Subuart 3520 is amended by revising s 3520.1-1 to read as follows: § .'J.720.J — ) I*rt*fcTftice rigid (s'* Coal, phospiuite, sodium, sulphur, and potassiv.m (1> The authorized officer shall issue a lease to the holder of a pros¬ pecting permit issued "Tor pnosphate,. sodium, sulphur, cr potassium if the per¬ mittee shows to tho authorized otlicer that, within the term ~of the permit, lie discovered a vaiu.de ic deposit oi int: nnn- eral :or~wmch trio" permit was issued, or for a prospecting permit issued for coal, if the permittee shows to the Secretary that he discovered commercial quanti¬ ties of coal. <2t Tf the permit is for so¬ dium, sulphur, or potassium, the author¬ ized officer " may not issue a lease unless the pemiittec also shows that TTTo land is c h' “e fi vlalu able for "the "development of" fer the period requested, but for not more than one year. vb) Initial showing. The initial appli¬ es- p-"'-. tor "a l*;1 shall contai^Tne fol- thc mineral d c p 6s i l discovered. tb» Lease area. The lease shall be for all or part of the lands in a reasonably compact form. (c) Standards to determine "valuable deposit ” end “co unncrc.ial quantities.’' A porimitec has discovered commercial quantities of coal or a '.•-'.loable deposit" of one of the cither perm in niTuerais it', the mineral cteno.-nf discovcira under 'Am. per-' 'rnit is o( such a chr racer and quantity that a prudent person would be justified in the Further expenditure of his labor ‘and means wit h a reasonable prospect of success _ in developing a valuable mine. The permittee must- present suifieicnt evi¬ dence to show that there is a reasonable expectation that his revenues from the sale o t the mineral will exceed his costs of developing the mine, and extracting, removing, arid marketing the mineral. (d> Applicability. The standard in paragraph (c) of this section shall apply to aU future applications for leases by prospering permittees, and to applica¬ tions pending on the effective date of this regulation. Leases which have been is¬ sued prior to that date may not bo re¬ examined to determine whether they meat the standards in paragraph (c) of this section. 2. 43 CFR Subpart 3521 is amended by revising 5 2521.1 -1 and adding 5 5 3521.1- 4. and 3521.1-5 to read as follows: §332 1.1—1 Form**. (a) (1) An application for a lca.se by a prospecting permittee shall be filed within 30 days after the permit expire*#. (2) If a permittee needs additional time. to submit che information required by section 3i2J.l-l(bi of ihi.s part and files, within 30 days after die permit expires or within GO days from the ef¬ fective date of those regulations, which- oi: r is later, a notice oi application '* n,d c. . w r:/ 0'.' o.cccr ..-hall v\umd Lie time for submitting the required information iT) "The" quad hi ty uTid quality -A the mineraTs discovered withih~lhe 'area m- cTudcd. within the permit. The term* w •'quantity of minerals'' means only nieasua-d and indicated reserves, a true" rural maps of tlie' tops of all beau to be mined; isopachous maps of beds to be mined and interburden; and isopachons maps oi c -erburden tfor beets to oe uunuu by s urfacc methods > . These maps sniMl si low t Vie location of cost holes and out¬ crops. £sti. nates of measured and indi¬ cated veserves Jor.'eacli bed to be mined init-t also be .submitted. Coal quality data suomiUnis ai lull include, as a m*nimu*n. an average proximate analysis and BTU content for cc-a! beds, or average grade of the ore for other minerals. In addi¬ tion. all supporting geological and gco- pnvsical data u-cd m ueveiopineui oi OTc . above required information snail be sub- mitted. ’ 2 > A" map, or maps, as may be avail- . able from Stale or Federal sources, whiuh shows the topography of the land ap¬ plied for, on which the applicant shall .show physical features and natural drainage patterns and existing roads, vehicular trails, and utility systems; the location of any proposed development or mining operations and facilities inci¬ dental’ thereto. including the appropriate locations and areal extent of the areas to be used for pits, .overburden, and tail¬ ings; and the location of water sotmvt: or other resources which may be used in * the proposed operations or facilities in¬ cidental thereto. (3> A narrative statement, including: (i> The anticipated scope, method, and scheuuic of development operations, in¬ cluding the types of equipment to bo used; (ii) The method of mining anticipated, including the bent available estimate of the mining sequence and production rate to be followed: (iii) The relationship, if any, between the mining operations anticipated on the lands applied for and existing or planned mining operations, or facilities inciden¬ tal thereto, on adjacent Federal or noti- Fedcral lands; (iv) A brief description, including suit- • able maps or aerial photographs as ap¬ propriate, of the existing land use within and adjacent to the lands implied for, and of known geologic, visual, cultural, or archaeological features, and the known habitat cf fish* and wildlife, particularly threatened and endangered spee'es, that may be affected by the proposed or rea¬ sonably anticipated exploration or min¬ ing operations; and (v) A brief description of the proposed measures to be taken to prevent cr con¬ trol fire, soil erosion, pollution of surface and ground water, damage to fish and wildlife or other natural resources, air and noise pollmion, and hnz.'td-; to rmb- ii.: •••with and saiciy; to : . :Jn. .. '• t:r- faco; and to otiierv. Le meet op]’; Table laws and regulations which the applicant rEQDiAi itzcpr.ft, vet, .ii, ;:o. to— float. 7,17 "6 X 1 tKJ- IV/ iwhbw n.ii w i\cvwvn m v< \ J v./sh Hearing and appeal procedures. (1) If the permittee’s application is re¬ jected, he may file a notice of appeal and statement of reasons for appeal in ac¬ cordance with the procedures of 43 CFR * Part 4. (2) The permittee shall have a right to a hearing before an Administrative Law Judge in the Office of Hearings and Appeals if he has alleged, in his applica¬ tion, facts sufficient to show that he is entitled to a lease. (3) At the hearing the permittee shall have both the burden of goirg forward ans! the burden, of proof and mu-'’ 'hov by a preponderance of the evidence tl\ !. ire has discovered coal in eommerty 1 quantities, or a valuable deposit of r.ne of Lhc other minerals, and if his appli¬ cation is for a sodium, su'pkur or potas¬ sium lease, that tlie land is chiefly valu¬ able for the mineral deposit discovered. § 3321.1— 4 rcvlmionl cxamiiialiou/ci'.* viroiuncntal analysis. In connection with an avn'ication fo: a lease, tire authorized offimr. with r? i ? assistance of the Mining Supervisor, rwll . 1 n.’.ke a technical examination and on • ' vironmental analysis. (a) Tile iccnnic.ai examination shall include: (1) an examination of the tech¬ nical aspects of the proposed operation.': set forth in the lease application; and (2) an evaluation of the* impacts of such operations on other land uses, re¬ sources,- or land management programs on or adjacent to the area. (b) The environmental analysis shall include an analysis of tlie impact of the proposed operations set forth in lease application. § 3321.1—0 Technical cxaminallun/eii- viromiicntnl analysis report. (a) Following completion of the tech¬ nical examination and environmental analysis described in the preceding sec¬ tion, the authorized officer shall prepare a report which sets forth recommenda¬ tions as to (1) land where reclamation is not attainable or assured; (2) meas¬ ures required to comply with the rec¬ lamation and performance .standards forth in Subpart 30 II of this Chapter; (3) necessary conditions and amounts of bonds to cover, estimated reclamation costs for areas that will be disturbed dur¬ ing the initial 5-yenr period of the lease, permit, or license; (4) any additional, more stringent requirements needed in the lease pursuant to § 3041.2-2 (a) of this Subpart; and (5) proposed lease terms and stipulations. (b) The authorized officer shall send a copy of this report to the lca.se appli¬ cant. Elective date. May 7, 197G. Thomas S. Kleppe, Secretary of the Interior. [FR Doc.TG— 13284 Filed 5-£-7G;8:42 am] Title 45 — Public Vt'elfure CHAPTER XII — ACTION PART 1221 — RETIRED SENIOR VOLUNTEER PROGRAM COST SHARING Adoption of Interim Reguladons On March 10, 197G, there was pub¬ lished in the Fedehal Register (41 FR 10223), a notice of an interim amend¬ ment to Chapter XII, Part 1221. The interim amendment prescribed the- max¬ imum local share contribution required for grants under the Retired Scrior Vol¬ unteer Program (ItSVP). ACTION may not require the local cost share con¬ tribution to exceed annual perccn taxer, of approved budgets: 10 percent in the first year; 20 percent in the second year; '"I ' a a n*' i > -ray -vT-nt year FEDERAL. RCCISTtn, VOL. 41, NO. 70 — FRIDAY, MAY 7, 1976 Memorandum UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 February 18, 1976 To : District Mining Supervisor, Pocatello, Idaho . ■, Through: Area Geologist, Pacific Area ^<5^ Area Mining Supervisor, Alaska-Pacific Area From: Geologist, Menlo Park Subject: Geologic Report on Competitive Phosphate Lease IneU** _ _ The existence of a ' phosphate resource is known in the applied for lands The subject lands are valuable prospectively for oil and gas but are not considered valuable prospectively for geothermal steam and assoc¬ iated geothermal resources . The subject lands are located in a remote and rugged part of the Cari¬ bou National Forest; along the cast slope of Freeman Ridge, in the southern portion of the Webster Pange (see Figurei 1) . t reeman Ridge trends north and is bounded by Diamond Creek on the west and a portion of the South For’; of Timber Creek on the east. Elevations range from 6,940 feet (2,117 metres) near Smith Sawmill to approximately 8,600 feet (2,623 metres) atop Freeman Ridge. The area is accessible by light duty roads and unimproved dirt roads from Georgetown, Idaho, which is located 16 air miles (26 km) to the southwest. The geology of the subject lands (located within the Stewart Flat and Snowdrift Mountain lh minute quadrangles (U.S.G.S. 1949) , has been described by Mansfield (1927) , Cressman (1964) , and by Montgomery and Cheney (1967) . Additional stratigraphic and analytical data was derived from McKelvey et al and Sheldon et al (1953) . The rocks exposed in the area are all sedimentary and range from Pennsylvanian to Tri- assic in age. The rocks consist of: limestone, sandstone and chert of the Wells Formation; dolomite and limestone of the Grandeur Tongue of the Park City Formation; phosphate rock, phosphatic mudstone, mud¬ stone and chert of the Phosphoria Formation; and shale, siltstone and limestone of the Dinwoody Formation. Quaternary age alluvial deposits overlie the older sedimentary rocks in the lowlands; to the east of Freeman Pass, near the South Fork of Sage Creek, and along the South Fork of Timber Creek, (see geologic map, Figure 1) . The rocks of economic interest are in the Phosphoria Formation of Perm¬ ian age. The formation is about 450 feet (138 metres) thick anc'. is divided into three members. In ascending age they are; Meade F-ak Phosphatic Shale Member, the Rex Chert Member, and the cherty shale member. The Meade Peak Phosphatic Shale Member contains all the econom¬ ically important phosphate in southeastern Idaho. It consists of phos¬ phate rock, phosphatic mudstone, mudstone with minor limestone interbeds and ranges from 146 feet (45 metres) to 200 feet (61 metres) in thick¬ ness. The Rex Chert Member consists of chert with lenses of limestone, and ranges from 135 feet (41 metres) to 150 feet (45 metres) in thick¬ ness. The cherty shale member consists of mudstone and cherty mudstone and is about 100 feet (31 metres) thick. The regional structure is dominated by north trending folds that are located in the upper plate of the Meade overthrust fault. Most of the folding in the upper plate of the Meade overthrust occurred during the period of thrusting initiated in Early Cretaceous time (Cressman, 1964). Rocks in the applied for lands crop out along the steeply dipping east limb of the Snowdrift anticline. The Meade Peak Phosphatic Shale Mem¬ ber strikes north and dips from 50 degrees to 85 degrees to the east, with vertical dips at the extreme northern portion of the applied for lands (see geologic map, Figure 1). The northern portion of the Deer Creek Fault, a transverse fault with reverse movement, offsets the Meade Peak in the extreme southern portion of the subject area at an approximate depth of 200 feet (61 metres) below the ground surface, (see cross section A-A' , Figure 2a) . The Meade Peak is commonly offset by trans¬ verse faults most of which are of too small displacement to be shown on the 1:24,000 scale geologic maps (Cressman, 1964). -2- ( Four complete sections of the Meade Peak Phcsphatic Shale Member have been measured by the U. S. Geological Survey in trenches located adja¬ cent to the applied for lands. The average grade and thickness of the phosphate rock within the subject phosphate lease application were extrapolated from these nearby selected trenches. The lower phosphate zone of the Meade Peak has an average thickness of 29.0 feet (8.8 metres) with a weighted average of 25.3% P^O . T^e uPPer phosphate zone has an average thickness of 26.6 feet (8.1 metres) with a weight¬ ed average of 25.6% P^O,., (see Table 1 for trench data summary). Al¬ though the phosphate zones in southeast Idaho are remarkably continuous laterally, small local variations in thickness and grade are possible. The outcrops of phosphate rock within the applied for lands were di¬ vided into five sub-areas (A to E) that were constructed to isolate areas of similar structure (see Figure 3) . The reserves of phosphate rock were calculated for each sub-area, assuming a maximum mining depth of 600 feet (183 metres) . In each sub-area a typical cross- sectional area of phosphate rock, from the lower and upper phosphate zone was multiplied by the strike length of the outcrop to determine the volume of phosphate rock in cubic feet. The volume was converted to short tons by the factor of 12 cubic -of phosphate rock per ton. The calculated in-place reserves of phosphate rock in the applied-for lands are 80,021,953 short tons (72,594,320 metric tons). Due to the lack of trench data within the applied for lands and the potential of local variations in thickness and grade of the phosphate rock, only 75% of the original calculated in-place reserves or 60,016,468 short tons (54,445,739 metric tons) of phosphate rock are considered recoverable by conventional strip mining methods, (see Table 2) . Problems Associated With Mining 1) Poor access to portions of the subject phosphate lease application. 2) Remoteness of the subject phosphate lease application to an exist¬ ing processing plant. 3) Environmental restraints within a National Forest. 4) Potential slope instabilities - The steeply dipping footwall (Wells Formation) may have to be terraced to slopes that are lower than the existing structural dips in order to prevent slope failures when mining. Slope fail¬ ures in the Wells Formation have been observed in strip mines with . o drpslopes 3.ess than 60 . The Meade Peak Phosphatic Shale Member dips vertically in the northern portion of the subject phosphate lease application. 5) Erosion and siltation - In sub-areas B, D, and E , a 600 foot (183 metre) mining depth would necessitate undercutting the stream channels of the South Fork of Timber Creek (an intermittent stream) and the upper por¬ tions of Sage Creek up to Hill Spring in sec. 15. 6) In sub-area A, the Meade Peak is offset by the northern portion of the Deer Creek Fault, at an approximate depth of 200 feet (61 . metres) below the ground surface. The amount of displacement is not known, (see cross-section A-A', Figure 2a). 7) Potential faults, too small to map at a 1:24,000 scale (Cressman 1964), may be encountered during mining. The area applied for in the lease application is underlain by val¬ uable phosphate deposits. References : Cressman, E. R. , 1964, Geology of the Georgetown Canyon - Snowdrift Mountain area, southeastern Idaho: LJ. S. Geological Survey Bulle¬ tin 1153. Mansfield, G. R. , 1927, Geography, geology, and mineral resources of part of southeastern Idaho: U. S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 152. McKelvey, V. E., and others, 1953, Stratigraphic sections of the Phos- phoria Formation in Idaho, 1947-48, Part I: U. S. Geological Survey Circular 208. Montgomery, K. M. , and Cheney, T. M. , 1967, Geology of the Stewart Flat quadrangle Caribou County, Idaho: U. S. Geological Survey Bulle¬ tin 1217. Sheldon, R. P., and others, 1953, Stratigraphic sections of the Phos- phoria Formation in Idaho, 1949, Part I: U. S. Geological Survey Circular 304. Peter Oberlindacher V Table 1 U. S. Geological Survey Trench Data Summary USGS Lot No. and Location Upper Thickness ft. Phosphate (metres) Zone Percent P 0_ 2 5 Lower Phosphate Thickness ft. (metres) Zone Percent P 0 Lot 1268 Sec. 34, T. 9 S. , R. 45 E. 36.6 (11.2) 20.2 20.8 ( 6.3) 23.4 Lot 1298 Sec. 4, T. 8 S. , R. 45 E. 22.8 ( 7.0) 29.0 40.8 (12.4) 25.9 Lot 1303 Sec. 31, T. 8 S. , R. 46 E. 23.4 ( 7.1) 27.8 19.8 ( 6.0) 26.1 Lot 1310 - Sec. 21, T. 8 S. , R. 45 E. 26.7 (8.1) 27.4 34.5 (10.5) 25.2 Avg. used for Lease Application 1-9920 26.6 ( 8.1) 25.6 29.0 ( 8.8) 25.3 wt. average wt. average USGS Conservation Division Western Region Office of the Area Geologist Compiled by R. D. Hovland 2/18/76 Table 2 Reserve Calculations* Sub-area in-place tons (short) in-place tons (metric) in-place tons (short) x .75 = recoverable reserves tons (metri A 3,410,708 3,094,126 2,558,031 2,320,595 B 33,318,000 30,225,423 24,988,500 22,669,067 C 22,597,708 20,500,188 16,948,281 15,375,142 D 13,170,667 11,948,165 9,878,000 8,961,124 E 7,524,875 6,826,416 5,643,656 5,119,812 Totals 80,021,958 72,594,320 60,016,468 54,445,739 *using 600 foot mining depth USGS Conservation Division Western Region Office of the Area Geologist Compiled by R. D. Hovland 2/18/76 Qioo Q/Oo Qo oo 7?»o - 76°» — Coo /Tlifllny (4 S/\ I Qz°o 8/0© 8° o a 7 7oo — 73o o B • i i i 8Z°o—\ g/©o 8«*» — 7?©» 78®o - 77o«» — 76pa J Al/ritnQ c/tpjii • l FIGURE 2b 3 8*o.' #- — Q laO — 0o»o — 7?oo — 7o°« VOoo Ifoo *7800 loo 600 7 900 — 7ao0 _ noo 76°o FIGURE 2d D 1 , r- »«<*>'. Tiao — 7Loo 7-foo — 73i>» 1t*4 — Koo — loo* r 75oo' TV - 7 3oo 7/<“o Cr* o /^ryyjec'fv it/ (>O0 tTiin'rrry I i i 7 5'* 74<*> __ 7 Jo® 7 2®- 7/o® — 7®o* _ t7*tf S^ol/ * # Conservation Division 345 Middlefield Road >tenlo Park, California 94025 July 30, 1973 Memorandum To: Area Mining Supervisor, Alaska-Pacific Area Through: Area Geologist, Pacific Aron From: Geologist, Menlo Park Subject: Geologic report on preference right lease application S-1220, iQvje-A do.Ve «• * «- ' 's» ■>!)«'— '«»- >• • • — v- c$'< _ , . - , Trinity County, California . '■'***' ^ ^toi=>3>‘ vt^ovV is, <;utiv>Av4 tc* Tho information submitted by the lease applicant together with the infor¬ mation contained in published reports and first-hand field inves*. Ig^ticns is sufficient to demonstrate the discovery of a valuable sodium deposit frr.ac’adii te - hvdratcd sodium silicate). The magadiitc deposit is located in a possible fault tone contact between a metadacite and a serpentine and a talc-trcmolite schist. According to Oude and Sheppard (1969), the magadiite was probably deposited from alkaline, saline springs near tho present surface in the recent past. The springs that issue from the magsdiite deposit itself (fig. 1) 2nd nearby have a pi! o*. 10,3-10,9 (Gude and Sheppard, 1969), The extent of tho deposit is not obvious on the surface due to extensive slope wash and human activity. However, due to the extreme alkalinity of the deposit, a rough gauge of the lateral extent can bo got ton from tho typo of vegetation over the deposit. Coniferous trees scorn to nave a low tolerance for alkaline conditions and there are no pine trees growing in the s lone wash over tho deposit. In their place, scrub cak and poison oak abound (figures 1 and 2). Utilizing the assumption that the nresencc^of scrub oak roughly defines the lateral extent of the deposit, an area 30 yards wide and no more than 100 yards long would be the minimum lateral ^ extent of the deposit. The overburden (slope wash) ranges from 3 feet thic~ at the bulldozer cut to in excess of 30 feet back from the outevop. ( Figure 1, View of magadiite deposit showing old bulldozer cut and highly alkaline springs. Figure 2. View of magadiite deposit showing different . vegetation growths. 4 ‘,3 * ■* * * n J Figure 3, Trench exposing cl minimum of 16* feet of magadiite at the old bulldozer cut. ■\ Tho applicant has blocked out about 2600 cubic yards of magadiite bv drilling hand-auger holos horizontally or at shallow angles into the deposit from tho face exposed in tho bulldozer cut. This is a realistic minimum conservative figure as none of the auger holes completely penetra¬ ted the deposit. Figure 3 is a photo showing a trench exposing a minimum thickness of 16 feet of magadiite at tho face of the old bulldozer cut. Also found in this deposit arc several rare minerals previously unreported outsio of Africa - kenyaite, mountainito, and rhodesite. Two now minerals have, been or are being described— silhydrite (Cude and Sheppard, 1972) and trinityite (now being described by R.A. Sheppard, USCS) . These minerals have some collectors1 value duo to their rarity and locality, and when spprratcd from tho prime mineral of the deposit, magadiite, would add to tho economics of the entire deposit. References : Gude, A. J. , III, and Sheppard, R.A. , 1969, Hydrous solium silicate minerals. Trinity County, California: in Ceol. Soc. America, 1969, pt. 7, p. S6. Gude, A.J., III, and Sheppard, R.A., 1972, Silhydrite, 3SiO -i^O, a new mineral from Trinity County, California: Amor. Mineralogist, vol. 57, p. 1053-1065. Selected Bibliography : * Barnes, Ivan, Rapp, J.B., 0*Heil, J.R., Sheppard, R.A. and Oude, A.J., 1972, Metamorphic assemblages and the direction of flow of metamorphic fluids in four instances of serpentinization : Coatr, Mineral and Petrol., vol. 35, p. 263-276. Eugster, H.P., Jones, B.F., and Sheppard, R. A., 1968, Mew hydrous sodium silicates from Kenya, Oregon, and California: possible precursors or chert (abstr.): Cool, Soc. America, Spec. Paner US, p. 60-61. McAtcc, J.L., Jr., House, R. , and Eugster, H.P., 1968, Magadiite from Trinity County, California: Amer. Mineralogist, vol, S3, p, 2061-2069. Sheppard, R.A., and Gude, A.J., III, 1969, Rhodesite from Trinity County, California: Araer. Mineralogist, vol. 54, p. 251-255. William L „ Lee db INT: 3340— 73 •» Cl .ConseVviit'ju*- ^vision JJ3. GEOLCC! C A Li -SURVEY ' Qfficd of t’nc-'A* -1 IN TIIE SENATE OF THE UNITED ETiWES' June 8 (legislative day, Jcxi: 3), 197G ^fr. Jackson introduced the following bill,* which was rend twice and referred to the Committee on Interior ami Insular A flairs A BILL Per die relief of Marian Law Shale Holloway, Adeline Mary Gill Charles, and Eliza Shale Carstens. 1. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of fiepresenta- 2 . lives of the L titled- Stales of America in Conyrcss assembled , 3 That (a) notwithstanding any other provision of law, the 4 Secretary of the Interior is authorized and directed to pay, 5 out of any money appropriated to the Department of the 6 Interior, to Marian Law Shale Iloiloway, Adeline Mary Gill 7 Charles, and Eliza Shale Carstens (or to their estates) such 8 sums as he determines each is legally and equitably entitled 0 to as compensation for losses (including reasonable attorney 10 fees) resulting from his erroneous approval of purported 11 conveyances of parts or all of lot G, section 35, township 24 III 2 § 1 north, range 13 west WilHamette meridian, containing 2 eighteen and seventy-five hundredths acres, more or less, 3 according to the Government survey thereof, . sucli prop- 4 erty being a portion of the allotment of Hattie Smith, de- 5 ceased, Quinault allottee numbered 420, and which is not G subject to homestead entry. Such property is situated in c * * 7 Jefferson County, State of 'Washington on the Quinault S Indian Reservation. 0 (b) The payment and acceptance of such compensation 10 pursuant to this Act shall be in full satisfaction of all claims 11 (1) of the said Marian Law Shale Holloway, Adeline Mary 12 Gill Charles, and Eliza Shale Carstens, against the United 13 Slates or anv officer or employee thereof arising out of or in 14 connection with the purported conveyances of such property 15 or portions thereof approved by or on behalf of the Secretary 16 of the Interior on February 19, 1951, September 3, 1953, 17 and April 19, 1955, and (2) by Adeline Maiy Gill Charles • # IS and Eliza Shale Carstens against Marian Law Shale Hollo- 19 way arising out of or in connection with the purported con- 20 vcyances of portions of such property approved by or on • . t * « 21 behalf of the Secretary of the Interior on September 3, 1953, 22 and April 19, 1955. 23 (c) As a condition precedent to receiving payment of 24 such compensation pursuant to this Act, the said Marian • • * Ln\v Simla Hollowav. Adeline Man* Hill Cl \ a rl es _n n d_Hl Izo. « 3 1 Shale Carstens (or the executors of their estates) shall exe- 2 cute such releases and other documents as the Secretary of 3 the Interior determines are necessary to fulfill the purposes 4 of this Act and remove any cloud on the title to such y 5 property. 6 Skc. 2. Xo part of the amount appropriated by this Act 7 3n excess of 10 per centum thereof shall be paid or delivered 8 to or received b}* any agent or attorney on account of services 9 rendered in connection with rliis claim, and the same shall be 10 unlawful, any contract to the contrary notwithstanding. Yio- 11 * lation of the provisions of this section is a misdemeanor pun- 12 .ishable bv a fine not to exceed *$1,000. •* & € Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Mlddlefieid Road Menlo Park, California 94025 3uly 7, 1976 Memorandun To: Acting Chief, Conservation Division Attm Robert Schrott Through: Acting Conservation Manager, Western Region From: Area Geologist, Pacific Area Subject: Mineral report for Senate Bill S. 3537; lot 6, section 35, Township 24 north, range 13 west, Willamette Meridian. The subject lands are located approximately two miles from the Pacific Ocean on the coastal plain of the Olympic peninsula in Washington. The parcel is just east of the town of Queets on the Queets River. Mesozoic-Tertiary marine rocks underlie the interior Olympic Peninsula and are believed to underlie the subject lands. The rocks along the west coast of the peninsula, Including the coastal plain, are covered by Pliocene-Pleistocene marine terrace deposits that consist of unconsolidated sand and gravel with minor amounts of siit and clay. The subject lands are located within an area that has been classified valuable prospectively for oil and gas. Local exploratory drilling has resulted in shows of oil and gas but no producible quantities to date. No other leasable or locatable minerals are known to exist in the subject locality. Henry L. Cuilins F5:sj File: University of Idaho Center for Business Developmerr and Research Moscow, Idaho/83843 Phone (208) 885-6611, 6612 June 9, 1975 Mr. Peter Oberlindacher 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 Dear Mr. Oberlindacher: I am currently working on a project at the University of Idaho that is concerned with the leasing of geothermal resource lands in the state of Idaho. The project is funded through the Idaho Research Foundation under a Short Term Applied Research grant. I have questions concerning the social impact geothermal production will have on an area. If it is possible, I would appreciate it if you could answer the following questions : 1. What is the potential of geothermal energy production in Idaho? 2. What affect will geothermal production have on land use in a local area? 3. What existing and potential land uses are compatible with geothermal development? I appreciate your time and effort, and I am looking forward to hearing from you. Sincerely, The University of Idaho is an eaual oooortunitv/affirmative action emnlnvpr Conservation Division Area Geologist’s Office 345 Middlef ield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 June 12, 1975 Mr. John P. McLaughlin University of Idaho College of Business and Economics Moscow, Idaho 83843 Dear Mr. McLaughlin: I have received your request for geothermal resource data in Idaho. As a geologist, my main concern and expertise lies in locating and evaluating geothermal and other leasable mineral resources. I will, therefore, not attempt to answer your second and third questions dealing with impact on land use and land use compatibility. I am referring these last two questions to the Geothermal Supervisor * s office which is better equipped to field your questions. Another source of information on your questions would be the BLM, Boise district in Boise, Idaho. Ask Miss Graetzer, the environment¬ al specialist, for a copy of the Bruneau-Mountain Home environmental analysis record (EAR) . The EAR deals extensively with geothermal production, impacts, land use and land use compatibility. In regard to your question as to "What is the potential of geother¬ mal energy production in Idaho?" , we have identified extensive areas in Idaho that we consider valuable for exploration. In addition, we have at least seven known geothermal resources areas (KGRA’s) in Idaho where we anticipate a potential discovery of geothermal resourc¬ es for electric generation or other productive uses. In the Raft River KGRA, south of Malta, the government has drilled two success¬ ful geothermal wells and is now experimenting with low temperature utilization of the hot water for electric generation. Exploration for geothermal resources in Idaho is in its beginning stages. We have insufficient drill data at this time to support much of the published geologic and geophysical data on the geothermal po¬ tential for Idaho. Economics,^ mo re than anything else, will probably dictate the future geothermal exploration activity in Idaho. In summary, the future potential of geothermal energy production for electric power generation seems uncertain. On the other hand, the potential for geothermal energy production for greenhouses, space heating and recreation in Idaho is here. The energy is being utili¬ zed and the demand will probably continue to increase as the price of other energy resources increase. Sincerely/ Peter Oberlindacher f UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division P. 0. Box 1608 Pocatello, Idaho 83201 1-01381. 1-01145 January 12, 1977 Memorandum To: Through: From: Subject: Area Geologist, Western Region, Menlo Park, CA Area Mining Supervisor, Alaska-Pacific Area, Menlo Park District Mining Supervisor, Pocatello, Idaho IndnieonIs?8mAPPUCaCi?n t0 0Per«ing leases 1-013814 and 1-011451 (Henry Mine), Monsanto Co. By memorandum dated Januarv 7 1Q77 o • r/T° Idaho. * S.M. , Caribou County, previous lySbeent"held°under p'ros^ctin^per^t andjoflfl^" ^ Mine and^are '"presently being s^rL d^ ^ Part °f the °^in= duction. 7 ° 8 striP?ed ln Preparation for 1977 pro- ^^aorf^etailerinforma^ion^ef^r i.nterest in the subject lan copy of the application and J ^ the actached application. o»lee of the?Area ^Lg “PS 312 08 flle "ith the criticai?Ve y°Ur Se0l°8:LC reP°^t; at an early date, in that time is At tachmen ts JAN 1 8 1977 Ciinrcr.-.-.th-n. U; 115. CEO’ W r* . . - .;Cc w uic A*f.a iV-fi-I:? :: C./lfr. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middiefield Road Menlo Park, California 9402 5 January 24, 1977 Memorandum To: District Mining Supervisor, Pocatello, Idaho Through: Area Geologist, Pacific Area Area Mining Supervisor, Alaska-Pacific Area From: Geologist, Menlo Park Subject: Geologic Report on Phosphate Fringe Acreage Application to operating leases 1-013814 and 1-011451 (Henry Mine, Monsanto Industrial Chemicals Co.) The following geologic report is submitted in response to your request dated ^ Jan. 12, 1977, and received by this office Jan. 18, 1977. Prior to the evidence presented by the applicant, the existence of a known phosphate resource had not been established in the appJied-for lands which include only the SE&NE& of section 31, T. 6 S<, R. 43 E«, B.M., Idaho (see Figure 1). The lands are considered valuable prospectively for phosphate was well as for oil and gas. The lands are not considered valuable prospectively for any other leasable minerals. The subject lands are bounded to the north by lease 1-011451 and to the east by 1-013814, both controlled by the applicant. The subject lands are located on the east side of Wooley Range at an elevation of about 6800 feet. The area is approximately 20 miles northeast of Seda Springs, Idaho. A partially paved road provides access to the area. The only geologic map covering the area (Mansfield, 1927, pJ. 4) published originally at a scale of 1:62,500 and partially reproduced on Figure 2 at a scale of 1:24,000 shows the 40 acre application area underlain by sandstone and limestone of the Pennsylvanian Weils Formation. 1 he overlying Permian Phosphoria Formation, according to Mansfield Lies to the northeast, and dips away from the applied-fer land (see Figure 2). * The submitted company map (Figure 3) at a scale of i inch to 50 feet shows the Phosphoria Formation in the east half of the application area. According to the applicant, less than 100,000 tons of phosphate ore lie within the applied- for area, but the non-issuance of the 40 acres would prevent the company from recovering approximately 150,000 tons within their existing leases which •border the area to the north and east. Regional structure is dominated by prominent northwest-trending folds that are offset by west to northwesterly striking transverse faults. Another set of faults is generally oriented normal to the axes of the folds. In the cross sections faults are shown as vertical because in most cases the amount and direction of dip is probably uncertain. An unnamed fault (plate 4, Prof. Paper 152) crosses section 30 and the NEft of section 31, T. 6 S., R. 43 E. from west to east. The fault truncates and offsets practically ail of the northwest-trending structural features. The offset is greater than 4000 ft (1219 m). This major offset has undoubtedly greatly disturbed the structure of the phosphate both north and south of the fault. Based on the company submitted cross sections, asymmetrical folds which plunge southeasterly into the subject area are offset by numerous transverse and longitudinal faults. The phosphate rocks strike northwesterly with dips varying from 52 to 60 degrees to the northeast. There are no other phosphate deposits in the immediate area of the applied-for fringe acreage lands. Except for the Phosphoria Formation along the eastern edge of the application lands as shown on Figure 3, the lands to the south and west of the area is underlain by the Weils Limestone. All of the phosphate to the north and east of the subject lands are leased by tire present applicant. From the evidence presented, the acreage underlain by the Phosphoria Formation in the SE%NEK» section 31, T. 6 S., R. 43 E., B.M., adjoining the applicant existing phosphate leases 1-011451 and 1-013814 is too small and isolated to be mined economically by anyone other than the applicant. References Cited: Mansfield, G. R., 1927, Geography, geology, and mineral resources of part of southeastern Idaho: U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 152, 453 p. Williams, J. Steele, 1959, Fauna, age and correlation of rocks of Park City age, m McKelvey and others: U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 313-A, p. 1-47. Peter Oberlindacher t p p i Figure 2. Geologic Map, Fring Acreage Application 1-013813 and 1-01145 EXPLANATION Older Alluvium VV Dinwoody Formation Ppr Phosphoria Formation Ppr - Rex Chert member Pps - Meade Peak member PfV Wells Formation •^geologic contact anticline syncline fault N^3 strike and dip Qw Topography from Lower Valley 74 minute Quad Geoloqy from Mansfield (1927, pi. 4) U.S. Geological Survey Conservation Division Office of the Pacific Area Geologist Peter Oberlindacher Mining and Exploration Plan Guidelines Subtih'o A — O.Tlce of the Secretary of iho inferior § 23.7 or contract made until after consultation with the Federal Water Pollution Con¬ trol Administration and a finding by tho Administration that the proposed op¬ eration would not be In violation of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. sec. 466 et ceq.) cr of Executive Order No. 11233 (31 F.R. 92S1). Where a permit or lease is in¬ volved the district manager's determina¬ tion shall be made in consultation with the mining supervisor. (f) Each notice of a proposed appro¬ priation of a materials site filed by the Department cf Transportation under 23 U.S.C. 317 shall be transmitted to the proper district manager. The district manager shall cause a technical exam¬ ination to be made as provided in para¬ graph (a) of this section and shall for¬ mulate the requirements which the State highway department or its nominee must meet. If the land covered by the pro¬ posed appropriation is under the Juris¬ diction of a bureau of the Department other than the Bureau of Land Manage¬ ment, the district manager shall consult representatives of the bureau adminis¬ tering the land. If the district manager determines, or, In an instance in which the land is administered by another bu¬ reau, a representative of that bureau determines that the proposed appropria¬ tion is contrary to the public interest or is inconsistent with the purposes for which such land or materials are re¬ served, the district manager shall promptly submit the matter to the Secretary of the Interior for his decision. In other instances, the district manager shall notify the Department of Trans¬ portation of the requirements and con¬ ditions which the State highway depart¬ ment or its nominee must meet. § 23.6 Basis for denial of a permit, lease, or contract. An application or offer for a permit, lease, or contract to conduct' exploratory or extractive operations may be denied any applicant or offeror who has for¬ feited a required bond because of failure to comply with an exploration or mining plan. However, n permit, lease, or con¬ tract may not be denied an applicant cr offeror because of the forfeiture of t\ bond if the lands disturbed under his previous permit, lease, or contract have subsequently been reclaimed without cost to the Federal Government. § 23.7 Approval of exploration plan. (a) Before commencing any surface disturbing operations to explore, test, or prospect for minerals covered by the mineral leasing acts the operator shall file with the mining supervisor a plan for the proposed exploration operations. Tho mining supervisor shall consult with the district manager with respect to tho surface protection and reclama¬ tion aspects before approving said plan. (b) Before commencing any surface disturbing operations to explore, test, or prospect for materials covered by the Materials Act the operator shall file with the district manager a plan for the pro¬ posed exploration operations. (c) Depending upon the sine and na¬ ture of the operation and the require¬ ments established pursuant to 5 23.o the mining supervisor cr the district man¬ ager may require that the exploration plan submitted by the operator include any or all of the following: (1) A description of the area within which exploration is to bo conducted; (2) Two copies of a suitable msp or aerial photograph showing topographic, cultural and drainage features; (3) A statement of proposed explo¬ ration methods, he. drilling, trenching, etc., and tho location of primary sup¬ port reads and facilities; (4) A description of measures to be talie.n to prevent or control fire, coil erosion, pollution of surface and ground water, damage to fish and wildlife or other natural resources, and hazards to public health and safety both during and upon abandonment of exploration activities. (d) The mining supervisor or the dis¬ trict manager shall promptly review tho exploration plan submitted ro him by the operator and shall Indicate to the operator any changes, additions, or amendments necessary to meet the re¬ quirements formulated pursuant to 3 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist’s Office 345 Middlefieid Road Menlo Park, California 94025 January 12, 1977 Memorandum To: District Mining Supervisor, Pocatello, Idaho Through: Area Geologist, Pacific Area Area Mining Supervisor, Alaska-Pacific Area From: Geologist, Menlo Park Subject: Geologic report on Phosphate lease 1-01373 1, Champ and Williams Family Partnerships 'The following geologic report on Phosphate Lease 1-013731 is submitted in response to your request dated Jan. 3, 1977, and received by this office Jan. 4, 1977. i A geologic report is submitted in response to a request by the company to drill ten holes in the SEftSWft, sec. 10, T. 9 S., R. 44 E., of their lease (1-013731). The existence of known phosphate resources has been established in the applied for lands. The subject lands are valuable prospectively for oil and gas but are not considered valuable prospectively for geothermal steam and associated geothermal resources. The proposed drill holes are located in Dry Basin, a small isolated basin within the northwest-trending Schmid Ridge (see Fig. 1). The area lies easterly about 25 miles ( 40 kilometers) by paved and secondary roads from Soda Springs and about 19 mi ( 31 km) northeasterly from Georgetown. Topographic coverage is detailed by the 7.5 minute Dry Valley quadrangle and by the Preston 2° quadrangle. The geology in the area has been mapped by Mansfield (1927) and by Cressman and Gulbrandsen (1955). The geology as shown on the applicant drilling pro¬ posal is an apparent company prepared map for which no credit or references are listed (see Fig. 3). Rocks exposed in the subject lands consist of phosphatic shale, mudstone and chert of the Permian Phosphoria Formation, and shale, siltstene and lime¬ stone of the overlying Triassic Dinwoody Formation. Quaternary alluvium and hiliwash cover the lower portions of Dry Basin (company data). € Regional structure is dominated by prominent northwest trending folds that are offset by numerous transverse faults that strike north to northeasterly. Within the subject area the company supplied geologic map shows consider¬ able greater structural data than the published Dry Vaiiey'geologic quad (compare Figs. 2 and 3). The proposed drill holes when plotted on the Dry Valley quadrangle are from north to south in Triassic Dinwoody Formation and Rex chert. On the company's map the drill holes are in Triassic Dinwoo Formation, Quaternary alluvium and Rex Chert. On the company map one of the proposed drill holes is located on top of a northeast trending fault. The proposed drill holes are in an area of low relief and within 600 feet of an indicated secondary road. There are no major streams in the area. As indicated by the company any encountered aquifers in the holes will be pro¬ perly cemented top to bottom to prevent permanent change in groundwater conditions. Drilling should be conducted when ground conditions permit driving off road with a minimum amount of surface damage. Analysis of the drill logs should be supplied the Area Mining Supervisor and Area Geologist. References: Mansfield, G.R., 1927, Geography, geology and mineral resources of part of southeastern Idaho: U.S. Geoi. Survey Prof. Paper 132, pi. 6. Cressman, E.R., and Gulbrandsen, R.A., 1953, Geology of the Dry Valley Quadrangle Idaho: U.S. Geol. Survey Bulletin 1015-1, pi. 27. : Peter Oberiindacher Enclosures: Geologic maps Index map \ X •Heap -J- BLACK FOOT jjtfVER RESERVOIR s Sill . \ \ ru CXATSK K OK ft* CMATff I Or * \ x- U - Figure 1. Location and topographic map of 1-013731 A Location of proposed drill holes \ V Topo from Preston 2 coverage ' r r v i _ \ STUM> Rf AX N-— A V . NORTH (ONt 2/ Steadmjn o MlOOlt CHINA hat 7 ISA _ Ranch V rrvtMit MtAD^Wi / Resertbh tKrtrj Conda ^ Conda \ A T /■ 1 -rfs 1 - : \ Y V. /*- i 7*S7t FOREST- >_ ( \ / ^ilen’ Rmc ~9gffn>TT ‘ jQi^fard ji 0 \ FinMyson ■ | Ranch cn / fi/66 Q'lVeit Ranch LV. MOUNTAid^'1 ‘A ‘ J' V S'- J — ~i ( - r—n Knudsenl ! * l 1 1 Ranch I - J ^ /* WOl/a luOilwrAIN^ T ,av V ,<* < u \ ' Slump Creek ^ \ r- \ FrTsTat hatchery o J- w er l >•. Jl- -- \joi ) & SUlPHUt. ft AK \v I NO Pwterfan r v . _ ^ ^x. o v*"***" L. — . . \ ]&• Fr*»m on R«»« I iR- j i | { z .** / .. Gr-. W fi /. \ • • M /:' N e- Canyon ( \ " T&O ■ ' ■' I • ■ i, Lu^ j^r c r 'jiP \ ^ i~ j — l4>\' ft K>: ,t£ J x rek^w unnt.r^, \\ T I 0 I7A L Z>e«r c: 3390 ^ — r AxV°^ST, y th- cdU/v> -4 ^ircs^u/ v ’Nry :/ ,S\ ' r c^roN \ -J iA . x ' i Skinner* . ,’ - jCr^ta „SHttUAN ^ RU< \ ' V.--L...^- Coopi Crr 2 T. 34 S., R. 46 E. Secs. 3 through 10, inclusive 17 through 20, inclusive 29 through 32, inclusive References : Mariner, R. H., Rapp, J.B., Willey, L.M., and Presser, T.S., 1974, The chemical composition and estimated minimum thermal reservoir tem¬ peratures of selected hot springs in Oregon: U.S. Geol . Survey Open-File report. Walker, G.W., and Repenning, C.A. , 1966, Reconnaissance geologic map of the west half of the Jordan Valley quadrangle, Malheur County, Oregon: U.S. Geol. Survey Mi sc. Geol. Inv. map 1-457. Waring, G.A. , 1 965, Thermal springs of the United. States and other countries of the World - a summary: U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 492, 383 p. William H. Lee (f Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middleifcld P^cad Menlo Park, Caiiicrnia 94025 March 25, 1977 Memorandum To: Area Geologist, Pacific Area From: Geologist, Menlo Park Subject: Addition of lands prospectively valuable for oil and gas in east- central Idaho Introduction The search for petroleum and natural gas resources in southwest Montana has extended into east-central Idaho. Several oil companies will be involved in preliminary seismic exploration for oil and gas during the Spring of 1977 in the Lemhi Valley area (E-T. Rupp, oral comm., February 16, 1977). The subject lands in east-central Idaho were previously considered unfavor¬ able for oil and gas resources, presumably due to the proximity of the area to the Idaho bathoiith, in a memorandum by G.H. Horn dated February 15, i960. However, recent work by Ruppai (1976) presents sufficient evidence to include additional lands in portions of Eutte, Clark, Jefferson and Lemhi Counties as prospectively valuable for oil and gas. Supporting Data rocks, m- ccumuiaticn Ruppel (1976) suggests that Paleozoic and Mesozoic sedimentary eluding both source rocks and reservoir rocks favorable for the a of petroleum and natural gas. are concealed bv the Medicine Lodge tm ».«*t system in east-central Idaho, north ox the Snake River Plain. The sediment?. L* » W .LvJ vOVVI i 1 Ui ill.uiun vT Y I V W.S \ :.(C. ft-b i of the Phosphoric. Formation of Permian age (Rup pie, 1976, pg. 20;. The leading edge of the Medicine Lodge thrust system extends for over 200 kilometers (12°> miles) from the north flank of the Snake River Plain to the west flank of the Big Hole Basin, Montana (Ruppel, 1976, figs. 2 and 3). Move¬ ment on the thrust system began in Early Cretaceous (Albion) time and ended by early Eocene time, with most of the 160 km (99 mi) of eastward movement probably occurring in Late Cretaceous and early Paieocene time (Ruppel, 1976). The lands considered prospectively valuable for oil and gas include areas where Paleozoic and Mesozoic source and reservoir rocks are thought to exist beneath the Medicine Lodge thrust system. According to E.T. Ruppel (oral comm., February 16, 1977), the approximate northern extent of these autoch¬ thonous Paleozoic and Mesozoic source and reservoir rocks in the vicinity of the Beaverhead Mountains is Hawley Crc-ek. In the Lemhi Range the northern extent is about 8 km (3 mi) south of the Sawmill Canyon stock (Ruppel, 1976, fig. 2). The southern boundary lies somewhere south of the north flank of the Snake River Plain. In this determination, an important factor effecting the occurrence of oil and gas is the relationship of intrusive igneous rocks, and associated mineral deposits, to the Medicine Lodge thrust system in cast-central Idhao. Ruppel (1976, p. 17) indicates that the emplacement of intrusive igneous rocks and known deposits of metallic minerals near the central part of the Lemhi Range (just northwest of the subject area) is to a large extent controlled by structural features associated with the Medicine Lodge thrust system. This relationship might hold true for the entire thrust belt region. However, the metallic mineral deposits in the southern Beaverhead Mountains (in the Nichoiia and Birch Creek mining districts) and in the southern Lemhi Range (the Dome and Hamilton mining districts) arc apparently not associated with any exposed stocks of post-Mcdicine Lodge thrust age. Most of these mineral deposits are located in faults that could reflect leakage from buried stocks deeper in the allochthonous block, or deposition of secondary minerals above a more deeply buried primary sulfide deposit (Ruppel, 1976, p.‘ IS). The granitic Beaverhead piuton, exposed in the southern Beaverhead Mountains, has been dated as Silurian by isotope determinations. This age suggests that the piuton is much eider than the igneous intrusive rocks in the central Lemhi Range. Geophysical evidence further implies that it was probably sheared off by the Medicine Lodge thrust and displaced eastward with tire enclosing sedimentary rocks and is probably confined only to the allochthonous portion of the thrust (Ruppel, 1976). Geologic investigations in the subject area have not revealed any conclusive evhRnce to suggest that. source and reservoir rocks haw been intruded by igneous bodies to tile extent that potential oil and gas resources have been drive:; off. r Pending further geologic studies in the area it is recommended that the following lands be classified prospectively valuable for oil and gas: Boise Meridian, Idaho T. 7 N., R. 27 E. Secs. 1-3, 10-15, 22-27, 34-36 T. 8 N., R. 27 E. Secs. 1-3, 10-15, 22-27, 34-36 T. 9 N., R. 27 E. Secs. 1-13, 22-27, 34-36 T. 10 N., R. 27 E. All T. 15 N., R. 27 E. Secs. 1-3, 10-15, 22-27, 34-36 T. 6 N., R. 23 E. Secs. 1-18 T. 7 - 10 N., R. 28 E. All T. 13 N., R. 2S E. Secs. 1-3, 10-15, 22-27, 34-36 T. 14 - 15 N., R. 2S E. Ail T. 4 N., R. 29 E. All T. 5 N., R. 29 E. Secs. 1-3, 10-15, 22-27, 34-36 T. 6 - 14 N., R. 29 E. All T. 6 - 12 N., R. 30 E. All T. 8 - 13 N., R. 31 E. All T. 8 - 12 N., R. 32 E. All T. 13 N., R. 32 E. Secs. 2-11, 14-23, 26-35 T. 14 N., R. 32 E. All T. 10 - 12 N., R. 33 c. All Containing C69.467 acres, more or less. * The revised acreage for lands considered prospectively valuable for oil and gas in Idaho is hereby changed front the previous 24,233,320 acres to 23,104,937 acres as of this action. Reference: Ruppel, E.T., 1976, Medicine Lodge thrust system, east-central Idaho and southwest Montana: U.S. Geoi. Survey Open-File Report 76-366, 23 p. Dave Hoviand Approved: Area Gebiogist, Pacific Area Date: HAY 6 1977 CC: District f.:*5oU>“isT* Lor .vn eks ChUtf, Drunch of Mineru- nnd VcCcr ?•> ’-or CUv. o r* r it*: . i’X ’•*./ wil u:. •>. 4 tiju* / . * ' i *#M. V • ^ ^ 4c ) 3*1“ UNITED .STATES C-EOLOGSCAL SURVEY •amc t :rv \ r \ rrrv T Pu 1 f tSO W A * / V - J L \ iw l 's I W X ^S->’ i < EN V 1 R 0 N M EN T A L A N A L Y 31 S of a TRENCHING PLAN. CLARK AND LEMHI COUNTIES- IDAHO Prepared and Submitted by Office of the Pacific Area Geologist Example of required EA for all trenching and drilling operations Pi’.- <:rp ? r?TiO \J Tj-'p pr? P.-'- •"< ~ ^ C\ P TTf'' \! 1— y l- ^ iv 1 i l 1 O . '% V*/ A «. 1 4 Iw L i.\ • w* W.* '-- g- / ’■ i _ * «_> t \ II. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT NATURAL SYSTEMS Climate physiography Hydrology Idaho Phosphate Deposits Geology Fish and Wildlife ARTIFICIAL SYSTEMS Socio-Economic Recreation Cultural Resources [II. PRO BA EL E IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSED AC TION ON THE ENVIRONMENT Air Quality Water Quality Land Quality Wildlife • Socio-Economic Recreation Scenic Views IV. ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS V. UNAVOIDABLE ADVERSE effects VI. VII. MITIGATING MEASURES SHORT TERM VERSUS LONG TERM USE OF THE ENVIRONMENT VIII. IRREVERSIBLE & IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES l TV p ppi'n p i/v. is. I_ 1 I..LSJ— APPENDIX A — Forest Service letter granting permission to trench at Hawley Creek site X. DETERMINATION 2 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS Conservation Division has proposed to cut three tranches in two different localities in -eastern Idaho. Current planning calls for a trench i 50 feet long and 15 feet deep to be dug at the Hawley Creek site, N\vL, Sec. 24, T. 16 N° R. 27 E., EM; and two trenches approximately 50 feet long and 15 feet deep at the Snaky Canyon site, SEE, sec. 21, T. 9 N., R. 32 E., BM. The trench locations are shown on the accompanying maps. This trenching is to be done to increase the geological knowledge and gather information on the quality and structure of the Meade Peak member of the Phosphoria Formation. As there are existing roads into each site, surface disturbance will be limited to the trenches and excavated material: the disturbed areas would be reclaimed at the end of the sampling program. * u i o uni i l.u u i n i u«j DEPARTMENT Oir THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY L DESCRIPTION' OF THE PROPOSED ACTION The purpose of the plan is to sample the Phosphoria Formation and gather geologic information in a relatively unknown area of eastern Idaho. The lands involved are- located as follows: T. 16 N., R. 27 E., BM (Hawley Creek site) Sec. 24, NW/4 (1 trench) * T. 9 N., R. 32 E., BM (Snaky Canyon sites) Sec. 21, SEN (2 trenches) These lands are within the Salmon and Targh.ee National Forests, with both surface and subsurface in Federal ownership. It will not be necessary to construct roads into these sites as they already exist. The disturbance would then be limited only to the trench sites themselves and the excavated material. The equipment to be used consists of a properly equipped, Forest Service approved, D-7 Caterpillar bulldozer. Once the trenches are opened, selected samples will be taken, approximately 200 pounds in total weight. Once sampling and mapping have been completed at each site, the bulldozer will be used to backfill the trench and replace the topsoil that was stored separately. After the original contours have been reestablished, natural grass seeding will take place. II. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Natural Systems Climate Mild summers and cold winters characterize the region. Much of the 14 inches of average precipitation fails as snow during the winter months; the rest as rain. Physiography The Hawley Creek site is located in roiling hill country bounded by Hawley Creek on the south and Rocky Canyon cn the west and north. There is an intermittent drainage to the south cf the trench site. The Snaky Canyon sites are located in low rolling hill country bounded on the north b y Sr"* q ky Canyon and unnamed intermittent drainages on the south, relief in the area of the trenches is about 400 feet. * i * v Mountain grasses and sagebrush grow on all except sheltered northeast facing slopes, wmch bears quaking aspen, as well, due to long lived, slow melting snow banks. Topographic coverage of the Hawley Creek site is provided bty the 15- rninute Morrison Lake quadrangle wkh a contour interval of SO feet; and the Snaky Canyon sites are covered by the 772-minute Snaky Canyon quadrangle with a contour interval of 40 feet. The closest town to the Hawley Creek sTte is Leadore, about nine miles due west; and the closest town to the Snaky Can von s » t •+ r*. -> - *- \ •< \ j x - x i i . — u< Cj. — L* /L y 1 1 1 1 ; v .*•> O**; .3 » * r \ -Z ? j * dC_H I : 1 7 ^ »> V ft* 6 These lands are within the Salmon and Targhee National Forests, with both surface and subsurface in Federal ownership. It will not be necessary to construct roads into these sites as they already exist. The disturbance would then be limited only to the trench sites themselves and the excavated material. The equipment to be used consists of a properly equipped, Forest Service approved, D-7 Caterpillar bulldozer. Once the trenches are opened, selected samples will be taken, approximately 200 pounds in total weight. Once sampling and mapping have been completed at each site, the bulldozer will be used to backfill the trench and replace the’ topsoil that was stored separately. After the original contours have been reestablished, natural grass seeding will take place. II. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Natural Systems Climate Mild summers and cold winters characterize of average precipitation falls as snow durin rain. the region. ^Much of the 14 inches g the winter months; the rest as Physiography The Hawley Creek site is located in rolling hill country bounded by Hawley Creek on the south and Rocky Canyon on the west and north. There is an intermittent drainage to the south of the trench site. The Snaky Canyon sites are located in low rolling hill country bounded on the north by Snaky Canyon and unnamed intermittent drainages on the south. The relief in the area of the trenches is about 400 feet. Mountain grasses and sagebrush grow on ail except sheltered northeast facing slopes, which bears quaking aspen, as well, due to long lived, slow melting snow banks. Topographic coverage of the Hawley Creek site is provided by the 15- minute Morrison Lake quadrangle with a contour interval of SO feet; and the Snaky Canyon sites are covered by the 772-minute Snaky Canyon quadrangle with a contour interval of 40 feet. The closest town to the Hawley Creek site is Leaders, about nine miles due west; and the closest town to the Snaky Canyon sites is Dubois, about 25 miles east. Access to each site is by existing dirt roads. Hydrology Most of the precipitation sinks into the ground in both areas, with surface drainage not appreciable even during the spring snowmelt runoff. The water table is thought to be well below the proposed bottom of each trench.’ Idaho Phosphate Deocsits The Idaho phosphate region covers approximately 10,000 square miles In parts Lake, Gingham. Bonneville. Clark, F xnn t-. Lemhi. Tote*' ,-c d - ^ - n ~ ~ Vi ij..l 1« LJ’CGl 7 r — v ;c state. Although the ;xtent of any state m the and Madison Counties in the southeastern comer o Ida' 'a ohosp'iate region covers the smallest area Western Field— only about 10 percent of the total, it has the largest and richest resources and yields the largest production of phosphate rock and phosphate rock products. Most of the area underlain by the Meade Peak phcsphatic shaie member is within the boundaries of Caribou National Forest; smaller areas iie within the boundaries of Targhee, Salmon, and Cache National Forests and in the Fort Hall Indian Reservation. Only a very small percentage of the total area is private or vacant public lands. G color v ihe Hawley Creek trench site has been mapped at a scale of 1:30,700 by r* r\ H p, f* ' • / W'V .MV. Uv- l ^ C ! 1 two low hills Lucchitta (1966). The trench will be located in a in • what has been mapped as undifferentiated Farit City and Phosphoria Formations. More specifically the southernmost hill is held up by the Tosi Chert Member of the Phosphoria Formation. Figure 1 Is a view southward over the trench site to this low hill held up by chert. The Park City and Phosphoria Formations form ledgy cliffs and can be distinguished by their light weathering color. The Tosi Chert Member is located stratigraphically near the top of the Phosphoria Formation. It is characterized by medium-dark-gray to dark-gray massive chert. Below this chert member are very fine-grained prior y ha tic sandstones and phcsphatic siltstones. This unit is more susceptible to erosion and forms the saddle in which the trench will be located. The quality and degree of weathering of this particular unit are unknown and form the object uyure 2 gives a closer view of the actual trench of this trenenmg program. site According A • | «• .-z* w'> • ! I*. ! l O ui ♦ £ cl v ci ( I a O : G. geologic map and crorssections, there appears to be a large reserve of potentially valuable phosphate rocks and knowledge pertaining to the quality and quantity, as well as structure, stratigraphy, and lithology, needs to be generated in a sampling program such as trenching. There are no known faults in the immediate vicinity of the trench area. The geology of the Snaky Canyon trench sites is not well known. The rocks in the vicinity of the trench sites are phosphatic shales and sandstones equivalent to the Meade Peak Member of the Phosphoria Formation. These rocks are Permian in age and were deposited in a marine environment and later uplifted, folded, and faulted. One of the principal reasons for trenching at this locality is to gather knowledge concerning a heretofore unreported and occurrence of Phosphoria Formation. Another reason for trenchir sample collecting in support of possible future mineral classification. unmapped is Fish and Wiidlif: Deer are known to summer in the area; grouse are found scattered in the brush. No fish are found, since ail the sites are on ridge tops. Soil of the Phosphoria Formation chert units do not generally have enough natural good vegetation cover to support deer herds. o ( * Figure Detailed view of Hawley Creek trench site ARTIFICIAL SYSTEMS Socio-Economics The trenching program will utilize a D-7 bulldozer ow local rancher. The program will have no effect on the for the rancher. ned and operated by a local economy, except Recreation » The areas have slight recreational use by deer and grouse hunters, and possibly by snowmobiiers during the winter. Cultural Resources Neither site is known to have historical or archaeological values. III. PROBABLE IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSER ACTION ON THE ENVIRONMENT Air Quality To some degree, both noise and airborne dust pollution would be caused by the activities of trenching. These impacts would be local, occurring only during the actual operation. The small number of people involved would cause infrequent traffic and the small size of the trenching equipment should reduce the significance of this impact. Water Quality No ground water intersection is anticipated in the trenching operations. There arc no perennial streams in the immediate vicinity of the trenches. Since no water is to be used in the trenching operations and no ground water is expected, the impact on water quality will be nonexistent. Land Quality An increased fi;te hazard would be created by the bulldozer and the people working at the trench sites. Since the bulldozer is fully equipped with Forest Service approved equipment and by exercising reasonable care, this is not expected to be a major hazard. The use of existing roads will prevent signif¬ icant increase in erosion. On final abandonment, each trench site will be backfilled, separately stored topsoil replaced, and natural contours restored. The area of each operation will be replanted with native grass seed provided by the Forest Service. Wildlife The few birds and animals near the trench sites might be temporariiy’dispiaced by the noise and activity at these. sites: this impact is not expected to be severe. There should be no long-term displacement of wildlife caused by the program. 11 Socio-IZconomic Sines the bulldozer operator is a local operator, there will be a very small impact on the economy of -the area. There would be no long-term change in the intensity or character of land use due to this program. Recreation There should be little change in the slight present recreational use of the area as a result of this trenching program. Scenic Views The impact of trenching activities on the scenic quality is expected to be minimal. There will be some dust associated the opening and backfilling of the trenches but all of the trench sites are away from and out of sight of ail main roads. IV. ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS Three alternative actions exist to approval of the proposed exploration plan: (1) do not approve; (2) delay approval pending further investigation; (3) cr approve with modifications. These alternatives are discussed below: 1 . Do not approve Since trenching is necessary to determine the grade, thickness and degree of alteration of the phosphorite, nonapproval would not allow the assessment of these beds as a phosphate resource. 2. Delay approval of proposal As no physical work may be performed, except under an approved environ¬ mental analysis, delay, if prolonged, could have the same effect as postponing scheduled trenching by another year due to the limited field season under the area's climatic conditions. It is unlikely that new information concerning impacts caused by the trenching program would be developed during a delay. 3. Approval with modifications The three proposed trenches are the minimum necessary to determine the grade, thickness, and degree of alteration of the phosphorite. The proposed length, depth, and width (about eight feet, the width of a D-7 bulldozer blade) are the minimum dimensions of the trenches that would allow the gathering of the necessary data. V. UNAVOIDABLE ADVERSE EFFECTS • Because of the nature of the trenching program and its small scale, most impacts would be temporary, minor, and largely avoidable. There would prob¬ ably be some temporary displacement of wildlife, as well as airborne dust from bulldozer operaiions, but the severity of these impacts is not expected to be sinnificanf. 12 ( f 0 Although some minor adverse environmental effects rnimvt result from this V. J O-/ exploration program, the Conservation Division would utilize existing and new technology, knowledge and resources to minimize those impacts which could not- he avoided. VI. MITIGATING MEASURES A. Access to each of the trench sites is bv existing roads. No new roads ■* '■—j •will be built. Any damage to existing roads caused by the passage of the truck-mounted bulldozer will be repaired. 5. Surface protection would include: 1. Vegetation on existing roads would not be disturbed unless leveling is necessary. 2. No open fires will be permitted. All trash will be hauled from the area to a designated dumping ground. 3. An ABC fire extinguisher will be located at each trench location. 4. Site preparation would be kept at the lowest levels consistent with efficient operation and preservation of the natural environment. 5. At the conclusion of operations at each site, trendies would be backfilled, topsoil replaced, and ground* would be shaped to conform to as near the original contour and condition as possible. Reseeding with natural grasses will be conducted. Little actual surface disturbance except right at the trench sites should take place since there are existing roads and no cross-country travel is necessary. Subsequently, there appear to be few unavoidable adverse effects on the natural environment. VII. SHORT TERM VERSUS LONG TERM USE OF THE ENVIRONMENT Considering that the proposed trenching program will be only for a period of two weeks total time for both sites, there appear to be little adverse effects from the short term use with adherence of required precautionary measures. There is no long term use of the environment proposed or required. VIII. IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES There would be no irreversible or irretrievable commitments of resources resulting from this trenching program since the goal of the program is to gather knowledge and data concerning the structure and stratigraphy and sample collection in the phosphatic rocks of the areas. IX. REFERENCE Lucchitta, B. K., 1366, Structure of the Hawley Creek area, Idaho-Montan Unpub. Pn.D thesis, Perina. State Univ., 204 d. p • 13 X. DETERMINATION Approval of the significantly alfe trenching 'program does not consilute a major federal action cting the environment in the sense of NEPA, Section 102(2}c. Pacific Area Geologist Date I concur: _ Acting Conservation Manager, Western Region Date § 14 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 December 9, 1975 Memorandum To: Conservation Manager, Western Region From: Area Geologist's Office, Pacific Area 0 Subject: Comments on preliminary draft, Idaho Phosphate EIS The following comments are offered in response to your November 26, 1975 memorandum to the Chief, Conservation Division, Environmental Section. In the memo received December 3, 1975 you specifically requested our input to pages 40-43 of Vol. I of the Idajio Phosphate EIS. We feel our input is relevant and adds useful information to the docu¬ ment. For simplicity we have rewritten the entire mineral resource sec¬ tion that deals with resources other than phosphate. Our comments are incorporated into the original text. Aside from our input on the non-phosphate mineral resources we feel that the following paragraph should be added on page 16, Vo. I before the heading PERMITS AND LEASES: In 1969, a total of 9,867 acres were evaluated by the Geological Survey in the Caribou Range as phosphate lands subject to competitive leasing only. Additional lands are being currently evaluated in southeastern Idaho for a similar designation. The revision starts with Paragraph 3, page 11-40, Chapter II A-2-b, Vol. I of V, Environmental Impact Statement, Development of Phosphate Resour¬ ces in southeastern Idaho, Mineral Resources The principal sources of information regarding the study area's mineral resources in rocks other than the Phosphoria Formation are the reports of: Kirkham (1924), Mansfield (1927), C. Ross (1941, 1959), Vine and Moore (1952), Savage (1961), S. Ross (1968, 1971), and Young and Mitchell (1973) . (<* Geothermal Thermal springs are widely scattered in southeastern Idaho as described by S. Ross (1971) and Young and Mitchell, (1973). Chemical and geophy¬ sical analyses have been conducted on at least 5 springs within the subject area. Surface temperatures of the tested springs range from 25°C to 49°C. See table. Table* • Spring or Well I. D. number and location County # Reported depth below ground ~ surface (feet) i Discharge . gpm Surface o Temp . C Date Aquifer Temp. °C from Geochemical Thermometer Silica Na-K-Ca Bear Lake Hot Springs 15S,44E,13 cca IS Bear Lake ■ — — 47 s' S/9/12 85 230 1N,43E, 9 ebb IS Bonneville « 70 25.0 y^o/10/12 35 190 6S,41E,19 baa IS Caribou — 1,300 42.0^^ i/15/72 70 370 Soda Springs 9S ,41E , 12 add IS Caribou — i 31.0 ^8/15/72 80 35 Heise Hot Springs 4N,40E,25 deb IS 1 Jefferson — 60 49.0 7/27/72 80 205 *from Young & Mitchell (1973) U. S. Geological Survey information indicates that there are lands located in the subject area that are valuable prospectively for geotherm¬ al resources. These lands are considered potentially valuable for geo¬ thermal exploration. „ ' Oil and Gas . \ ■ ■ ■ ■■ U. S. Geological Survey information indicates that the majority of lands in southeastern Idaho are considered potentially valuable for oil and -2- gas exploration. 303,000 acres of Federal land are currently under lease, and lease applications have been filed for 155,000 additional acres. Although 11 exploration wells have been drilled in the area no resources of oil or gas have been discovered. Oil Shale Oil Shale, other than that described in the Phosphoria, has been dis¬ covered only on the bank of Bear River about 4 miles south of Soda Springs , where a flat-lying bed over 4 feet thick disappears under basalt (Winchester, 1923) ; a sample of the bed yielded 20 gallons of oil per ton of rock. Coal Coal occurs in the Bear River Formation of Cretaceous age in the Fall Creek area of the Caribou Range, where a 4-foot interval contains inter- bedded coal, clay, and limestone. Coal beds also crop out at other lo¬ calities. The coal is considered too poor in quality and its beds too thin to be of present economic value. Five mining districts are located within the subject area. The mining districts are: the Bear Lake lead and copper district, the Montpellier copper district, and the Nounan copper district in Bear Lake County; the Mount Pisgah gold district in Bonneville County; and the Willow Creek-Caribou coal district in Bingham and Bonneville Counties, C. Ross (1936) . Of the five districts only the Mount Pisgah district in T. 4 S., R. 44 E. had any significant production. Much gold was taken from placers in Caribou (Pisgah, Bainbridge) Mountain area in the late 1800's, and acti¬ vity has continued sporadically until recent times. Currently there is some prospecting and exploration activity in the area. Occurrences of lode and placer deposits have been reported in other parts of the EIS area, but the amounts are not significant. Abundant resources of carbonate rock occur in formations ranging in age from Cambrian to Quaternary. The Monroe Canyon Limestone of Mississippian age is quarried on the north side of Trail Canyon, a few miles east of Soda Springs. The Swan Peak Quartzite of Ordovician age, an immense silica resource, is quarried about 2 miles north of Soda Springs. This formation is widely distributed in the Soda Springs Hills north of the city and the southern part of the Bear River Range. Other quartz-rich sedimentary rocks are abundant throughout the area, particularly in the Paleozoic rocks, and augment the silica resources. Road metal, sand and gravel, and building stone are produced from abund¬ ant carbonate rock, quartzite, sandstone, chert, basalt, tuff, traver¬ tine, and alluvial deposits. -3- Pumice is widely distributed arcund Ammon, in the northwestern part of the area, but only small amounts have been mined from beds ranging from at least 60 to 80 feet thick. Between 1906 and 1925, more than 1,000 short tons of salt were produced from salt deposits along Crow Creek and Stump Creek, near the eastern edge of the area. Production was from saline spring deposits but more recent local oil-exploration drilling revealed that the salt in the springs actually comes from the thick beds in the lower part of the Preuss Sandstone of Jurassic age. Salt deposits formed from the saline springs are not large enough to be economically significant. The only uranium in the area, besides that in the Phosphoria, occurs in the coal and carbonaceous rocks of the Bear River Formation. In the Fall Creek area, the average uranium content is as high as 0.11 percent; in the top 1 foot of the coal, about 0.045 percent. No uranium produc¬ tion is known. * Small deposits of sulfur, formed from sulfur springs, are located south¬ east of Soda Springs along the western front of the Aspen Range. Some of these deposits were mined for sulfur in the late 1890 's and the early part of the 1900's, but the resource does not appear to be large. Alluvial clay deposits near Ammon and Bone are used for making bricks.' Gypsum, bentonite, and perlite also occur in the area, but no production is known. Peter Oberlindacher R, David Hovland n DEC 121975 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 Conservation Division US. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Office of the Area Geologist . Menlo Park, California Memorandum December 11, 1975 To: ' Chief, Conservation Division Attention: Environmental Section From: Acting Conservation Manager, Western Region Subject: Additional geologic data for Idaho Phosphate EIS is a copy of additional data that has been provided by the Area Geologist, Pacific Area office. We feel that this contribution provides a most acceptable discussion of the mineral resources of the subject area. We are forwarding a copy of this additional data directly to the Task Force office in Pocatello, Idaho. Hillary A^Oden Enclosure Area Geologist, Pacific Area (w/encl)^ Area Mining Supv., Alaska-Pacific Area (w/encl) Dist. Mining Supv. , Pocatello (w/encl) Schneider, Idaho Phosphate Task Force (w/encl) cc: m UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division 345 Middlef ield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 December 12, 1975 Memorandum To: Conservation Manager, Western Region From: Area Geologist's Office, Pacific Area Subject: Addendum to mineral resource report for Idaho Phosphate EIS Our mineral resource report contains Bob Gulbrandsen's original data (1975) . We wish to add his name to the list of principal sources of information as shown on the front page of our Decem¬ ber 9, 1975 memorandum. Environmental Section Area Mining Supervisor , Alaska-Pacific District Mining Supervisor, Pocatello Task Force - Schneider cc: Geologic Input to the Si\anV'nfl , ,, BLM District Offices Erv r Hi - Lakeview tnvironni^n^i Analysis Record by William H. Lee Conservation Division, USGS PaC1*M1C1Area Geo^ ogi 3 1 * s Office Menlo Park, California OREGON ?„f S«* — <; or,,™ p’M &J55.^r£s ii- Earner '/alley is an elongate undrainel uf ™Vn south-central Oregon, by late Tertiary to Holocene’bloclt f?„1f?asln'':y?e va 1 1 eV that was formed by large tilted fault blocks (Peterson! isgoj 1S °" b°th sl'des Accordino to Donath i ±. -*• most of the Oregon pStfoi ’of thJ FAeRTLrliary basa^ flows that cover of faults, one set trending N. GSO-AO0^ and%hUbJ\ahted t0 tW0 major set5 These sets of faults rp-nit a + u ’ anc^ tde ocher trending N 20° F Valley, the main basin-range structure9 trond^n pattern* War ner * with basin range development elsewhere' THp f-nif^6 2°rthLast and conforms temporaneous in origin and movement occurred aU LS °‘ sei2 were con- (Donath, 1962). ement occurred concurrently along both sets basalt flows, tan*siteaflowsreand,'mitljffaCrUS sedirnsnts, tuffs, extensive Plio-Pleistocene age? 'f e val " d strpTm3 Ve/hyo1 1tes of Eocene to Quaternary alluvium, slope was and Ih? are fi11ed with common along the steeper' oor*W nf dsllde debris. Lands! iding is In the northern portion of?Ms EAR a~a *"9 fault scarp?? °t arg? complex exogenous domes and relif-pH^? are ^r5e -accumulations rhyodacitic composition fWalkpr anH d ,a^?d rlows and flow breccias of Coyote Hills, Ha'rt H?unt in and oJaS^9, 1S5!’ Walker’ 1963>- large silica volcanic centers rh?™? "ear the l‘,arner Valley are lated viscous flows (Walker and Peterson fqfio^ stfaP?1ded dot"es and re¬ gents occur in isolated plavas in this Ancient lake bed sedi- Surprise Valley, California 23 but not t0 the extent as in in Warned Vaney^boufth^bo^de^of the^ that 5157 be traced continuously S2 £M\KS* .26 3 & r >r-2K2-V^- There are many geothermal manifestations in Warner Valley. Waring (1965) lists 10 thermal springs in the Warner Valley; however, not all the springs listed are located in the EAR area. That listing is reproduced below: No. Name or Location Temp. OF Flow(gpm) 50 Remarks 48 Sec. 16, T. 35 S. , R. 26 E. upper Rock Creek 4 miles E. -of North Warner Lake 105-115 Several springs 48A Antelope Spring 104 30 Deposit of tufa 49 Hart Mountain Hot Spring, in sec. 7 , T. 36 S. , R. 26 E. 9 on the N. side of Hart Mtn. about 200 feet below crest Hot Small 49A Fisher's Spring 144 20 Water smells of H2S 49B W. D. Moss Ranch, on W. side of S. Warner Lake 72;83 500 ; 30 2 main and several smaller springs 49C Charles Crump's Spring 104 5 Deposit of tufa 490 Warner Valley Ranch 98; 107; 164 20;2;10 Deposit of siliceous sinter 50 Adel Hot Spring in sec. 23, T. 39 S., R. 24 E-, 1 mile E. of Adel P. 0. 160 20 Water smells of h2s . 51 Houston Hot Spring in sec. 27, T. 40 S. , R. 24 E., 160 5 Deposit of siliceous sinter Fisher Hot Spring, in the NW%NW%NW%, section 10, T. 38 S., R. 25 E., has a surface temperature of 68°C and an estimated subsurface reservoir temperature of about 1 23°C (Mariner and others, 1974). Fisher Hot Spring issues from Quaternary alluvium and Miocene to Pliocene olivine basalt. Crump Spring in the NE%NE%, section 4, T. 39 S., R. 24 E., has a surface temperature of 78 C and an estimated subsurface reservoir temperature of 144 Ci (Mariner and others, 1974). Crumps Spring also issues from Quaternary alluvium and Miocene to Pliocene olivine basalt. 2 In 1959, Nevada Thermal Power Company drilled a hole l,684_feet deep near the west bounding normal graben fault in SVAj* section 34, I. 38 S., R. 24 E. The well was tested and abandoned due to the low bottom hole temperature or ^ 17Q°F. However, temperatures of 23Q°-25Q°F, were recorded at 650 feet depot m (Peterson, 1959). The well later began erupting steam and hot water. Tufa, ™ sinter mounds and other small hot springs scattered for 2 miles along a narrow elongate northeast trending zone indicate thermal activity aiong a fault zone (Godwin and Peterson, 1969). Extinct hot springs are indicated by low mounds of calcareous .and siliceous tufa, especially at the north edge of Pelican Lake.. Former sites of hot. springs are indicated by local mounds of white to i ight-gray siliceous sinter and calcareous-coated pebbles and boulders within the valley-filling alluvium (Peterson, 1959). There has been no reported or observed earthquake activity in this area, however the existence of microseismic activity related to geothermal re¬ sources is a very strong, but unstudied, possibility. NEVADA The portion of the Environmental Analysis Record (EAR) area in Nevada is included in the Basin and Range Province. Little has been published about . this portion of Nevada. The main geologic feature is Long Valley, a typical basin-range graben valley. The adjacent Hays Canyon Range is another major feature and is a horst. Probably the most unique geologic feature of this •portion of Nevada is a Oligocene strato-volcano that has been dissected by Hays Canyon in T. 39 and 40 N., R. 18 and 19 E. The volcano . served as a source for the rocks now mapped as the South W i How Formation (Bonham, 1969). Long Valley is a large north-south trending elongate depression formed in part by faulting on the northwest and northeast sides, and in part by down¬ warping on the southeast side. An inferred covered basin-range high angle normal fault is projected as bounding the valley on the west (Bonham, 1969), The range northeast of Long Valley is a tilted fault block bounced by northeast trending high angle normal faults. The basin in. which Massacre Lake is located is formed by a synclinal bend, relatec to tilting (Bonham, 1969). The Hays Canyon Range is a complexly faulted horst between the Surprise Valley graben on the west and the Long Valley graben on the east. Most of the faults mapped in the range are north-south trending high angle normal faults but in the northern portion of the range a set of faults trending northwest-southeast is predeminent. The rocks in the Nevada portion of the EAR Area are mostly volcanic in origin. There are olivine basalt flows of upper Miocene and Pl-iocene age; Miocene sediments of the High Rock sequence and rhyolites of the Canyon 3 , K„^r--ias' are common. ^,e Rhyolite. Miocene S ‘Vl^atl^c'rffllte mudstone, sandstone. ba»U PQW tuffs and r str c. j b. ash-fall tuff and «e‘a®h6 Canyon Rhyolite ™c;fesThe Oligocene South rhyolite and basalt- tuffs of soda rhyolit a- that are basalt, ordinate welded ash- derived from th® u°fiow breccia and associate SSte and dacite flows, agglomerates, mua, intrusive phase?. area deluding a very There are Plelstoce neto^oloc jn the ^*sC^"i?slfter luffs oiaya sediments. ancient lake Russell (1334) statec 1 that Lo* , Valley 1^00^^ Uhontan. ** ““ “ “ Lake,1 Massacre Lake, and others. ^ ^ ^ ^ relatively meager. K Wourhorsprlngs in the area. No. 35A 353 35C 36 Hill's Warm Spring in sec. 18, T. 49 N. , R. 20 E., 10 miles N. of Vya Hill's Spring, in sec. 11. T. 43 N. , R. 19 E. > b miles H. of Vya U ti 'f Temp. °F . 83 66 70 Hot 200 , issues from sprM m -4mru,ss'RSh’«5ss- >*»■ . Socm '«» »“■ ^ "" . t„,s of „a„da, probably srtw«»« » — - - ’ 4 magnitudes of 5.0 to 5.9 have been located south of the EAR area (Slemmons and others, 1965). The Lone Pine mercury mining district is located within the EAR area. This district is located on the south slope of Bald Mountain, an island-like mass of Miocene andesitic and rhyolitic rocks that are locally silicified (Bonham, 1969). It might be noted that in other places throughout the west, geothermal potentials are linked to cinnabar mineralization in silicified rhyolites. However, there is no indication that this is true in the Lone Pine district. The only -other mineral occurrence in this area is a diatomite deposit near Fortynine Camp in T. 43 N., R. 18 E. CALIFORNIA The California portion of the Environmental Analysis Record area is included in the Basin and Range Province. The main geologic features in this area are the uplifted Warner Range horst and the Surprise Valley fault and attendant graben. Two volcanic centers have been mapped in the Cedar Pass area of the Warner Mountains (Duffield and Fournier, 1974). The Warner Range has been uplifted at least 5,500 feet in relation to j Surprise Valley and possibly as much as 11,000 feet total (Macdonald and Gay, 1966; Duffield and Fournier, 1974). The Surprise Valley graben has _ been filled with up to 7,000 feet of sediments shed from the adjacent mountains. Within the area of the EAR, the faulting is in two directions; north-south and N. 40° W. (Gay and Aune, 1958). Duffield and Fournier 0 (1974) have mapped two main NW-SE structures through this area. One, the Fandango Fault Zone, forms Fandango Valley and continues across Goose Lake into Oregon. The other structure, actually a fault zone - volcano lineament, extends from the Hays Canyon volcano through the volcanic centers at Cedar Pass and on v/estward to Round Mountain and Blue Mountain. The ; mapped geology (Gay and Aune, 1958) does not suggest this lineation, however. Some faults within Surprise Valley have been mapped by geologists of the California Division of Mines and Geology cn the Al.turas sheet (Gay and Aune, 1958), and by Ford and others (1963). Many faults have been inferred from detailed gravity surveys by Ford and others (1963). Uplift of the Warner Range began in the mid-Tertiary (Gay, 1959). More specifically, radiometric dating indicates that faulting began no longer than 15 million years ago (Duffield and Fournier, 1574). There is some evidence for recent faulting by fresh fault scarps of 20 to 50 feet in height truncating alluvial fans, and cutting across elevated lake terraces (Russell, 1884). The Warner Range consists mainly of layered andesite pyroclastic rocks- tuff breccias, agglomerates with intermingled flows. At the northern end of therange, a series of rhyolitic rocks is present as flows and shallow intrusions into the andesites (Gay, 1959). From Fandango Pass southward, the range is underlain by 10,000 feet of sedimentary and volcanic rock. The • 5 basic lithologic sequence in the southern portion of the range is a thick andesite series composed of pyroclastic material followed by a relatively thin but extensive basalt flow and later by local accumulations of rhyolite and obsidian. Basically the stratigraphy of the Warner Range and the Hays Canyon Range are quite similar, a thick andesite series, mostly pyroclastic, overlain by basalt (Russell, 1927). Surprise Valley, east of the main graben-forming fault, consists of lacustrine and fluvial sediments, alluvium, talus and landslide debris. There are* three small intrusive bodies in the middle of the valley south¬ east of the Upper Alkali Lake. These intrusives appear to be related to the faulting in this portion of the valley. Also located in the valley are areas of dune sand and saline lake deposits. Russell (1884) applied the name Lake Surprise to that body of water that filled Surprise Valley during the Pleistocene. Lake Surprise was contem¬ porary but not contiguous with Pleistocene Lake Lahontan, located some 35 miles to the south. Old levels of Lake Surprise are marked by truncated spurs, wave-cut terraces, and sea cliffs. The most conspicuous depositional features are old high-gradient deltas at mouths of the larger canyons (Russell, 1927). The highest beach line throughout the valley is at an elevation 550 feet above surface of lake beds. Lake Surprise had an over¬ flow channel southward into Duck Flat. There is evidence that the ancient lake had at least two high-water stages separated by a time of aridity and dessication (Russell, 1884). There are numerous hot springs and other surface geothermal manifestations in Surprise Valley. Waring (1955) lists twelve thermal springs in the valley. That list is reproduced in part below: No. Name or Location Temp. OF Flow(gpm) Remarks 12 Near Bidwell Creek, 1 mile NW of Fort Bidwell 97-108 75 5 springs 13 Boyd Spring, on E. side of Upper Lake, 12 miles SE of Fort Bidwell 70 1 ,000 14 Near SW side of Upper Lake, 4 miles N. of Lake City 120-207 100 Several springs at site of mud eruption of 1951. 15 Near S. end of Upper Lake 12 miles NE of Cedarville 170-182 80 4 springs 16 Sec. 12, T. 43 N.,R. 18 E., near N. end of Middle Lake, 12 miles NE of Cedarville 140-149 225 3 springs No. Name or Location Temp. °F Flov.'(gpm) Remarks • 17 Leonard Springs, in sec. 7, T. 43 N., R. 17 E., 11 miles NE of Cedarville 150 50 3 springs 18 Sec. 1, T. 42 N., R. 16 E. , and sec. 6, T. 42 N. , R. .17 E. , 5 miles E. of Cedarville 130 500 5 main springs 18A % Cedar Plunge, 5 miles NE Cedarville 1 8 0 ; 2 C3 115 2 wells 19 Benmac Hot Springs, in sec. 18, T. 42 N. , R. 17 E. , 5 miles E. of Cedarville 120 200 20 Menlo warm baths, in sec. 7 , T. 39 N. , R. 17 E., 5 miles SSE of Eagleville 117-125 425 5 springs . 21 Near SW side of Lower Lake, 8 miles SSE of Eagleville 120 . 100 # 22 Bare Ranch, 12 miles SSE of Eagleville 70 5 South of Eagleville, many large hot springs issue from immediate escarp¬ ment of a branch of the Surprise Valley Fault. Farther north, hot springs are located out in the valley in distinct relationship to lines of recent displacement (Russell, 1928). Russell (1884) felt that the high temperature of many of the springs that come to the surface along lines of recent dis¬ placement were due to heat produced by the arrested motion of the fault blocks. The current thinking, at least in Surprise Valley and the majority of geothermal areas in the west, i,s that the elevated temperatures are due to volcanism or the presence of a shallow magma body (White, 1955). Duf field and Fournier (1974) summed up geothermal conditions as 1) hot springs struc¬ turally controlled and localized along the Surprise Valley fault; 2) with one exception, hot springs no farther than 3 miles from rhyolite flows or plugs; and 3) greatest number of hot springs, representing the hottest surface water temperatures, associated with youngest looking rhyolite- obsidian bodies. In March, 1951, several hot springs erupted as mud volcanoes in* sections 23 and 24, T. 44 N., R. 15 E. The eruption consisted of clouds of steam, 7 gases, and mud debris rising several thousand feet in the air and scattering particles over several miles. According to White (1S55), 20 acres or more was involved and at least 6 million cubic feet or 300,000 tons of mud was affected by- the eruption. Temperature of the hot springs in the area of the eruption ranged from 120° to 207° (Waring, 1965). Magma Power Company has completed four drill holes in or very near the area of the eruptions and have found hot water that will flash to steam (320°F). Nothing has been done in terms of power generation as of this date. • Russell (1928) reports that some of the early residents of Surprise Valley felt the 1906 earthquake of San Francisco, the 1915 earthquake of Pleasant Valley, and the 1918 earthquake near Susanville. No recent epicenters have been reported in Surprise Valley although reported recent faulting and thermal activity would indicate the potential for seismic activity. Other mineral commodities in this area include an old salt works near CedarVille that operated on a zone of thin, relatively pure salt layers a few feet below the present surface of the valley center (Russell, 1927; Gay, 1959). Summary and Conclusions Surprise Valley is an elongated graben bounded on the west by the Warner •Range and by the Hays Canyon Range on the east. Several cross faults connect the two major basin-range fault systems. Hot Springs are located along P a discontinuous north-south trending fault on the western margin of Surprise Valley. Warner Valley is near the northern limit of the basin-range province. This long, undrained graben valley has resulted from late Tertiary to Holocene block faulting and is bounded on both east and west by large tilted fault blocks. Long Valley, trending north-south, is formed in part by faulting on the northwest and northeast sides, and by down-warping cn the southeast side. An inferred basin range fault is projected on the west side of the valley. The geologic hazards involved in the area of the EAR are primarily land- sliding. Several landslides appear on the geologic map and the potential for others exist wherever oversteepening of slopes exist. Potential geologic hazards connected with geothermal development are land subsidence over de¬ pleting reservoirs and microseismic activity related to movement of thermal waters. Land subsidence can be mitigated by reinjection of the thermal waters. Based on surface manifestations, the geothermal potential for both Warner Valley and Surprise Valley is great, but Long Valley would require further exploration due to the lack of data. Impact of surface exploration for • 8 * geothermal resources would be minimal, but developmental impact would be considerably greater. An update of -the classification of the public lands is attached in the form of two maps showing the Crump Geyser KGRA and competitive interest area as.determ1ned by BLM, Portland; and the Lake City KGRA with an unofficial competitive interest area. The competitive interest areas, determined in accordance with 43 CFR 3200. 0-5(k) (3) , will be used in formulating additions to the present KGRA as time permits. Also attached is a composite geologic map of the EAR area. References : Bonham, H. F., 1969, Geology and mineral deposits of Washoe and Storey Counties, Nevada: Nev. Bur. Mines Bull. 70, 140 p. Donath, F. A., 1962, Analysis of basin-range structure, south-central Oregon Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 73, no. 1, p. 1-16. Duffield, W. A., and Fournier, R. 0., 1974, Reconnaissance study of the geothermal resources of Modoc County, California: U. S. Geol. Survey open file report, 19 p. ■ Ford, R. S., Soderstrand, J. N., Franson, R. E., Beach, F. H., Feingold, b. A., Hail, W. R. , Iv/amura, T. I., and Swanson , A. A., 1963, Northeastern counties ground-water investigation: California Water Resources Bull. 93. Gay, T. E., Jr., 1959, Geology of northeastern California: California Div. Mines and Geology Mineral Inf. Service, v. 12, no. 6, p. 1-17. Gay, T. E. , Jr., and Aune, Q. A., compiles, Olaf P. Jenkins, editor, Alturas sheet: 1:250,000. 1958, Geologic map of California, California Div. Mines, scale Godwin, L. H., and Peterson, N. V., 1969, and Water Resources of Oregon: U. S. Geothermal energy, in. Mineral 90th Cong., 2d sess., p. 299-304. Macdonald, G. A., and Gay, T. E., Jr., 1966, Geology of the southern Cascade Range, Modoc Plateau and Great Basin areas in northeastern onlu Srnia* — Mineral and Water Resources of California: U S 89th Cong., 2d sess., p. 47-48. Mariner, R. H., Rapp.,J. B., Willey, L. M. , aid Presser, T. S. , 1974, The chemical composition and estimated minimum t. norma 1 reservoir temperatures of selected hot springs in Oregon: U. S. Geol-. Survey open file report, 27 p. 9 » Peterson, N. V., 1959, Lake County's new continuous geyser: Ore Bin, v. 21 , no, 9, p. 83-88. Russell, I. C, , 1884, A geological reconnaissance in southern Oregon: U. S. Geol. Survey 4th Ann. Rept. , p. 431-464. Russell, R. J., 1927, The land forms of Surprise Valley, northwestern Great Basin: Calif. Univ. Pub. Geography, vol. 2, no. II, p. 323-358. Russell, R. J., 1928, Basin range structure and stratigraphy of the Warner Range, northeastern California: Calif. Univ., Dept. Geol. . Sci. Bull., vol. 17, no. 11, p. 387-496. Slemmons, D. B. , Gimlett, J. I., Jones, A. E. , Greensfelder , Roger, and Koenig, James, 1965, Earthquake expi center map of Nevada: Nev. Bur. Mines, Map 29. Walker, G. W., 1963, Reconnaissance geologic map of the eastern half of the Klamath Falls (AMS) quadrangle, Lake and Klamath Counties, Oregon: U. S. Geol. Survey Mineral Inv. field Studies Map MF-260. Walker, G. W. , and Repenning, C. A., 1965, Reconnaissance geologic map of the Adel quadrangle, Lake, Harney, and Malheur Counties, Oregon: U. S. Geol. Survey Misc. Geol. Inv. Map 1-446. Walker, G. W. , and Peterson, N. V., 1969, Geology of the basin and range province, in Mineral and Water Resources of Ore-con: U. S. 90th Conq., 2d sess., p. 83-83. Waring, G. A., 1915, Springs of California: U. S. Ceol. Survey Water Supply Paper 338, p. 121-124. Waring, G. A., 1965, Thermal springs of the United States and other countries of the world — a summary: U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 492, 383 p. White, D. E., 1955, Violent mud-volcano eruption of Lake City hot springs, northeastern California: Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 66, p. 1109- 1130. K ♦ 10 _lL^7 'JZ' \ ;VP^ • X /;>"?• V' C ^nNvt/ (f kdznr'te ocn -jrt>> I.Sxj - V I / .V _ — „ ^y-/ n ij.’l I Sy-V. $ iric^N '-’ JuVsf^ • \ i . JteMps 3™ u 5 k ;¥ u ,NSr-?'" 5*7 A a ? £ ^ &• ih>J a 23 . p*** .V/’ rj i ‘W :>J>\ :.aj^r±Vv. \ 1-iV N lAf -— . v v \ VigCT ,\’V> PH£\? VVil> i» \ W-— ft- % j^v^s^rN> \- «\y xjTr^>Os. 7r\ ■‘ *‘ -0— — V Ue&rA / IV ■■ _n *-> ^n A . \ ,!?/) Ufa V sr * / S % ' =h W-K (Vi \i \.x ftH - iAr5 ■ ^ MJ 1 \§< \ / f i -- 4 — , , V rza^-st <—. : 111. ■V ||!>' a# \7VV i -I > V ; '->(/ 4.CV 4 f t • N s Location map showing Crump Geyser KGRA and the associated competitive interest area. Y-( (*A v - ■ ■■• v /y^h/i Tv- ? r ^ •fS - V- - '.> » -«v. r~ n )teVc;*- /■^Tvr's^’yv) - r. w - n- a i v> f . 'ivi!' .’ r Y -4 \ I' /*»"' 1/ » ^'/vir.vS' '41T* :f\ if f5^ £ Nl >y 'J^TT^V^X^^V'T/I A 7d- 'nV-Vv / d ) ^j'-N P»Ycli.Uw.N i^.iy,- -^ss^vf ^ i -i j ^ Aa^gv# \ftVA Mir1 S I <>.,S i :&$8tef^iii a /".} . If a it iw'll/ Ij'ioASsjJ*? UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY — CONSERVATION DIVISION PORTLAND, OREGON ; TUMBLE LAKE PUMPED-STORAGE SITE OREGON Administrative Report By W. Hi Lee and L. 0. Moe 1975 Contents Page Introduction 1 Location and General Description 2 Water Supply 4 Physical Characteristics of the Site 4 Plan of development 5 Geology 9 General geology of the site 9 Geology of upper pool damsite n Geology of upper pool reservoir n Geology of the penstock area 13 Construction materials and methods 14 Conclusions and Recommendations 16 Lands affected 18 References 19 Ill ustrations Figure 1 . Location Map 2. Tumble Lake pumped-storage site 3. Area and Capacity of Tumble Lake and Detroit Reservoir 4. Geologic map of the Tumble Lake pumped-storage site 5. Tumble Lake cirque from Halls Ridge road(Photo) 6. Penstock route along Whitman Creek (Photo) INTRODUCTION Electrical resource studies indicate that pumped-storage generation offers the most promising source for meeting future peak electrical power requirements in the Northwest. Although the energy consumed by pumping is about one and one-half times the amount generated, pumped- storage power is justified by the economic value of peak energy. Low-cost, off-peak energy is stored in a pumped-storage system until needed during peak-load period. Pumped storage can operate on a seasonal, weekly, or daily cycle. In a weekly cycle, storage equivalent to at least 14 hours of operation at full capacity is recommended. During the generating period, the plant is operating at full capacity for only a short time, the peak hours each weekday. The off-peak pumping and the carryover storage are sufficient to meet the daily peak generation. In selection of a site, two similar sets of criteria established by the Corps of Engieers (COE) and the Federal Power Commission (FPC) are used. The main rules are: (1) sites capable of at least 1,000-megawatt development; (2) reservoir of sufficient capacity to generate continually for 14 hours at full capacity; (3) for plant size greater than 3,000 MW the maximum allowable drawdown would be limited to 160 feet (48.3 m) (4) penstock diameters ranging from about 20 (6.1 ro) to 40 feet (12.2 m) with maximum flow velocities Of 16 (4.9 m) to 20 feet (6.1 m) per second; and (5) penstock length between upper and lower reservoirs of not more than 15 times the head (COE 1972), (FPC 1973). One of the primary functions of the Conservation Division of the U. S. Geological Survey is to classify federally-owned land that has water 1 e resource value. In late June 1973, two Conservation Division personnel, William H. Lee, Geologist, and Loi 0. Moe, Civil Engineer, made a field reconnaissance of the Tumble Lake pumped-storage site in the Mor^h Santiam River basin. The prime objective of this field study was to observe the geologic, topographic, and hydrologic feasibility of the dam, reservoir, and penstock areas. Results from this study will be used to determine % whether classification of the land involved is justified. This report discusses two alternative developments of the site. (1) with drawdown limited to 80 feet and (2) with 2,000 acre-feet of dead storage in the upper pool. Providing 2,000 acre-feet of dead' storage would permit 155 feet (47.2 m) of drawdown. Calculations were based on 100 percent efficiency and off-peak pumping energy is assumed to be available. A detailed economic analysis was not made. LOCATION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Santiam River drains an area of about 1,827 square miles (4,732 km2) about 70 percent of which is forested. Timber and agri¬ cultural products are the driving forces of the basin's economy. The Santiam River is a major tributary to the Willamette River entering from the east at river mile 109 about 10 miles (16.1 km) downstream from Albany. The North Santiam and South Santiam Rivers join to form Santiam River upstream from the town of Jefferson. Water quality of the North Santiam River is excellent and is the principal water supply for the city of Salem. Great amounts of this water are used by the canning industry. Detroit Dam and the Big Cliff Reregulating Dam are the only major hydroelectric developments in this subbasin. The project is aiso used for flood control, irrigation, and streamflow improvement, and is a popular recreation area in the Willamette valley. INTRODUCTION Electrical resource studies indicate that pumped-storage generation offers the most promising source for meeting future peak electrical power requirements in the Northwest. Although the energy consumed by pumping is about one and one-half times the amount generated, pumped- } storage power is justified by the economic value of peak energy. Low-cost, off-peak energy is stored in a pumped-storage system until needed during peak-load period. Pumped storage can operate on a seasonal, weekly, or daily cycle. In a weekly cycle, storage equivalent to at least 14 hours of operation at full capacity is recommended. During the generating period, the plant is operating at full capacity for only a short time, the peak hours each weekday. The off-peak pumping and the carryover storage are sufficient to meet the daily peak generation. In selection of a site, two similar sets of criteria established by the Corps of Engieers (COE) and the Federal Power Commission (FPC) are used. The main rules are: (1) sites capable of at least 1,000-megawatt development; (2) reservoir of sufficient capacity to generate continually for 14 hours at full capacity; (3) for plant size greater than 3,000 MW the maximum allowable drawdown would be limited to 160 feet (48.3 m) (4) penstock diameters ranging from about 20 (6.1 m) to 40 feet (12.2 m) with maximum flow velocities of 16 (4.9 m) to 20 feet (6.1 m) per second; and (5) penstock length between upper and lower reservoirs of not more than 15 times the head (COE 1972), (FPC 1973). One of the primary functions of the Conservation Division of the U. S. Geological Survey is to classify federally-owned land that has water 1 resource value. In late June 1973, two Conservation Division personnel, William H. Lee, Geologist, and Loi 0. Moe, Civil Engineer, made a field reconnaissance of the Tumble Lake pumped-storage site in the North Santiam River basin. The prime objective of this field study was to observe the geologic, topographic, and hydrologic feasibility of the dam, reservoir, and penstock areas. Results from this study will be used to determine , whether classification of the land involved is justified. This report discusses two alternative developments of the site: (1) with drawdown limited to 80 feet and (2) with 2,000 acre-feet of dead storage in the upper pool. Providing 2,000 acre-feet of dead' storage would permit 155 feet (47.2 m) of drawdown. Calculations were based on 100 percent efficiency and off-peak pumping energy is assumed to be available. A detailed economic analysis was not made. LOCATION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Santiam River drains an area of about 1,827 square miles (4,732 km^) about 70 percent of which is forested. Timber and agri¬ cultural products are the driving forces of the basin's economy. The Santiam River is a major tributary to the Willamette River entering from the east at river mile 109 about 10 miles (16.1 tan) downstream from Albany. The North Santiam and South Santiam Rivers join to form Santiam River upstream from the town of Jefferson. Water quality of the North Santiam River is excellent and is the principal water supply for the city of Salem. Great amounts of this water are used by the canning industry. Detroit Dam and the Big Cliff Reregulating Dam are the only major hydroelectri c developments in this subbasin. The project is also used for flood control, irrigation, and streamflow improvement, and is a popular recreation area in the Willamette valley. 2 ( f c Breitenbush River joins the North Santiam at river mile 68, and is the principal tributary flowing into Detroit Reservoir. There is only one small hydroelectric development on this stream. It is privately owned with a total output of 10 kilowatts and is the power supply of the Breitenbush Hot Springs resort area. The Tumble Lake pumped-storage site in this part of the North Santiam River basin meets the criteria > established by the COE and the FPC. Figure 1. — Location map WATER SUPPLY One unique feature of pumped-storage is that the water supply for the upper reservoir is independent of natural inflow. The main supply is through pumping from the lower reservoir. The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration operates a climatological station in the city of Detroit. The arithmetic average precipitation at this station for the years 1 933- 1 971 is 83 inches (211 cm) ' half of which occurs in the winter months November through March. The average annual snowfall at Detroit is about 60 inches (152 cm), but the snow remains on the ground at this low elevation only a short time. At the high elevations in the vicinity of the site, precipitation is probably greater and some snow might remain on the ground as late as July. Because the drainage area of the upper site is small, the total annual precipitation contributes only about three percent of capacity of the reservoir and is not considered as part of the water used in operation. Precipitation might be regarded as balancing the evaporation and seepage losses of the upper reservoir. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SITE Tumble Lake. --Pumped-storage site is in the Willamette National Forest in the headwaters of Tumble Creek which discharges into Detroit Reservoir. The lake has a surface area of 22 acres (8.9 ha) and is accessible by a steep, narrow foot-trail. The altitude of the lake as shown on the Geological Survey Battle Ax and Detroit 15-minute topographic quadrangle maps is about 3,640 feet (1,109 m). A dam at the outlet of the lake would create the upper reservoir. 4 The existing Detroit Reservoir will serve as the lower pool for the Tumble Lake site. The Detroit Dam is located at river mile 61 on the North Santia.m River. The reservoir has a total storage of 458,600 acre-feet (5.66 x loV) with usable storage of 343,600 acre-feet (4.24 x 10V) between the normal pool altitude of 1,569 feet (478 m) and 1,425 feet (434 m) . The gross head is 363 feet (110 m) between the normal pool and the tailwater > altitude of 1,206 feet (368 m) . Installed capacity is 100,000 kilowatts in * two 50,000 kilowatt units. PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT Two alternative plans are discussed: Tumble Lake provides the upper storage reservoir in each plan. A 195-foot (59 m) dam to an altitude of 3,835 feet (1,169 m) will store 22,000 acre-feet (2.71 x 107m3) not including the natural lake storage. The penstock would be located underground in the ridge northwest of Whitman Creek, and would be about 10,000 feet (3.048 m) long horizontally. The economic aspects of power and the impact on recrea¬ tion at the lower pool would dictate the selection of the operation pattern of the site. One plan would allow an 80-foot (24.4 m) drawdown providing usable storage of 13,400 acre-feet (1.65 x 10 x m^). The discharge rate of 11,580 ft^/s (328 m^/s) and the average head of 2,230 feet (680 m) could produce 2,200 megawatts of peaking pov/er for 14 hours of continuous operation. One 28-foot (3.5 m) diameter penstock would carry the required discharge and remain within the desired velocity limitation of 2C ft/s (6.1 m/s). The C -3 other alternative is to provide 2,000 acre-feet (2.5 x 10 m) of dead 5 storage. The remaining 20,000 acre-feet (2.5 x 10 m^) is usable storage. The discharge rate of 17,290 ft3/s (490 m3/s) and an average head of 2,200 feet (671 m) would be capable of producing 3,200 megawatts of peak power for 14 hours of continuous operation. To staisfy the velocity limitation of 20 ft/s (6/1 m/s), one 33-foot (10 m) diameter penstock » would meet criteria. 7 3 Refilling the upper reservoir with 13,400 acre-feet (1.65 x 10 m°) would result a 5-foot (1.5 m) drawdown on the lower pool. Pumping 20,000 acre-feet (2.5 x 107m3) to refill the upper pool would require an 8-foot (2.4 m) drawdown on the Detroit Reservoir. SCAL F 1 f>? !/ *' Figure 2. --Tumble Lake pumped-storage site Approx, penstock length: 10,000 ft. Average static head: 2,200 ft. Operating cycle: weekly Max. plant cap. (100% eff.): 3,200 MW \ Upper Lower Water surface 3,835 ft. 1,569 ft. Dam height 195 'ft. 363 ft. Approx, dam lenetd 1.800 ft. 1.580 ft. \ Total capacity 22,000 a-f 453,500 a-f Max . drawdown 155 ft. R ft. 7 Altitude in feet Altitude in feet 3840 160 20 0 Area in acres 3740 3640 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 Capacity in acre-feet Detroit Reservoir (lower reservoir) 1600 1550 1450 1350 1250 Figure 3. — Area and Capacity of Tumble Lake and Detroit Reservoir 8 (# GEOLOGY General Geology of the Site Peck and others (1964) have done reconnaissance mapping of the area. They reported pyroxene andesites, ash flows, tuff breccias, and lapilli tuffs of the Sardine Formation in the area of the upper pool. The type locality of the Sardine Formation is Sardine Mountain, which forms the northwest wall of the Tumble Lake valley. The type locality was described by Thayer (1936, 1939). Sardine Mountain, Dome Rock, and in all likelihood. Elephant Rock, are all volcanic plugs and are sources for the Sardine Formation. According to Peck and others (1964), the Sardine Formation is Miocene in age, but Thayer (1936,1939) assigned a. range in age from Oligocene to middle or upper Miocene. See figure 1, a geologic map from Thayer (1939) as modified by fieldwork for this report. The regional structure of the area of the upper pool and penstock route is dominated by the asymmetric Sardine syncline. Steep dips on the east flank and shallow dips on the west flank: characterize this fold structure, which is a part of a series of asymmetrical anticlines and syclines found in the western Cascades. According to Thayer (1936), the axis of the Sardine syncline plunges northward about 10 degrees, but this plunge angle is not observable in the vicinity of Tumble Lake. The source vents around Tumble Lake (Sardine Mountain, Dome :Rock, and Elephant Rock), the Halls granodiorite intrusion, and several other sources of the Sardine Formation are located on or very near the axis of the Sardine syncline, which represents a zone of v/eakness. Peak and others {1964, p. 50) pointed cut that "...the distribution of the vents in belts suggests that the vents are along deep fracture zones that channeled ascending magmas." 9 & TO Geology of Upper Pool Parasite The right abutment will be founded at the base of Elephant Rock, which is a possible vent for the andesites of the Sardine Formation. The rock at the abutment is a dark-gray to dark-greenish-gray , moderately altered, fine-grained andesite with pyroxene phenocrysts. At the base of Elephant Rock, there is a considerable pile of talus with much vegetation > and overgrowth. Weathering of the rock indicates a somewhat platy fracture ' pattern, but for the most part, the fractures are tight and not through- going'. Because of the vent source, dips on flow structures in the ande¬ sites are chaotic. The left abutment will be founded in the talus accumulations at the base of Dome Rock, another vent source for the Sardine Formation. The rock here, as in the right abutment, is altered andesite with tight fracturing. The alteration of these andesites is reported to be of the nature of propyl i tization (Peck and others, 1964). Propyl itization is a hydrothermal process that changes pyroxene and olivine phenocrysts in the andesites to an assemblage of minerals including carbonates, epidote, quartz, and chlorite. In the case of the andesites around Tumble Lake, the phenocrysts have been chloritized, hence the greenish color. The floor of the dam axis is completely covered with heavy forest vegetation with no outcrops to be seen. The andesites found in both abut¬ ments are continuous across the floor. The amount of cover is undeterminabl without trenching or drilling. Geology of Upper Pool Reservoir The upper pool will be formed by the enlargement of Tumbl-e Lake by a 195-foot (59.4 m) high dam across Tumble Creek. Tumble Lake occupies a depression in the floor of a glacial cirque of late Wisconsin age (Figure 2) igure 5. — Tumble Lake cirque from Halls Ridge road (view SE, Tumble Lake in middle ground) 12 J Although no evidence of glaciation was found during the brief recon¬ naissance for this report, an examination of the physiography of the location indicates that this favorable pumped-storage site exists due to the presence of a well -formed cirque. Also, Thayer (1939) indicated that irt his opinion, Tumble Lake lies in a glacial cirque. The lake is > drained to the southeast by Tumble Creek which runs into the Detroit % Reservoir. The floor of the cirque is covered by a cover of soil and humus which is probably quite thick. Vegetation is very heavy, with a lot of deadfall and heavy underbrush. Traversing the cirque on foot is very difficult; however, there is a trail from the ridgecrest between Dome Rock and Sardine Mountain to the lake that makes access to the lake easier. There are a few outcrops and large boulders spotted about the floor, and they are altered, grayish-green andesites. One large boulder near the lake is of a lithic rich ash-flow tuff that probably came from Tumble Rock. Although the Sardine Syncline axis goes through or very near the area of the upper pool, dips on the rocks around the cirque are nearly horizontal . Geology of the Penstock Area A traverse down the northwest side of Whitman Creek from Whitman Rock to the reservoir was made to observe the type of rock that would be encountered in the underground emplacement of the penstock. The rocks are almost entirely andesite flows of varying degrees of alteration and induration. Alteration processes tend not to affect the hardness of the rocks. The andesite flows form steep to vertical cliffs (Figure 3) and 13 have little or no fracturing. There may be a few interbeds of softer tuffaceous material between flows, but evidence for their occurrence was not readily observable. A few of the andesite flows have vugs or cavities filled with crystalline and amorphous quartz. The lower end of the penstock near the Detroit Dam will lie in or very near a stock of granodiorite (Hall's diorite of Thayer, 1939). This 'medium-grained intrusive has penetrated the Sardine Formation lava flows with very little disturbance (Pungrassami , 1970). According to Thayer (1939), this lack of disturbance in the surrounding flows suggests that the granodiorite was intruded quietly. Peck and others (1964) and Jaffe (1959) report that the intrusive has been radiometrical ly dated as 23-25_+ 10 million years old. Pyrite is a common alteration mineral associated with the granodiorite (Pungrassami , 1970). CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS Crushed rock for a dam fill can be obtained from quarries that could be opened along the upper Halls Ridge road above Tumble Lake. Rocks from that location are andesite flows and are quite suitable for dam fill and facing material. Impervious dam fill can be obtained from the soil cover within the Tumble Lake cirque. Material removed from the mining of the penstock might be the best fill material to use irs the dam construction. Utilizing this material would preclude construction of environmentally objectionable quarries. Access to the Tumble Lake upper pool is up the French Creek road to the Halls Ridge road. There a new road would have to be built down the inner wall of the cirque to the lake. This would be a major task as the slopes are quite steep. Material for road metal can be easily obtained along the Halls Ridge road. 14 Excavation of the dam axis and abutments can be done by conventional methods. Talus piles at the abutments will have to be removed and quite possibly this talus can be used in the dam construction. Bed¬ rock shaping would probably be at a minimum due to the grinding, smoothing glacial action at the time of cirque formation. Figure 6.— Penstock route along Whitman* Creek 15 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS As indicated in the Introduction, pumped storage offers the most promising future for peak electrical power needs in the Pacific North¬ west. In this region the peak demand pattern in a day differs depending upon the time of the year. In summer and spring it occurs during late * morning hours before noon or immediately thereafter, and in the winter months it takes place in the evening (3PA 1970). The site in this study could operate on this pattern to ease the maximum daily demand on a weekly cycle. The Tumble Lake pumped-storage site seems to be geologically suit¬ able for development. No serious fracturing occurs in the upper pool and penstock areas. Construction materials are readily available. The site is reasonably accessible. Loss of water froas the upper pool by seepage would be at a minimum due to the strong character of the andesite flows. Mining of the penstock would be in structurally sound, indurated flow rock. Any minor interbeds would be thin and could be grouted and sealed off. The granodiorite intrusive contact with the andesite flows represents no special problems. It is recommended that a trenching and/or drilling program be carried out in the floor of the cirque to determine depth of soil cover and character of the bedrock. It is also recommended that a drilling program be carried out to explore the mining area for the. penstock to determine the precise character of the rocks. Physical property determinations of the damsite and construction materials should be ssade to determine suit¬ ability of use. A more thorough geologic mapping, program should be made to pinpoint specific problem areas and outline source areas for construc¬ tion materials. 16 The site is topographically and hydrological ly sound for pumped- storage development. Other favorable factors are: only one dam and reservoir is needed as the existing Detroit Reservoir would be utilized as the lower reservoir and source of water; (2) the environmental impact *would be low because the lake is located in a relatively remote area and only one underground penstock would be required; (3) all the ' lands affected by the site development are in federal ownership; and (4) the powerplant would be located relatively close to 'she load center. The number of sites that could satisfy all the requirements for pumped-storage development are limited in nature. Therefore, the 840 acres (339.9 ha) of lands which would be affected by the Tumble Lake site development should be classified to protect their' water resource value for the future. LANDS AFFECTED The lands listed below would be affected by development of the pumped-storage site and have a value for power site purposes. Classi¬ fication of these lands is recommended. * Federal Lands Within Tumble Lake Site Willamette Meridian, Oregon Willamette National Forest Acres T. 9 S. , R. 5 E. sec. 31, SEJsNEJs and NE^SEV; 80 sec. 32, SW’sNE's, SyiW%, Slftu and WHS Els; 360 s.. R. 5 E. sec. 5, WHNWV, 80 sec. 6, EHNEH, NHSEH, and SW^SE^s; 200 sec. 7, NW%NEH and £HNW%. 120 Total 840 acres (339.9 ha) * 18 REFERENCES Bonneville Power Adminstration, 1970, Pacific Northwest Ecbnomic Base Study for Power Markets. Federal Power Commission, 1973, Annual Report to Water Management Subcommittee, p. 108. Pacific Northwest River Basins Commission, 1973, Review of Power Planning in the Pacific Northwest. Pacific Northwest River Basins Commission, 1969, Willamette Basin Comprehensive Study. U. S. Army, Corps of Engieers, 1973, Pumped-Storage Potential of the Northwest. Jaffe, H. W. et. aj_. , 1959, Lead-alpha age determinations of accessory minerals of igneous rocks (1953-1957): U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 1097-B, p. 70-71. Peck, D. L., Griggs, A. B., Schlicker, H. G., Wells, F. G., and Dole, H. M., 1965, Geology of the central and northern parts of the western Cascade Range in Oregon: U. S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 449, 56 p. t Pungrassami , Thongchai, 1970, Geology of the western Detroit Reservoir Area, Quartzville and Detroit quadrangles, Linn and Marion Counties, Oregon: unpublished Masters thesis, Oregon State University. Thayer, T. P., 1936, Structure of the North Santisim River section of the Cascade Mountains in Oregon: Journal Geology, Yol . 44, No. 6, p. 701-716. Thayer, T. P. 1939, Geology of the Salem Hills and the North Santiam River basin, Oregon: Oregon Department Geology and Mineral Industries Bulletin 15, 40 p. 19 Utah Coal I. and Classification Minutes No. ^ 66 i £ ~ 73j.<^uh?/- Minutes of the Mineral Land Classification Committee Date: June 3, 1977 Subject: Coal classification of lands in the Alton-Kanab coal field, Kane County,. Utah Minutes prepared by: Allen A. Aigen In consultation: William E. Bowers and Elizabeth G. Allen INTRODUCTION Lands in the following townships, previously either withdrawn pending classification or classified as noncoal, are considered herein for classification as coal lands. Salt Lake Meridian T. 37 S. , T. 38 S. , T. 39 S., T. 40 S. , Rs . 3 and 4 W. Rs. 3, 4, 5, and 6 W. Rs. 4, 4%, 5, and 6 W. Rs. 4, 44, 5, and 7 W. Basis for Committee Action Several actions were taken with regard to the land status in these townships between December 11, 1908, and February 26, 1963, and are described for each township. Standards for coal classification are derived from standards for the Classification of Public Coal Lands (Geological Survey Circular 633). The coal in each township herein exceeds the minimum thickness and depth requirements specified in Circular 633. Committee action is based on the following reports and studies: U.S. Geological Survey Coal Investigations Map C-49 , 1961, by W. R. Cashion; U.S. Geological Survey Miscellaneous Geologic Inves¬ tigations Map 1-494, 1967, by W. B. Cashion; Utah Geological and Mineralogical Survey Monograph Series No. 1, 1972, by H. H. Doelling and R. L. Graham; U.S. Geological Survey Miscellaneous Field Studies Maps MF-520 , MF-521, 1973, by H. D. Goode; U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 226, 1951, by H. E. Gregory; unpublished, and in progress, reports and proprietary information for coal drill holes from the offices of the Area Geologist and the Area Mining Supervisor. ( Utah Coal Land Classification Minutes No. 166 Illustrations, included as part of these minutes, consist of pla of the above- listed townships classified and reclassified as coa lands, and a map of the known recoverable coal resource area for the Alton-Kanab coal field showing the geologic formations and outline of the lands classified as coal lands. ts 1 The ’Alton-Kanab coal field is in west-central Kane County in south¬ western Utah. The coal-bearing Dakota Formation crops out in a roughly horseshoe-shaped area around the south end of the Paunsaugunt Plateau, forming one of a succession of south-facing cliffs. The LowerC?) and Upper Cretaceous Dakota Fo on Jurassic formations, and is overlain by the Tropic Shale. The Dakota Formation is and sandstones with major coal zones at the near the base (Bald Knoll Zone). The Smirl to 20 feet thick and is the basis for most The Bald Knoll Zone is generally less than significant partings and is important in a western portion of the field and in the nor the field where it predominates. rma t i a thi about top Zone of th 30 in small theas on 1 i es uncon f ormab ly ck marine uni t, 250 fee t of mudstones ( Smii ■1 Z one) and var i .es from 3 e cli¬ ts si f icat ion. ches thi ck wi thout area of the north- tern por tion of Most of the area lies between two major regional faults, the Sevier Fault on the west, and the Paunsaugunt Fault on the east, with a small area near Cannonville in the northeastern part of the field, east of the Paunsaugunt Fault. Minor faults are common throughout the field. Dips are gentle, generally northward. The known recoverable coal resource area was delineated on the basis of identified resources as defined in the Joint Geological Survey-Bureau of Mines Resource Classification Agreement of November 21, 1973. Overburden is generally less than 3,000 feet. The coal is of an apparent subb i tuminous B rank, with an average Btu value of approximately 9,500 as received. T. 37 S. , R. 3 W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. The township was partially classified noncoal July 12, 1915, and January 25, 1924, and included in Coal Land Restoration Utah Nos. 30 and 44, approved July 31, 1915, and March 8, 1924, respectively. U.S. Geological demonstrate the greater than 30 Survey drill holes in presence of coal beds inches thick. the area to be classified in the Dakota Formation The following as coal lands described lands embracing 2,293 acres on the basis of the data cited above: are classified 2 Utah Coal Land Classification Minutes No. 166 Salt Lake Meridian T. 37 S. , R. 3 W. , sec. 29, W'lE 4, W4; secs. 30 and 31; sec. 32, WHNE^, W^, SE*i. T. 37 S., R. 4 W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. U. S. Geological Survey drill holes in the area to be classified demonstrate the presence of coal beds in the Dakota Formation greater than 30 inches thick. The following described lands embracing 3,598 acres are classified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian T. 37 S. , R. 4 W. , secs. 25 and 26; sec. 27, E4; sec. 33, ZhSZh; secs. 34 to 36, inclusive; HES. 118 and 119. T. 38 S . , R. 3 W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. The township was partially classified noncoal, approved July 23, 1915, and January 25, 1924, and included in Coal Land Restoration Utah Nos. 31 and 44, approved August 25, 1915, and March 8, 1924, respectively. Coal beds in the Dakota Formation outcropping in this township are greater than 30 inches thick in the areas to be classified and reclassified. The following described lands embracing 1,694 acres are classified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian T. 38 S., R. 3 W., sec. 5, lots 2 to 4, inclusive, SW^NEk, W^NW^, N^SWk, SWh;SWk, NW^SEk; s 0C • 6 * sec. 7, lots 1 to 3, inclusive, N^NE’-t, SW^NEl<, E4w4, szh; sec. 8, NW^NWk, W^SWk. 3 * Utah Coal Land C 1 ass i f i ca t i on Minutes No. Prior classification of the following described lands einbracing 240 acres as noncoal is hereby revoked and the lands reclassified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian T. 38 S. , R. 3 W. , sec. 5, SEkSWk; sec. 7, SEkNEk; sec. 8, EkNWk, SWkNWk, NEkswk. T . 38 S . , R . 4 H. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. Coal beds in the Dakota Formation outcropping in this township are greater than 30 inches thick in the areas to be classified. The following described lands embracing 10,449 acres are classified as coal land on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian S., R. 4 W. , secs . 1 to 3 , inclusive; sec . 4, Eh ; sec . 9, Eh, Ekwk; secs . 10 and li; sec . 12, n4, N-kSk ; sec . 13, swk. skSEk • 5 sec . 14, wkNEk , wk, SEk; secs . 13 and 16; secs . 22 , Ek, Ehuh; sec . 23; sec . 24, Nk, swk, NWkSEk; sec . 26, wkEk wk; sec . 27, Ek, Ekwk ; sec . 33, SEk; sec . 34, NEk, EkNWk , Sk; sec . 35, wkEk • , wk, SEk SEk HF.S. 118 and 119. T. 38 S., R. 5 W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. The township was classified coal November 28, 1910, and noncoal July 27, 1910, and included in Coal Land Restoration Utah No. 1, approved September 28, 1910. Prior classification of the following described lands embracing 3,640 acres as noncoal is hereby revoked and the lands reclassified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: 166 4 Utah Coal Land Classification Minutes No. 166 Salt Lake Meridian T. 38 S. , R. 5 W. , sec. 19, SEkSEk; sec. 20; sec. 21, NWk, S%; sec. 27, Wk, WkSEk; sec. 28; sec. 29, NkNEk, SEkNEk; sec. 30, lots 3 and 4, NWkNEk, SEkNWk, NEkSWk; sec. 33, NEk, EkNWk, EkSEk; sec. 34; sec. 35, SWk. T . 38 S . , R. 6 W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. The township was classified coal November 29, 1910, and noncoal July 27, 1910, and included in Coal Land Restoration Utah No. 1, approved September 28, 1910, and partially reclassified coal February 26, 1963. U.S. Geological Survey drill holes in an adjacent quadrangle to the area to be reclassified demonstrate the presence of coal beds in the Dakota Formation greater than 30 inches thick. Prior classif ication of the following described lands embracing 320 acres as noncoal is hereby revoked and the lands reclassified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian T. 38 S., R. 6 W., sec. 25, SEkSEk; sec. 36, NEkNEk, WkNEk, NEkSWk, SkSWk, NWkSEk. T. 39 S ♦ , R. 4 W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. U. S. Geological Survey drill holes and outcropping of coal beds in the Dakota Formation in the area to be classified demonstrate the presence of coal greater than 30 inches thick. The following described lands embracing 19,332 acres are classified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above; Salt Lake Meridian T. 39 S. , R. 4 W. , secs. 1 and 2; sec. 3, lots 1 and 2, SkEk; sec. 8, Ek; 5 Utah Coal Land Classification Minutes No. 166 T. 39 S., R. 4 W., continued, secs. 9 to 23, inclusive; sec. 24, NkNEk, Wk; sec. 25, Wk; sec. 26, NEkNEk , WkEk, Wk; secs. 27 to 34, inclusive; sec. 35, WkNEk, Wk, NWkSEk. T. 39 S., R. 4*s W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 14, approved November 17, 1926. U. S. Geological Survey drill-hole data in the area to be classified demonstrates the presence of coal greater than 30 inches thick in the Dakota Formation. The following described lands embracing 6,197 acres are classified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian T. 39 S. , R. 4*1 W. , sec. 13, SEkSWk, SEk; sec. 14, SkSWk ; sec. 15, lot 4, SEkSWk, SkSEk; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 39 S. , R. 5 W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. It was partially classified coal December 11, 1908, September 29, 1910, October 7, 1910, and February 26, 1963, and noncoal October 7, 1910, and included in Coal Land Restoration Utah No. 2, approved October 12, 1910. U. S. Geological Survey drill holes and outcropping of coal beds in the area to be classified and reclassified demonstrate the presence of coal greater than 30 inches thick. The following described lands embracing 1,080 acres are classified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian T. 39 S. , R. 5 W. , sec. 3, SEkNEk, NEkSEk, -SkSEk; sec. 10, EkNEk; sec. 14, SkNWk, swk; sec. 23, NEk, NEkNWk , NkSEk; sec. 24, Nk* 6 Utah Coal Land Classification Minutes No. 166 Prior classification of the following described lands embracing 2,494 acres as noncoal is hereby revoked and the lands reclassified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian 39 S., R. 5 W. , sec . 1, W^SWij;; sec . 2; sec . 11 > sec . 12 , A; sec . 13 , w'-iE'-i, A; sec . 14 , A. T. 39 S., R. 6 W. was withdrawn for coal, approved February 24, 1908. The township was classified as coal land and noncoal land in December 11, 1908, August 27, 1910, and February 26, 1963. Coal outcrops in this township demonstrate the presence of greater than 30 inches of coal in the Dakota Formation in the area to be reclassified. Prior classification of the following described lands embracing 120 acres as noncoal is hereby revoked and the lands reclassified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian T. 39 S., R. 6 W., sec. 25, SW^SWk; sec. 26, SE^SEk; sec. 35, NEkNEk. T. 40 S., R. 4 W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. It was partially classified as noncoal January 25, 1924. Proprietary drill holes and outcropping of coal beds in the Dakota Formation in the area to be classified and reclassified demonstrate the presence of coal greater than 30 inches thick. The following described lands embracing 4,413 acres are classified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Utah Coal Land Classification Minutes No. 166 # Salt Lake Meridian S., R. 4 W. , sec . 4, lots 1 to 4, inclusive , ShNlj, SWk, NWkSEk; secs . 5 and 6 ; sec . 7, lots 1 to 19 , inclusive , NEk, N^SEk; sec . 8, Nk, Nwkswk, SEk; sec . 9, WkNWk, NWkSWk • 9 sec . 18 , lots 1 to 13 , inclusive , and lot 16 ; sec . 19 , lot 5 • Prior classification of the following described lands embracing 600 acres as noncoal is hereby revoked and the lands reclassified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian T. 40 S., R. 4 W., sec. 2, lots 2 to 4, inclusive, SWkNEk, S-sMWk, NEkswk , NWkSEk; sec. 3, lots 1 to 4, inclusive, SEkNEk, SWkNWk. T. 40 S., R. 4% W. was withdrawn for coal by Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. Bureau of Reclamation drill holes and outcropping of coal beds in the Dakota Formation in the area to be classified demonstrate the presence of coal greater than 30 inches. The following described lands embracing 5,949 acres are classified as coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian 40 S., R. 4% W. 9 secs . 4 to 9, inclusive ; sec . 16, NEk, EkNWk, NEkSWk, SEk; sec . 17, Nk, swk, NWkSEk; sec . 18; sec . 19, lots 1 and 2, WkNEk, , EkNWk; sec . 20, NWk, Nkswk; sec . 21, NEkNEk. T. 40 S. , R. 5 W. was withdrawn for coal in Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910. It was classified coal November 29, 1910, and noncoal July 27, 1910, included in Coal Land Restoration Utah No. 1, approved September 28, 1910, and reclassified coal and noncoal February 26, 1963. 8 U t nh Coal Land Classification Minutes No Proprietary drill holes and outcroppings of coal beds in the Dakota Formation in the area to be reclassified demonstrate the presence of coal greater than 30 inches thick. Prior classification of the following described lands embracing 400 acres as noncoal is hereby revoked and the lands reclassified as 'coal lands on the basis of the data cited above: Salt Lake Meridian T. 40 S. , R. 5 W. , sec. 27, W^SW^s ; sec. 28, W^NW^, S*sSE*t; sec. 29, NWkSEk; sec. 33, S*iNE*s, SE^NWk. T. 40 S . , R. 7 W. was withdrawn for coal February 24, 1908, part of the township was listed in Coal Land Withdrawal Utah No. 1, approved July 7, 1910; the township was classified coal and noncoal land approved December 11, 1908, July 27, 1910, and February 26, 1963. Outcroppings and abandoned mines adjacent to the land to be reclas¬ sified demonstrate the presence of coal greater than 30 inches thick. Prior classification 118 acres as noncoal as coal lands on the Salt Lake Meridian of the following described lands embracing is hereby revoked and the lands reclassified basis of the data cited above: T. 40 S., R. 7 W. , sec . 13, lot 12; sec . 24, SWkNEk ; sec . 25, NWkNWk. A total of 55,005 acres of land in nine townships is classified as coal land and a total of 7,932 acres in eight townships is reclassified from noncoal to coal, by this action. Submitted and recommended by the Committee: ^ Geologis t Member PS*'? & fa -c£> Geol6£is t Member 166 9 Utah Coal Land Classification Minutes No. 166 Enclosures: Classification Plats Geologic Map Copy tbs. District Geologist, Salt Lake City, UT NlArea Geologist, CRMA, Denver, CO Cons~erva-t io n— M a n — Ce n t-ra 1— R e g ion ,— De n v e r-j — CQ. Chief, Br. of Mineral & Water Classification, Denver, CO 10 TOWNSHIP 37 SOUTH, RANGE 3 WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH (Partly unsurveyed) COAL i i r ~n 1 T 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 • 4 | 3 2 i 4 3 2 i —t l r a 1 a 3 1 2 | i 1 ~r 1 1 i i i i — 1 — I 1 1 — ! — r ~'H i -i — r 1 j ■ 1 ^ I _ i - e c II 1 1— 1 U > j • i - I -1 -4—4 ! 1 ~ 7 — *3 ■ — 1 J 1 1 r i 1 r 1 I W 1 T H D R A w N — i — : — r I - r 1 1 j i | 1 u 7 H :: 1 i* 7 n l< A — 1 4 r— r 3 T"1! 1 1 — 1 3 “ J 1 ( 1 1 1 . 1 I i— 2 | a o n >i 2 2 2 I l 3 — 1 - 2 4 - 3 1 c u C 1 Cm Cm a 1 1 4 » 1 2 — ** o q o 8 - 5 *7 2 6 - 2 5 — 3 ■ ' 0 u c J m f 4 ic 0 A L 1 V 1 l 2 1 ro V KA ! ■a >6 — 3 >1 — 3 u w J N 0 N C 0 1 A L 4 X 1 J in. 2 192' 4 CLASSIFIED Mineral Norvrunerol Classified by (his oclion 2.293 Reclassified by this action Prior classification 3.680 Total acres classified to dale 2,293 3,680 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal 17 , 067 Restored without classification Total acres not classified L7.067 Total acres in township 23,040 Classified on dales shown os« Mineral Nonmineral Not classified | 1 1 1 L I New classification opproved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, ...®» . published in Federal Register v. ^ ,p .36569 JUL 15, 1977 Restored from . . , by Public Land Order published in Federal Register v. , p. -70 X WITHDRAWN COAL TOWNSHIP 37 SOUTH, RANGE A WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH CLASSIFIED Mineral Norvrwieral Classified by this oclion 3,598 • Reclassified by this action Prior classification Total acres classified to date 3,598 NOT CLASSIFIED Nol withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal 19,068 Restored without classification Total acres not classified 19,068 Total acres in township 22,666 Classified on dates shown as« Mineral I - 1 Nonmineral I J Not classified L _ J New classification approved by the Director, U.S. Geological Survey, .. JUL®» , published in Federal Register v._ , p.J )D , /u 3UL 15, 1977 . Restored from . . , by Public Land Order . , published in Federal Register v. . , p. , TOWNSHIP 38 SOUTH, RANGE 3 WEST, SALE LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH 4 ’ 3 » 2 ! 1 i 4 3 2 • 4 3 2 , 4 3 2 l 4 3 2 1 4 3 i 2 l 5 » - - — . 1 S 5- © _ 4 R p 1 - 1 6 1 " J tl - i — 7 ! * t ■y - - 1 1 2 7 C L OA t- 3 ( — 1 n 1 1 1 r% 3 i 1 1 — — 1 2 — 4 1 — ' |® 2 1 . ' 18 | 7 | 6 1 R | A a "2 i It J 1 H — 1 3 — 4 ■ — 1 1 1 N 0 N c 0 A L 2 ; — -r- 1 9 r- 2 0 0 1 p p o *at 3! 1 - - - j - L. 1 c. C c. j — 2 4 - 4 i tn. 2 5. 19 24 i — — — * — 3 0 9 - 21 p 7 o c 3 c. # c b — — 2 5 - 4 i 1 - \ - 1 - • 1 ' 1 - * - 1 - 2 1 — 4- 3 1 - 3 2 3 3 4 •a 3 1 1 ’ J — O 3 — — 31 5 — 4 i I * NONCOAL - July 23, 1915 WITHDRAWN COAL CLASSIFIED Mineral Nonmineral Classified by this action 1,694 Reclassified by this action 240 Prior classification 20f 748 Total acres classified to date 1,934 ^0,748 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal 273 Restored without classification Total acres not classified 273 Total acres in township 22,955 Classified on dales shown as< Mineral I ~i Nonmineral 1 n Not classified L j New classification approved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, JUL 8, 1977 published in Federal Register v.^2 p 36569-70 JUL 15, 1977 ' » Restored from , by Public Land Order published in Fedoral Register v. p. TOWNSHIP 38 SOUTH, RANGE 4 WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH (Partly surveyed) hes us 7“ | I 1 1 ' ’ km 1 . .... I 1 _ . 1 1 1 1 mm Wl m- • I A - D RA WN ... 1 1 1 3 -4 4 4 4 6 4* 4 H — (* 4 4 4 T 7 -f 4 4 4 ■' ■ | ■■ | ■ | • 4 ^ 4* 4* 4* 4 4 4 4 4 8 4 — | ■ —I | W Ml | !■ + t t M ^ | ■ Ml | M 4 18 -+ H- 4 4 4™ 4* 4 19 4 44 + 4- 17 4- — | » ■■ | ■ ■■ -| » - 4 4 — 9 — |- i J4.+ 4 4 — b 4 i6 4 ~j — I — b 4 H — b 4* 4 — f~ — I- 20 4" — b 21 4 w 4- ' T| »*.■ I i mm km m mm I H T D rR A T 30 4 4 — b 4* 4 H — b b r 4 r 4* 4 4 4 29 4 4 4 4* 4 4 4 w ' Nr 1 -4 28 4 4 1 — b l 4 — 1 — b 4 32 4 . | M ■ | - 4 — b 4* 4 33— r- -T -+ 4 H — b 4 H — \ 4 io 4 4 4* 4 4 is 4 ■ | ■ ■ — »| ■— ■■ 1 1 -+ -t 22 -+ - -+ -+■ C 1 0 — ( -+ - 27 -+ + "+ -+-h ■ 34 ~ | |~ ■ | mm ■■ | — ■ > | M - j. ■ | ■ — | m 4 23 4 h-a+- +l _}. -j — -+ 26 - _| - 1_ ■ | ■» ^ | m m | mm -f- 24 - ' JTL 4 4 435- 4 4“ 1 s 4 "| — b .4254 -M ■ — |’> 1 — 1 u 1 1 « 3 l * N 0 N C 0 A L 7 e t J u 1 y 2 7, 1 9 1 0 2 1 2 n _ 1 •7 r 1 | K. ... 1 3 4 4 1 1 8 — 1 r 1 O 1 J 1 * 6 s 1 4 7 8 2 1 2 I C\ o p • - . p P p 3 P 4 2 4 3 — 1 y c u c CL 5 4 7 8 1 c c 0 A L 2 1 2 4 O A 0 Q _ O ■7- _ p 3 4 p ~ ic ! 2: 9 tl J c. r 0 6 5 c kJ 4 c 0 A L 7 Q — 1“ N 0 V. 2 9, 191 0 2 1 4 3 2 i 2 *2 1 •3 to - a p 4 p 3 4 3 6 7 8 3 0 1 — >2. ■"V 0 — O *T J V 4 CLASSIFIED Minerol Nonrruneral Classified by this oction Reclassified by this action 3,640 Prior classification 2,442 16,572 Total acres classified to date 6,08 2 16,572 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal Restored without classification Total acres not classified Total acres in township 22 , 654 Classified on dates shown asi Mineral 1—1 Nonminerol i . I Not classified 1. 1 New classification approved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, JUL 8, 1977 , published in Federal Register v. 4 2 t p.36569 JUL 15, 1977 . Restored from . , , by Public Land Order , published in Federal Register v. , p. , -70 COAL TOWNSHIP 38 SOUTH, RANGE 6 WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH * Classified on dales shown as« Mineral L . 1 Nonmineral 1 ) Nol classified [HU New classification approved by Ihe Director, U. S. Geological Survey, J^L 8, 197 7 published in Federal Register v.^ , p. 36569-70 JUL 15, 1977 . . . . • Restored from , . , by Public Land Order , published in Fedoral Register v. , p. , NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal Restored without classification Total ocres not classified Total ocres in township 23,026 "<"'T jrm 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 —— i - r s i . 1 c i — A •a 5 | — 7-1 C 6 1 | * J .... — — ^ 1 I - r • ~n — "TT— t * -I C » c II 1 I |! > -j-r— i c I ■ - 1 N 0 N C 0 A L i : • ! J 27, 1 91 9 2 ! i it 0 r 7 I D ■ _ 1 4 L_ 1 3 3 : U l ! - 1 1 ~n — -7-1 — i • 2 1 • 1 Q 9 r\ 0 1 p p p 2 4 3 : 1 z) — u c .1 L. m — 1 i 1 1 2^ 1 rv O Q 0 a 0 *7 p 6 2 5 3 1 c J - c. O 4 1 t 1 1 * 1 -7-1 — 1 , 1 C 0 A L. 96 t.o ■5 ■3 ^5 ■a ,(v _J ■< 0 1 Jl Fel 2 i6. JC 5 0-*- N* r. * n. 1 - , — 1 1 1 ; ) ! } <0 O * 1° * CLASSIFIED Mmerol Nonrrunerol Classified by this action • Reclassified by this action 320 Prior classification 2,954 19,752 Total acres classified to date 3,274 19,752 November 29, 1910 COAL TOWNSHIP 39 SOUTH, RANGE A WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN t UTAH 1 s S 4 ; 3 1 2 1 ' : a 1 4 ti ; 4 .71 1 3 T 2 ! 1 ' H D IR A w N c1 7 6 8 , ,0T 7 i ) c 1 n I 1 _ 1* S is 14 13 12 II t t C J ’ w I ' 1 U .... | 1 H .. 1 “1 1 7 IS 19 20 1 4 3 2 1 ! i 6 7 B s' 10 | IA l’ 7 1 A |l I 4 . i 3 S 14 13 12 II ' 1 LI ” 1 ■J ■ 1 1 J ' o 1 17 1 18 19 20 c 0 A L l 1 t 4 3 2 1 6 7 8 9 ! 10 . 1 Q p n p I . p o 1 o IS j 14 13 12 ’ II J c. c >1 L t— -j c *r IS * 17 I 18 19 20 . £ S 1 4 1 3 2 1 < 6 > 7 1 8 9 10 l ' 3 o v p q p A p 7 p A p A o: iS | .4 IS 12 { M 1 c u □ L • c. u c J q IS 17 18 19 i 20 ' X s 4 3 2 1 1 i — s 7 8 9 ’ 10 ' -a LI •a 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 — I IS 14 13 12 ■ II ~ I 1 W. ) L. J 1 S*J £ is 17 18 j 19 1 20 21 22 4 3 2 I CLASSIFIED Mineral Nonminerol Classified by this action 19,332 % Reclassified by this action Prior classification Total acres classified to dale 19,332 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal A. 339 Restored without classification Tolol acres not classified A, 339 Tolol acres in township 23,671 Classified on dates shown as> Mineral L 1 Nonminerol I I Not classified I I New classification approved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, JUL 8, . 1977 f published in Federal Register v.A2 , p.36569-70 JUL 15, 1977 . Restored from . , . , by Public Land Order , published in Federal Regisler v. , p. , COAL TOWNSHIP 39 SOUTH, RANGE 4*5 WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH 4 3 - 5* t 4 rr t 4 3 1 4 1 5 1 2 | i t t o S 1 u i i 1 4 w 1 T H D R A w N 1 2 c - i A 1 •3 3 1 0 i 1 4 « 2 o o o o /i _ 3 c C J c. 4 1 C 0 A L 2 “7 o o K 3 C f c b 3 4 1 2 A 5 - c 3 J r 0 D 4 CLASSIFIED Mineral Nonmineral Classified by this action 6,197 Reclassified by this action Prior classification Totol acres classified to date 6,197 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal 4,439 Restored without classification Totol acres not classified 4,439 Totol ocres in township 10,636 Classified on doles shown as* Mineral I - 1 Nonmineral 1 I No! classified ( 1 New classificafion approved by the Director, U.S. Geological Survey, JUL8» . 1977 , published in Federal Register v. 42 , p.3656,9-70 JUL 15, 1977 . Restored from . , . , by Public Land Order , published in Federal Register v. . , p. , TOWNSHIP 39 SOUTH RANGE 5 WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH COAL 4 3 2 i 4 3 2 i |2 i 12 II 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 5 .c 0 A L 3 r - 9 -- 6 . L s IP, t. 29 i 9K ' * i 6 » ■■ 2. 1 7 1 10 9 8 7 0 • i i 2 i " c 0 \ L — s=i < n or 2 1 ! ' _ 7 i 3 5 4 ” 1 0 2 J-T • 3 ; a - 3 1 4 1 i i 9 8 r b a O ' i ■ - » 2 ! , a 2 - I 5 1 i 3 i 4 4 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 _ 1 Q 3 6 p 7 n 8 p I a o O _ ... . 0 A 3 1 c tm I b 21 2: 2: 0 | 4 7 C 0 A L 1 2 1 F eb. 2 k 1 9 C >3 2 p Q 0 3 ft 4 o *7 O 0 C 3 J Cm U6 a 2: r c b c. 0 4 C 0 A L 1 8 1 De P. 1 i, i 90 8 2 1 2 1 i _ 3 p n 3 4 /I ■Jt CL n IC 3 i a 7 9 0 0 >D 4 Jj 10 II 12 CLASSIFIED Mineral Nonmineral Classified by this action 1,080 Reclassified by this action ’ 2,494 Prior classification 18,247 1,049 — - - - - - ■ * ■- - ™ . -• ■ Total acres classified to date 21,821 1,049 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal Restored without classification Total acres not classified Total ocres m township 22,870 Classified on dales shown as« Mineral Nonminerol No! classified □ □ New classification approved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, JUL 8 , 1977 % published in Federal Register v.42 f p. 36569-70 JUL 15, 1977 Restored from , , by Public Land Order , published in Federal Register v. , p. , TOWNSHIP 39 SOUTH, RANGE 6 WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH COAL 4 ! 3 1 2 1 4 3 2 i Tl 3 2 i 4 3 2 l 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 ' 5 P 1 / ■a r 1 6 I i 1 1 “* W w i i c 0 A L c 0 A L nr: i 1 bri or 26 1 96 3 _ A ug. 27, 19 0 2 ! » r f > 1 1 Q | n i | IQ 3 i ; i l .... | | 1 LIT* 1 t ■ i i J* 2 1 a r 7 || K |< 3 | /| | 3 j-; — •“ . 1 I J l« j « i i ~n — i 2 ! ' 1 q Q A c 1 o O 7 P 4 3 J ■ C. yj c .1 £ c J L. r 4 c 0 A L 1 D ect t m 1 ?er II i 9 C 8 2 0 - o q o « 0 7 p A p a 3 CJ — C i c. u L J ~r — c 0 A L C t Al g. 27, IS 1 C > 'll- 2 1 u •a \ p 7 7 ■a >4 0* 3 6 3 ) 1 w J 4 1 Ai A COAL - Aug. 27, 1910 CLASSIFIED Minerol Nonmmeral Classified by this action Reclassified by this action 120 Prior classification 22,845 120 Total ocres classified to date 22,965 120 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal Restored without classification Total ocres not classified Total ocres in township 23,085 Classified on dates shown as« Mineral I _ J Nonmineral I I Not classified I I New classification approved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, JUL 8, 197 7 published in Federal Register v.^2 (p3656J JUL 15, 1977 _ _ w . . • Restored from . , . , by Public Land Order , published in Fedoral Register v. , p. , \’0\’C0AL - Dec. 11, 1908 1 TOWNSHIP AO SOUTH, RANGE A WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH COAL 7 1 6 J 5 FT7" 2 i 4 3 2 i 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 l 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 i * • 9 10 II | I2~ ' R f A 1 _ 17 IS 1 13 ' 1 14 1 13 7 ' ,j ■L - 1 - 3 ! 19 I 20 ! 1 21 ** C 0 A L Tppr 2 ' i i — c! T 1 — r*i — : - it .. — 9 to 1 7 _ 3 < 1 o l i o ' 5 1 14 I 13 ! 1 12 — " i . 1 U 1 1 — 1 2 — 6117 IQ 1 4 19 2d1 i i — j ' 4 ' 3 i * i 2 i o i 7 e 1 i 9 10 1 8 | 7 i R - 1 5 — | A I ■a 3 T * 1 1 i i II - 1 H — 1 3 — l 7 j i 3 j 19 ^ i id ' N 0 N c 0 A L r* o 4 - ^ - 3 2 1 J an. — i 25, 1 92 4 . ■ ■ ■ 7 I- - e 9 10 - - 1 9 2 0 o 1 o o O 1 A :5 ; 14 13 12 1 II 1 ! c 1 c c c J — 2 4 - 16 • 17 I 18 '1 Iwl i T H D R A w N b 4 Ji 2 1 6 — 7 e | 9 1 10 3 n ? q . a o 7 o c o ;3I 14 '3 12 " 1 i <} c c b — — c 5 - Gj 17 ' 18 19 20 i : 4 i 3 ( 9 I 1 L. 1 7 I 0 r- 9 10 3 i 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 •3 C 6 | 14 1 13 12 ii — - J - — 0 □ — ■r 18 I IS 1 20 1 CLASSIFIED Mineral Nonmmeral Classified by this action T,AL3 Reclassified by this action 600 Prior classification 10,920 Tolol ocres classified to date 5,013 10,920 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal 9,776 Restored without classification Totol acres not classified 9.776 Total ocres in township 25, 709 Classified on dales shown asi Mineral I I Nonmineral I I No! classified I I New classification approved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, JUL 8, 1977 published in Federal Register v. A2 tp 36569-70 . JUL 15, 1977 Restored from . , by Public Land Order , published in Federal Register v. p. TOWNSHIP 40 SOUTH, RANGE 4*s WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH COAL 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 i 3 * P A 6 t > ‘ ' C " 7 l c 0 A L 2 r c 3 c s . . 3 ■ 1 c 3 1 4 1 2 - 1 p 1 7 li £ 3 1 O 1 1 r 1 4 1 ! 2 | Q _ on p 1 s {mm 1 4 1 2 -3 n o n ... O p 3 J U £_ j O 4 w 1 T H D R A W N 1 2 "3 1 •3 o ■3 3 3 1 0 c D -3 4 CLASSIFIED Mineral Nonrrunerol Classified by this oction 5,949 • Reclassified by this action Prior classification Total acres classified to dote 5,949 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal 4,556 Restored without classification Total acres not classified 4,556 Total acres in township 11*505 Classified on dates shown asi Mineral L_ 1 Nonmineral I I Not classified I I New classification approved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, JUL 8, 1977 t published in Federal Register v.42 (p, 36569-70 JUL 15, 1977 Restored from , by Public Land Order , published in Federol Register v. , p. , TOWNSHIP 40 SOUTH, RANGE 5 WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH 4 i 1 r 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 J , 3 a i t * s > 6 - J S 7 "" *" * - - — 1 7 : i 9 to C 0 A L * 1 1 N py, 2 9. 1 1 9 IO 2 i 1 j£L ( c 2 1 n 2 1 1 i ' { * 1 Inc 0 J yJ """ 3 1 1 — 1 2 — 4 * i L 3 4 » ' i 1 4 3 2 1 2 — 1 R r 7 1 ft - CL - 1 A 3 1 3 3 J 1 a - 1 3 * * Mr NC c 0 A L 7 1 1 -1 \< U3-, Feb. 26, 196 >3 1 2 No z IQ ? O c | 0 2- O •x 2 O 4 - ro lO m T8 3 0 r u V c K* 1 <~ <1 3 ‘1 INC 3 4 4 3 2 C .Q d> Ll 2 « -O3O-. • 0 Q p ft 0 7 . 0 ft A _ 9 ft ’1° 1 |C u J 1 '■v C Q A ••■‘I. - O 0 4 i jor cc AL * c 0 A L I^C 1 2 1 ■X c 3 b a 3— - L 3 A 3 ft 3 ft 3 1 v/ O - D 4 N iO N C 0 A L ly 2 7.. 19 !0 it Fab . 26, 1963 COAL CLASSIFIED Mineral Nonmineral Classified by this action Reclassifiod by this action 40C Prior classification 17,427 4,999 Total acres classified to dale 17,827 4,999 NOT CLASSIFIED Not withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal Restored without classification Total ocres not classified Total acres in township 22,826 Classified on dales shown os< Mineral l 1 Nonminerol I I Not classified I I New classification approved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, JUL 8 , 19 7 7 published in Federal Register v. 4 2 t p 36569- JUL 15, 1977 Restored from . . . . • . , by Public Land Order . , published in Federal Register v. . , p. , A Feb. 26, 1963 ** July 27, 1910 TOWNSHIP 40 SOUTH, RANGE 7 WEST, SALT LAKE MERIDIAN, UTAH COAL s *4 3 2 i 4 3 2 1 r 3 2 I 4 3 2 i 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 b 7 - ( 5 3 A 2 $ 6 6 <4 - o — J — — 10 1 1 7 c 0 a' L "T* 2 I 1 1 vJ u 1 y 2 7t 191 0 4 3 2 3 4 7 2 2 A i i r\ 3 6 _ I 7 2,0- 6 b i i 1 I J 3 6 3 y~r 3 i 0 l 1 12 II 9 7 8 1 1 4 7 8 9 10 13 14 13 16 i 1 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 • 4 3 2 1 3 4 | a — | 7 c I 3 3 c 1 7 a 6 3 \ 1 f 1 D 1 0 6 — i 4 — 1 3io » 7 8 c 0 A L i c 0 A Lj HI ' — 1 - Fe b. 26, 1! ?e; 5 2 1 * C 3 4 | 9—i 1 PD P 1 3 4 P p o 1 „ C b 3 Cmm 1 e 7*~ dr 5 - cl 3 — 4 — ? 9 10 1 Mr t \ 2 1 2 i * 1 cl C 3 4 1 p q P Q n 3 -y 4 C J OcW 6 3 «/ c Cj c f d D - - — - 2 5 7 a In 0 N c 0 A L 4 i 1 0£ c. ii. 1 90 8 3 4 i i _ Zl o - 2 2 2 •2 6 3 ' l c. J 5 3 3 4 /7> J D J b — 7 16 ' in a ^V-r » 1 *v4 10 n IV 2 3 4 4 5 t 7 * Dec . H, 1908 ** Feb* 26 » 1963 0 NONCOAL - Feb. CLASSIFIED Mineral Norvrunerol Clossified by Ihis oclion • Reclassified by Ihis oction 118 Prior classification 21^112 2.440 Tolat acres classified lo dale 21.230, L2n.4Q NOT CLASSIFIED No! withdrawn In outstanding withdrawal Restored without classification Total acres not classified Tolal acres in township 23,670 Classified on dales shown as» Mineral □ Nonmineral □ Not classified □ New classification approved by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey, JUL 8, 1977 ^ published in Fodoral Register v. ^ ^ p 36569-/0 JUL 15, 1977 . • ....... . . • Restored from . , by Public Land Order , published in Fedorol Register v. , p. 26, 1963 * United States Department of the Interior GEOLOGICAL SURVEY WASHINGTON, D.C. 20242 Memorandum To: From: JUN “2 5 1973 Central Regi.cn Regional Conservation Managers, Eastern Region Western Region Area Office Heads (Onshore) Chief, Conservation Division Subject: Implementation of Secretary's Order 2948 and 2952 - Definition of areas subject to competitive leasing Secretary's . Order 2948 (October 6, 1972) requires that the Geological *he Bureau of Land Management with determinations as to whether lands are within a known geologic structure (KGS) , a known ^ geothermal resource area (KGRA) , or a known leasing area (KLA) . ihis instruction memorandum confirms previous oral discussions. A. With respect to KGS determinations we 'have had a responsive, ongoing program for many years. A new delegation effective June 1, 1973, provides that the formal definition of Known Geologic Structures of producing oil and gas fields is delegated to Regional Conservation Division Managers. Henceforth, KGS minutes will be entitled "Minutes of the Mineral Land Evaluation Committee" instead of "Mineral Land Classification Board." The Committee for KGS minutes will be chaired by the appropriate Area Geologist and will have two other geologists as members. The minutes will be approved by the Regional Manager instead of a Board. The Regional Manager will also sign the KGS plat. B. With respect . to KLA determinations for leasable minerals other than oil and gas and geothermal resources, our ongoing program and rate of progress has been less than satisfactory . In order to correct this situation we must clarify our objectives and procedures and give increased emphasis to this important work. This matter has become increasingly urgent with the need to meet the implications of Secretary’s Order 2952 (February 13, 1973) with regard to the immediate need for establishment of known coal leasing aTeas (KCLAs) . The decision to stop issuance of prospecting permits for coal and to provide only for issuance of preference right leases and competitive leases greatly increases our need to identify KCLAs quickly. In order to expedite this work I am requesting that the following modified procedures be followed pending revision of sections 613.4.3. and 617.4.1 of the Division manual and full implementation of Division reorganization objectives: (1) Area and District Geologists and Area and District Mining Supervisors will jointly review all records of previously rejected permit applications, starting with coal, and will prepare KLA minutes and plats to encompass those areas where current information^ still warrants the previous decision that competitive leasing is necessary. This will quickly establish KLAs encompassing areas previously decided to contain valuable leasable minerals in workable quantity and quality. (2) The above procedure will also be applied to all prior '’infernal" KLAs maintained by either the former Branch of Mining Operations or the Branch of Mineral Class if icatic (3) The above procedure will also be applied to ^ areas currently under lease and areas formerly under lease, unless there is new evidence to warrant their exclusion. (4) The above procedure will also be applied to obvious areas not included in 1-3 above. We will not take time now to detail the fringe areas, which can be accomplished later or handled on a case-by-case basis as need arises. Primary emphasis should be placed on establishment of Known Coal Leasing areas to provide for implementation of the President’s Energy message for orderly and timely resource development, and for. "the need to identify competitive leasing areas as implied in the Secretary’s Order 2952. Areas established under steps 1-4 above will not only provide for quick identification of competitive areas but will provide a nucleus for enlargement with more detailed study. Minutes for KLAs should be prepared in accordance with Exhibit 1 Part 613 Ch. 4 Conservation Division Manual with the following exceptions: 2 0 (1) 1 ’Minutes of the Mineral Land Classification Board” will be changed to "Minutes of the Mineral Land Evaluation Committee.” (2) Both the Area Geologist and Mining Supervisor will sign as members with the Regional Manager as Chairman. (3) Review will be by Staff Branch Chiefs for Onshore Evaluation and Mining Operations rather tnan the” two former Branches listed. (4) Approval will be by the Division Chief rather than a 3 member board. The plat required will be prepared in accordance with Exhibit 2, Part 613, Chap. 4, Conservation Division Manual, except that the Chief, Conservation Division will be substituted for the Director as the classifying officei Copies of pertinent parts of the Division Manual with indicated changes are attached to aid in expediting these instructions . C. With respect to KGRA determinations we have a responsive, on-going program which will be modified somewhat in the proposed regulations by the definition of ’’Competitive Interest.” For the present, please use the same procedure for KGRAs as those outlined above for KLAs with the exception that the petroleum engineers involved will be listed in the heading, the Area Oil and Gas Supervisor be substituted for the Area Mining Supervisor on the Committe and the Branch of Onshore Oil and Gas Operations be substituted for the Branch of Mining Operations in the review section. D. Copies of all Minutes and plats, whether for KGSs, KGRAs, or KLAs, will be furnished to this office for review purposes. In addition the maps now furnished on a 'ssni- annual basis by Area Geologists showing defined and undefined KGS outlines will also include in the future the outline of all KLAs and KGRAs. These maps should reflect status as of the beginning of the calendar and fiscal years. Enclosure Part 615, Chapter 4 File: •...(State) . (mineral) Leasing Minutes No Hv'A/oaV'/O n C-0 Minutes of the Mineral Land Glnoclf loot ion Beard 44$ Bate: Subjects ....(name) - Leasing Area ClL-m gtl - - »--."«• (Name geologist s) and minin&enginee^ s ) preparing and reviewing data. ) In consultation: (include geologist(s) and/or niningAengineer(s) participatir (Outline) 1. Introduction. 2. Legal Considerations. 3. History of ...mineral... Exploration, Discovery and Development. 4. General Factors. A. Location. B. Physiography. 5. Stratigraphy. 6. Structure. 7. Descrintion of Mineral Deposit. 8. Ola a oii'iSaVl Standards. 9. Basis- for Claaelf leat-ioft. S/3Ju&+/en. 4 gA‘ J, Ge°1°6.:^ - E^6»«ZSnj^CTC£}srytlo4yC>) CB. Economic. 57 Q 10. Description of Land in Leasing Area. 11. References. < Submitted and recommended by the Committee: A Y^tGeologist Member Member «Mlnut"m byr ( Autkeu 1 5 " iicbjs ) ^Regional -»rsln5g.r^)/V7an^j^alrman "^(■Regional Mialn^uporYlsggp7 Reviewed by: _ _ _ _ _ _ Brunch of Mineral OlaeoificaGioR Ons^ot'c. £!va/o4.4/oo Branch of Mining Operutiono O^^ea v £v«A Oil &&$ Opt'St.honS Date: Duto: • 1 •; ■ ' . Exhibit 1 (Page 2 of 2) Part 613, Chapter h • •..(State) . ..(mineral) tend: Leasing Minutes No. .. (Last page should have some text in addition to signatures) Approved by; Mineral Lend Claoojrfi ciatlon Board r ^eoiugi^ Cw.tP Cense* who*} Member* &\VtSt o y\ t ‘Zpplel £e+i*Jb-}-o UU CUCPliod l>*Tr — erhe — Vfagfairu toil -Of? f 1 r>P~ . •> n — a — cuir,^ xvj flAl, £<9r>irTj A/ number will be supplied -by — uhc1 Washington office — ~e — r?-%i~.oy4 qq-1 Co** i ccrieo coporQt-e from tho — olcio-a-if 1 cat ion- mi nut ea- aorioo» -£/ Geologist S~aM~ KLlLiiU Ziiglutrars-as-^hnwn-unrier f!1 ARg.-}.-^ A*+Ar**- rt uniirft.i.g -Present' i- IK/ A Q «ve *n 'J vS-f a- Distribution: Original for Washington office; if prepared in field the desired number of copies will be returned; if prepared in Washington the desired number of copies vill be forwarded to the appropriate office. H V* ® •"* PnrI, 61V Chnpb'tr 4 LISBON VALLEY POTASH AREA Tt. 29-231 S., R.24 T. 30 S., R*. 24-23 E., S.L.M., Utah T 29 S r a ■r* - r~ ')*’» . _ 94- Eftecfive February 1, I960, and pursuer* n confoired In the Act of Mcrch 3,1879 » r _ L authority » r • - (43 USC 31), os supplemented Dy Keorgon tzar ion Ran No. 3 of 1950 (5 USC 481,nota), end Secretary** Order No. 2563 03 F.R. 3193), 1 hereby datsify the Fed erd lords In the orea delineated hereon as lends tubject to the potash leasing previsions of the Mineral Lecaing Act d 1920 (30 USC 2S3), os onended. i r 4 i 94 _ - t i 1 | f i f % 1 L r ■ 1 i ! • I L |t r n 34- i 30- 1 * “S r I I ' 1 r t 1 1 cr^ 1 1 r n— j — 2Li L 4 —k> LU. * ' 2Z< : i 1 11 L 4 J — A - 1 - * f r ? i - 1 - * - — , • i* ' r Ul ? 1 n4- *T t t If » ■■1 L-J — "1“ 1 1 u t u i ; • h r f • r r 4 | UU • 4 o « i • r r * .r r !* * — i — -Ji — 1 i 1 | *1 *• ■ » 4 <• r - r.r r J »4 >4 4 • r r r - r r r • r r r • 1 | ! i 1 1 J 1 Tr 4 4 rl B r r r 3* f iVr: M r I1 1" 4 4 a 4 4 r ♦ • \ LM‘ - LML a m it 1 VLj o - m D 44 t* r r 4 14 • K ! t ! It tt tt 1 4 i » : r— — ‘ ! » ?• - « i ‘_L_ * W 1J u if 11 11 U jll jt* — 1 -I — “ i" r - — 9 — ii : r L-e — i 1 -L i P 1 l ! 4- i n 1 I - lm - - » 1 1 1 ' Li- u a 1 1 tt 1 n ♦ i i— ( « — V 0 - — i ~ f — r >1- a — 1 | ' 1 i i L 4 1 f i ■ ‘Mi* } * » 1 • ! i L 1 1 — 1 • 1 t , llI > 1 T ! - . - • ^ - — i 4- — i ,-L 3 *— - I • l l ^ <^r 1 1 j u 4 1 i - M ; 1 ! l t I i 1 * “T 1 I | n . i : * 1 • 1 I a “T“ i 1 u l 1 -I LU-L L, n - _ 2 ] — 7 ,1 - 2 «. u 1 r. ‘ 1 .j - - 1 L » i l 1 ■ * i t i _ 1 1 • i ! . t ! 1 1 1 -4- _ ■ 1 1 1 i i i } i i . (- T -27 ' -I, ' 4 — - 2 3 — l" ™ - 3 o — 1 - K l l,l i 1 ' 1 | LL 1 1 ( 4 t 1 4 .1 M i i -U • i i l i — I \ » i 1 — J — 1— ■ i f ~T~ \A • A 1 $ f i M i _ 12 — 1 - VI i — 34 -Li- - 3 S - 4 1 • Ui 1 u 4 4 1 R 24 E. R.25E. M Totot oreo lubjecf to lto*e 16,178 ocrtt CH;cr CauSGKWTtCH oinccTefr DivYS^ ' U. S. G*olog>cal Survey jAftYJlJLaCfl. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR f GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 December 29, 1976 Memorandum To: File % From: Geologist, Pacific Area Geologist's Office Subject: Guidelines for Known Phosphate Leasing Area minutes, etc. Enclosed are a collection of instructions I have received over the past year on format etc. for KPLA's, letter to the State Director and Federal Register notice. Examples of each are enclosed. Our secretaries should be familiar with these instructions for upcoming minutes. Minutes Number minutes in sequence as they are forwarded. If not certain, leave space blank and Reston will fill in number. - - Indicate distribution of minutes on the minutes, they will be distributed by Reston. Type 1 original and put on tape (Xerox). Use "executive correspondence" folders for minutes etc. Run off seven copies and enclose tables and appropriate maps with each set of minutes. i Last page of minutes has to include part of the text. It is not to be a signature page by itself.. Write "Acting Regional Manager" as long as appropriate on last page of minutes Use blue signature tabs on next to last page, so that when turned over it will show the copy to be signed. - - The minutes and 7 copies have to be signed by ail committee f members. Use enclosed Paris-BIoomington KPLA minutes for format, style, etc. Idaho Phosphate Land Leasing Minutes No. 3 Minutes of the Mineral Land Evaluation Committee Date: Subject: Paradise Valley Known Phosphate Leasing Area, Bingham and Caribou Counties, Idaho % Committee present: Peter Oberlindacher, Henry Cullins, Leo Saareia, Hillary Oden In Consultation: C Brook, R.D. Hovland, Peter Marsh (mining engineer) Introduction The Paradise Valley KPLA, located within the Paradise Valley and Cranes Flat 13 minute topographic quadrangle maps (U.S. Geological Survey, 1917-1918), includes portions of T. 4-5 S., R. 40 E., Boise Meridian, Idaho. The area is located 25 miles southeast of Blackfoot and about 25 mi northwest of Soda Springs. Much of the area is readily accessible by improved light duty roads and un¬ improved dirt roads. The mainline of the Union Pacific railroad passes within 20 mi to the south of the KPLA. All units of measurement are in English. The conversion factors in the table below may be used to convert to metric equivalents: foot (ft) multiply by 0.305 to obtain meter (m) mile (mi) multiply by 1.61 to obtain kilometer (km) acre multiply by 0.405 to obtain hectare (ha) Previous Investigations The geology and phosphate resources have been described by Mansfield (1927, 1952) and Service (1966). History of Development Federal phosphate leases 1-016, 1-0997, and 1-2272 cover a large portion of the KPLA. There is no active mining within the boundary of the KPLA. The nearest operating phosphate mine is about 20 mi to the southeast. - Idaho Phosphate Land Leasing Minutes No. 3 Physiography The Paradise Valley KPLA lies along the southwestern slope of an unnamed, northwest^-trending homoclinal ridge in the southern portion of the Blackfoot Mountains. This area is part of the transition zone between the fault-block topography of the Basin and Range province and topography resulting from complex folding and faulting of the southeastern Idaho overthrust belt of the Middle Rocky Mountain province. The trend of mountain ridges and principal valleys in the area is controlled by the northwest strike of fold axes and faults in folded Paleozoic and Mesozoic marine strata. Ridges are locally subdued and modified, as in the northwestern part of the KPLA, where Neogene and Quaternary volcanics and clastic deposits overlie the older strata and structures. % t Elevations within the KPLA range from 6,200 to 6,927 feet above sea level. Paradise Valley, an apparent erosional feature now mostly filled with Neogene and Quaternary deposits, lies to the northeast at an elevation of about 6,300 ft. The Blackfoot River lies to the southwest at about 6,000 ft and is separated from the KPLA by an intervening ridge. Drainage of the area is by intermittent streams and the Blackfoot River. Stratigraphy The geology and stratigraphy of the Paradise Valley KPLA are shown on the accompanying geologic map. The lowermost stratigraphic section exposed in .the KPLA is Wells Formation of Pennsylvanian age (Girty in Mansfield, 1927, p. 73) and Mansfield (1952). It has been suggested by Williams (1943), by McKeivey (1949) and substantiated by Douglass (cited in Cressman, 1964) that ^the upper part of the Wells Formation is Permian in age. Mansfield (1952) divides the Weils Formation (in this area) into a lower unit of sandy and cherty massive limestone beds, a middle sandstone unit, and an upper siliceous and calcareous sandstone unit which locally grades into a siliceous limestone. The Tipper unit is similar in lithology to the Grandeur Member of the Permian Park City Formation (see descriptions by Cheney and others in McKeivey and others, 1959, p. 15). However, correlation of the Grandeur with the upper unit of the Wells Formation has not been made at this locality. The general thickness of the Wells Formation in the KPLA ranges from 2,500 to 3,000 ft. The Weils Formation is unconformably overlain (as indicated by Mansfield, 1952, p. 17) by the Phosphoria Formation of Permian age. The Phosphoria Formation consists of two members: (1) a phosphate shale member as described by Mansfield (1952, p. 23) and redefined by McKeivey (1959) as the Meade Peak Phosphatic Shale Member, and (2) the overlying Rex Chert Member. The Meade Peak which contains the economically important 2 f Idaho Phosphate Land Leasing Minutes No. 3 phosphate zones will be discussed in greater detail below. The thickness of the Meade Peak Phosphatic Shale Member is from 90 ft in sec. 22, T. 2 S., R. 39 E., to 145 ft in sec. 34, T. 4 S., R. 40 E., (Mansfield, 1952, p. 25). The thickness of the overlying Rex Chert Member varies in its different exposures from aboift 350 to more than 500 ft. The Triassic strata unconformably overlying the Phosphoria Formation were mapped as the Woodside Shale by Mansfield (1927, 1952) but are referred to in this report as the Dinwoody Formation as redefined by Kummel (1953, p. 167- 171). The Thaynes Group (Mansfield, 1927) and the Ross Fork limestone of the Thaynes Group (Mansfield, 1952) which overlies the Dinwoody Formation have been redefined as the Thaynes Formation by Kummel (1954). Since the various members of the Thaynes Formation have not been mapped in detail within the KPLA, the Thaynes Formation is shown as undivided. The lower part of the Dinwoody Formation (Woodside Shale) consists of platy, sandy, and calcareous shales. Limestone beds are more abundant in the middle and upper parts of the formation (Mansfield, 1952, p. 29). The thickness of the Dinwoody Formation is estimated at 2,000 ft. The Thaynes Formation (Thaynes Group as described by Mansfield, 1952, p. 30) consists of lower and upper limestone members separated by calcareous sandstones and sandy and cherty limestones. The thickness of the Ross Fork Limestone of the Thaynes f Group as mapped by Mansfield (1952) in the KPLA is estimated at 1,350 ft. In the northwestern portion of the KPLA, the Paleozoic and Mesozoic strata are unconformably overlain by rocks of the Pliocene Salt Lake Formation. The Salt Lake Formation most commonly consists of conglomerates with sporadic occurrences of limestone, calcareous clay, sandstone, and volcanic ash beds. The Salt Lake Formation is horizontal to gently tilted and apparently formed as extensive blanket, now greatly eroded, over much of the older strata. Its thickness in the area is more than 2,000 ft. Patches of rhyolitic rocks — welded tuff — overlie the Salt Lake Formation and older strata along the south and northwestern margins of the KPLA. The patches of tuff are apparent remnants of another extensive blanket which was deposited over hill and valley alike. The thickness of the welded tuff varies in different parts of the area but thicknesses up to 25 ft are common. Quaternary olivine basalt flows are exposed a short distance north of the southern end of the KPLA but do not crop out within the KPLA. The basalts underlie Paradise Valley and converge with the Willow Creek lava field to the east (see Mabey and Oriel, 1970). Lower slopes and valleys are covered with hill wash and alluvium. A small patch of Pleistocene (?) travertine is exposed at the southeastern end of the KPLA. 4) 3 • Idaho Phosphate Land Leasing Minutes No. 3 Structure Paleozoic and Mesozoic strata in the area of the subject KPLA have been folded around northwest-trending axes. The KPLA includes the limb of a northwest-striking, southwest-dipping faulted homocline. The Meade Peak Phosphatic Shale Member extends in a relatively unbroken outcrop for 4 mi, striking northwest and dipping 55° to 75 0 southwestward. A northwest-trending normal fault is located to the southwest of the member. This fault, southwestern side down, parallels the phosphate outcrop for almost its entire length. The fault has an estimated displacement of 5,000 ft in the southeastern portion of the KPLA (Mansfield, 1927). Several transverse faults displace the Meade Peak as much as 200 ft, in a horizontal direction. Mansfield (1952, plate 2) shows the Meade Peak and other strata cut off at depth by a thrust fault (Mansfield's "Bannock Overthrust"). Phosphate As indicated earlier in this report, economically significant deposits of phos¬ phate are found within the Meade Peak Phosphatic Shale Member of the Permian Phosphoria Formation. The Meade Peak is composed of interbedded phosphate rock, phosphatic shale, siltstone, shale, sandstone, and limestone. Within the KPLA, the Meade Peak ranges from 145 to 170 ft in thickness. The Meade Peak is commonly poorly exposed and weathers to form a characteristic swale between the more competent underlying Wells Formation and overlying Rex Chert. ' ' In general, rich phosphate beds occur in two zones, one near the bottom and the other near the top of the Meade Peak Member. The phosphate-rich zones are separated by a zone of waste rock. Only the footwall (bottom) zone has been measured and sampled in the subject KPLA. A 24.5 ft section measured by Mansfield (1927) near the footwall of the Meade Peak is reported by Service (1966) to average 29 percent ?2®5' ^ high-grade bed nearly 6 ft thick within the footwall zone ranges from 30 to 34 percent P^Oy ^°^ow^n§ information in Table I has been abstracted from the published trench data. 4 Idaho Phosphate Land Leasing Minutes No. 3 Table 1 From U.S. Geol. Survey Professional Paper 132 SE&SE/4, sec. 34, T. 4 S., R. 40 E. Field Number M-129-16 % Thickness Avg. P20^ Lithologic Sample Nos. (feet) (in percent) Description lower zone top not exposed sandy clay 1.3 not analyzed phosphate rock phos. rock, shaly sample 1 2.0 28.7 2.0 not analyzed phosphate rock sample 2 1.3 23.0 phos. rock, shaly 1.8 not analyzed phosphate rock .3 — limestone .3 not analyzed phos. rock, shaly sample 3 1.7 29.8 phosphate rock sample 4 1.7 23.3 phosphate rock sample 3 1.7 21.7 phosphate rock sample 6 1.7 33.2 phosphate rock .7 not analyzed phosphate rock sample 7 1.8 31.3 phosphate rock sample 8 1.8 30.2 phosphate rock .3 — limestone sample 9 1.3 28.3 phosphate rock sample 10 2.0 28.3 phos. rock, shaly sample 11 1.1 30.0 phosphate rock sample 12 1.8 33.0 phosphate rock sample 13 1.8 33.3 phosphate rock sample 14 1.8 30.2 phosphate rock 1.0 not analyzed phos. rock, shaly Basis for Evaluation Supporting evidence for this evaluation w as derived from U.S. Geological Survey trench data, Federal phosphate lease information, and published geo¬ logic data on the subject area. The thickness, grade, and extent of the phosphate are sufficiently known to include the deposits in a Known Phosphate Leasing Area (KPLA). 3 Idaho Phosphate Land Leasing Minutes No. 3 The specific criteria used to outline the boundary of the Paradise Valley Known Phosphate Leasing Area are as follows: (1) The minimum thickness of the phosphate rock is 20 ft with a weighted average of 24 percent P20^. (2) The dip and other structural data were utilized to determine the depth to which the outcrop data should be extended in order to define the Known Phosphate Leasing Area. Where the phosphate rocks are steeply dipping and the structure uncomplicated, those 40 acre tracts cut by the Meade Peak were included in the KPLA. Where the section is shallow dipping, the 40-acre tracts cut by the Meade Peak, and the nearest 40-acre tract down dip were included in the KPLA. The remaining areas that have complex geologic structure were outlined to include mainly the outcrop of the Meade Peak under less than 600 ft of overburden. * • (3) The phosphate beds are capable of being worked for the extraction of phosphatic materials by conventional surface and (or) underground mining methods. References Cited Cressman, E. R., 1964, Geology of the Georgetown Canyon - Snowdrift Mountain area, southeastern Idaho: U.S. Geoi. Survey Bull. 1133, p. 18- 29. Kummel, B., Jr., 1954, Triassic stratigraphy of southeastern Idaho and adjacent areas Wyo. Mont. : U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 254, p. 165-194. Mabey, D.R., and Oriel, S.S., 1970, Gravity and magnetic anomalies in the Soda Springs Region, southeastern Idaho: U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 646-E, p. E1-E15. Mansfield, G.R., and Girty, G.H., 1927, Geography, geology, and mineral resources of part of southeastern Idaho: U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 152, 452 p., pi. 2. _ , 1952, Geography, geology, and mineral resources of the Ammon and Paradise Valley Quadrangles, Idaho: U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 238, 92 p., pi. 1. Idaho Phosphate Land Leasing Minutes No. 3 McKeivey, V.E., 1949, Geologic studies of the western phosphate field, in Symposium on western phosphate mining: Am. Inst- Min. Met. Eng. Min. Trans., v. 184, p. 270-279. , 1959, The Phosphoria, Park City and Shedhorn Formations in the Western Phosphate Field: U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 313-A, p. 1-41. % • Service, A.L., 1966, An Evaluation of the Western Phosphate Industry and its resources, Part 3, Idaho: U.S. Bur. of Mines, Report of Investigations 6801, 201 p. Williams, 3.S., 1943, Carboniferous formations of the Uinta and northern Wasatch Mountains, Utah: Geoi. Soc. America Bull., v. 54, p. 591-624. \ w « On the basis of the information cited, it is recommended that the following described lands including approximately 1,348.94 acres, more or less, be included in the Paradise Valley Known Phosphate Leasing area. Boise Meridian, Idaho T. 4 S., R. 40 E. sec. 28, SWft, SftSEft sec. 29, SWftNEft, NWft, NEftSWft, NSSEft, SEftSEft sec. 30, N Eft N Eft sec. 33, NftNEft, S Eft N Eft sec. 34, Lots 1 and 2, SWftNEft, NWft, NEftSWft, NftSEft sec. 35, Lots 3, 4 T. 5 S., R. 40 E. sec. 2, Lots 2, 3, 4 Idaho Phosphate Land Leasing Minutes No. 3 It is recommended that November 20, 1975, the date that this study was completed, be the effective date of this action. Submitted and recommended by the Committee: Reviewed by: Geologist Member Area Geologist \ * % Member Area Mining Supervisor Member Acting Regional Manager Chairman Date: Branch of Onshore Evaluation Date: Branch of Mining Operations Approved by: _ Chief, Conservation Division cc: Chief, CD (Attn: ADC Resource Evaluation, Stop 640) Conservation Manager, Western Region Area Geologist, Pacific Area Area Mining Supervisor, Alaska-Pacific Area Chief, Br. of Mineral and Water Classification Area Geologist, Central Region District Mining Supervisor, Pocatello, Idaho S Federal Register Notice Type without errors, erasures, corrections. Leave at least a 1-inch margin at the top, bottom, and right side; a lft-inch margin at the left. Signature of Director to be placed on a page which also includes some material that can be identified with the text (see example). Type 1 original (on tape), plus 2 tissue copies. Make 7 copies. Put signature tab in front of signature pages (signature tabs are available from the warehouse). Don’t staple pages together. Use "executive correspondence” folder. Use enclosed sample memo for format. 4 MINUTES Original plus 7 Xerox copies (include all tables, maps, etc. in Xerox copies) 1 white copy 1 green copy (Regular AG copies) 1 yellow copy STATE DIRECTOR LETTER (3LM) Original On Reston letterhead Copies: 2 copies on Reston tissue letterhead — (indicate cc's on one tissue copy only) 1 carbon copy is to be on white bond paper 1 green copy 1 white copy Regular AG copies) 1 yellow copy ~ Note: All copies carry the cc indication except original and one Reston tissue copy. FEDERAL REGISTER NOTICE Original and 2 tissue copies, plus 7 Xerox copies 1 white copy 1 green copy (AG regular 1 yellow copy copies) Note: See sample for correct line spacing on the Federal Register Notice NOTICES 167 The following information .piles to all documents submitted for publication in the Federal Rzcister: Rules and reg¬ ulations, notices of proposed rulemaking, and general notices. DOCUMENT • BOND PAPER* • INK SIGNATURE, L. Original document. (See 1 CFR 18.1.) The original document submitted by an agency becomes a part of the National Archives of the United States and should have the appearance of a formal docu¬ ment prepared for public inspection. It should be typed on 8- by 10 Vo-inch bond paper and be signed in ink by the agency official issuing the document. Printed or electrostatic copies or com¬ puter printouts may be used as originals provided the copies are of high quality, have the appearance of a formal docu¬ ment, and are signed in ink. For discussion ca use of computer data In a document see item 8 of this. Chapter. 2. Copies. (See 1 CFR 18.1, 13.5, 18.6.) Two legible copies must be submitted with each original document. These copies may be submitted in one of two forms: ■> _ of restoring and maintain¬ ing environmental quality to the overall welfare and development of man, declares that n is the continuing polucy of the Federal Govern¬ ment, in cooperation with State and local governments, and ether con¬ cerned public and private organizations, to use all practicable means and measures, including financial and technical assistance, in a man¬ ner calculated to foster and promote the general welfare, to create and maintain conditions under which man and nature can exist in productive harmony, and fulfill the social, economic, and other requirements of present and, future generations of Americans. (b) In order to carry out the policy set forth in this Act, it is the continuing responsibility of the Federal Government to use all prac¬ ticable means, consistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Federal plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may — (1) fulfill the responsibilities of each generation as trustee of the environment for succeeding generations; (2) assure for all Americans safe* healthful, productive, and esthetically and culturally pleasing surroundings; (3) attain the widest range of beneficial uses of the environ¬ ment without degradation, risk to heafoh or safety, or other unde¬ sirable and unintended consequences; (4) preserve important historic, cultural, and natural aspects of our national heritage, and maintain, whorever possible*, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice; {5) achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards oi lining and a wide sharing of life’s amenities ; and Policies end goals. * Or Pub. Law 9 1-1 90 - 2 - January 1, 1970 6 3 S7AT. ? 5 3 (G) enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the. maximum attainable recycling of depletnble resources. (c) The Congress recognizes that each pei-son should enjoy a health¬ ful environment.and that each person has a responsibility to contribute to the preservation and enhancement of the environment. Administration. Sec. 10*2. The Congress authorizes and directs that, to the fullest extent possible: (1) the policies, regulations, and pubiic laws of the • United States shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with the policies set forth in this Act, and (2) all agencies of the Fed¬ eral Government shall — . (-M utilize a systematic, interdisciplinary approach which will insure the integrated use of the natural and social sciences and the. environmental design arts in planning and in decisionmaking which may have an impact on man's environment ; b (B) identify and develop methods and procedures, in con¬ sultation with the Council on Environmental Quality established by title II of this Act, which will insure that presently unquali¬ fied environmental amenities and values may be given appropriate consideration in decisionmaking along with economic and tech¬ nical considerations; Copies ©(^state¬ ments, etc. ; avail¬ ability. 81 St at. 54. (C) include in every recommendation or report on proposals for legislation and other major Federal actions significantly af¬ fecting the quality of the human environment, a detailed state¬ ment by the responsible official on — (i) the environmental impact of the proposed action, (ii) any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented, (iii) alternatives to the proposed action, (iv) the relationship between local short-term uses of man s en\ ironment anu the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and (v) any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of re¬ sources. which would bo involved in the proposed action should it be implemented. Prior to making any detailed statement, the responsible Federal official shall consult with and obtain the comments of any Fed¬ eral agency which has jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to any environmental impact involved. Copies of 'such” statement and the comments and views of the apnroprmte Federal, State, and local agencies, which are authorized to develop and en¬ force environmental standards, shall be made available to the President, the Council on Environmental Quality and to the pub¬ lic as provided by section oA2 of title 5. United States Code, and shall accompany the proposal through the existing agency review processes; (D) study, develop, and describe appropriate alternatives to recommended courses of action in any proposal which involves unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available re¬ sources: . (E) rccopiize t he worldwide. and long-range character of en¬ vironmental problems and, where consistent with the foreign policy of the I nited States, lend appropriate support to initiatives resolutions, and programs designed ‘to maximize international cooperation in anticipating and preventing a declihe in the quality of mankind's world environment; (b ) make available to States, counties, municipalities, institu¬ tions, and individuals, advice and information useful in restoring maintaining, and enhancing the quality of the environment ; January 1, 1970 - 3 - Pub. Law 91-190 83 57 AT* 8 54 (G) initiate and utilize ecological information in tlie planning and development of resource-orient ed projects; and (II) assist tlie Council on Environmental Quality established by title II of this Act. Sec. 103. All agencies of the Federal Government shall review Review their present statutory authority, administrative regulations, and cur¬ rent policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether there are any deliciencies or inconsistencies therein which prohibit full compliance with the purposes and provisions of this Act and shall propose to the President not later than July 1, 1971, such measures as may be necessary to bring their authority and policies into conform¬ ity with the intent, purposes, and procedures set forth in this Act. Sec. 10-1. Nothing in Section 102 or 10-'T shall in any wav aifect tlie specific statutory obligations of any Federal agency (l)'co comply with criteria or standards of environmental qualit}% (2) to coordinate or consult with any other Federal or State agency, or (3) to act or refrain from acting contingent upon the recommendations or certifi¬ cation of any other Federal or State agency. Sec. 105. The policies and goals set fortL m this Act are supplemen¬ tary to those sec forth in existing authorizations of Federal agencies. TITLE II COUNCIL ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY M uiu lepuu ) union sum i sec forth (1) tlie status and condition of the major natural, manmade, or altered environ¬ mental classes or the Nation, including, but not limited to, tlie air tlie aquatic, including marine, estuarine, ;nnd fresh water, and the terrestrial environment, including, but not .limited to, the forest, dry¬ land, wetland, range, urban, suburban, a rn-.l rural environment* (2) current ana foreseeable trends in tlie quality, management and utiliza¬ tion of such environments and tlie ejects of those trends on the social economic, and other requirements of the Nation; (3) the adequacy of -available natural resources for fulfilling lineman and economic require¬ ments of the Nation in the light of expected! population pressures* (4) a review of the programs and activities- -(including regulatory ac¬ tivities) of the Federal Government, the State and local governments and nongovernmental entities or individuals, with particular reference to their effect on the environment and on .the conservation, develop¬ ment and utilization of natural resources;; and (5) a program for th0 dcfic’T “ of, tvst-in,g Pf4n.ms and a’ctivfe, to- gctJier with recommendations for Icgislaf iorr.. Sec. 202. There is created in tlie Executi ve Ofilce of the President r M !CWnb°Th!’r-,r0n",lCnita!n U!,lity referred to as the , k T tS‘ shj com P0^ of tliree members tvho shall Ouality. be appointed by the President to serve at Sus pleasure, by and with' the advice and consent of tlie Senate, The. President shall designate f™ °,f t!1? merabers or the Council to serve as Chairman. Each mem¬ ber shall be a person who, as a result of lira training, experience and attornments, is exceptionally well qualified: to analyze and totorpm environmental trends and information of a2! kinds? to apnrais! pro- grams and activities of the Federal Government in tlie b>ht of the policy set forth m title I of this Act; to be conscious of and 'responsive to the scientific economic, social, esthetic, a r,d cultural needs knd in- the lN;at7n ’• and 10 foi™u!ate *-nd recommend national policies to promote the improvement of the quality of the environment. ($ January 1, 1970 Pub. Law 9 1 - 1 90 83 STAT, P 55 - 4 - 8C Stat. 416. Duties and functions. 34 F. R. 8693. Sec. 203. The Council may employ such officers and employees as may be necessary to carry out its functions under this Act. In addition, the Council may employ and fin the compensation of such experts and consultants as may be necessary jor the carrying out of. its functions under this Act, in accordance with section 3109 of title 5, United States Code (but without regard to the last sentence thereof). Sec. 204. It shall be the duty and function of the Council — (1) to assist and advise the President in the preparation of the Environmental Quality Report required by section 201; (2) to gather timely and authoritative information concerning the conditions and trends in the quality of the environment both current and prospective, to analyze and interpret such informa¬ tion for the purpose of determining whether such conditions and trends are interfering, or are likely to interfere, with the aehieVe- nient of the policy set forth in title I of this Act, and to compile and submit to the President studies relating to such conditions and trends; (3) to review and appraises the various programs and activities of the Federal Government in the light of the policy set forth in title I of this Act for the purpose of determining the extent to winch such programs and activities are contributing to the achievement of such policy, and to make recommendations to the President with respect thereto; . (4) to develop and recommend to the President national poli¬ cies to foster and promote the improvement of environmental quality to. meet the conservation, social, economic, health, and other requirements and goals of the Nation ; (5) to conduct investigations, studies, surveys, research, and • analyses relating to ecological systems and environmental quality; . v ' j.^° kocumeni, define. changes in the natural environment including the plant and animal systems, and to accumulate neces¬ sary data and other information for a continuing analysis of these changes or trends and an interpretation of their underlying causes ; J ° (7) to report at least once each year to the President on the state and condition of the environment; and (8) to make and furnish such studies, reports thereon and recommendations with respect to matters of policy and lemsla- ^ tion as the President may request. Sec. 205. In exercising its powers, functions,, and duties under this Act, the Council shall — consult with the Citizens’ Advisory Committee on Environ¬ mental Quality established by Executive Order numbered 11472 dated May 29, 1969, and with such representatives of science, industry, agriculture, labor, conservation organizations, State and local governments and otr.er groups, as it deems advisable* and ‘ ’ (2) utilize, to the fullest extent possible, the services, facilities, and information (including statistical information) of public and private agencies and organizations, and individuals, in order that duplication of effort and expense may be avoided, thus assuring that the Council’s activities will not unnecessarily overlap or com flic t with similar activities authorized by law and performed by established agencies. January 1, 1970 - 5 - Pub. Law 91 190 8? STAT . 655 ^Skc. 20G. Members of the Council shall servo full time onr? Chairman o. t ho Council shall be compensated at tho rate provided for Level II of the Lxecutiv© Schedule Pay Pates f5 IT 9 ^ r"iM sSfpa/tat? Appropriation, LrcXr JOar 1S71’ and 51,000,000 for each Lil y& Approved January 1, 1970. Tenure end co.T.Densation . 80 Stat. 460, 461. 81 Stat. 638. / LEGISLATIVE HI ST 0RY : HOuSt REPORTS: No. 91-378 91-37n n+ e ’ * 378j Pt* 2:acco.T.r.aryin^ H. R. 12549 Co™, on Merchant Marine 4 Fisheries) and 91-765 V Corrm « of Conference). cS'GRV 91'296 (Corrn. on Interior & Insular Affairs) CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 115 (1969); i lairs;, July 10: Considered and passed Senate Sept, 23 1 Considered passed House, tended, to Ueu or 0°‘* 8‘ "0US* “ond„eats! .sre.d t. Dec. 20i Senate agreed to conference report, Deo. 22: House agreed to conference report. C80 37. 1 39 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESTON, VIRGINIA 22092 JUL 9 1975 Memorandum To: • Assistant Division Chiefs Conservation Managers Area and District Mining Supervisors Area and District Geologists JUL 21 1 From: Acting Chief* Conservation Division Subject: Environmental Analysis Procedures and Guidelines for Onshore Mining Operations The subject procedures and guidelines have been developed to provide uniform guidance for Conservation Division personnel in preparing environmental analyses for onshore mining operations. Comments received on previous draft procedures have been incorporated xnto these procedures where practical. These procedures and guidelines are effective as of July 12, 1976, and will 'be utilized on an interim basis until final procedures are distrib uted after field testing and review. The field testing period will run until December 1, 1976. Your comments and recommendations concerning these procedures and guidelines should be submitted to the Chief, Conservation Division, Mail Stop 630, after the field testing period is completed, but no later than January 1, 1977. These procedures and guidelines supersede all previous instructions concerning prepara¬ tion of environmental analyses for onshore mining operations. Acting Chief, Conservation Division Enclosure < Preparation of Environmental Analysis for Onshore Mining Operations These procedures and guidelines become effective on July 12, *1976 These procedures and guidelines supersede all previous instructions regarding preparation of environmental analyses for mining operations. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page I. Purpose . . . . . 2 II. * Objectives . f . ; . . _ . 1 III. Authority . . . • . i IV. Policy . . . \ % V. Responsibility ......... . 2 VI. Actions Requiring Preparation of Environmental Analysis . 3 VII. Exclusions . * . . . ~ 4 VIII. Consultation . . 5 « IX. Onsite Inspection . 6 ■X. Public Notice . 6 XI. Public Meetings .............. . 7 XII. Review Procedures ......... . 7 XIII. Special Criteria ........ . 8 XIV. Guidelines for Preparation of Environmental Analysis . . 9 ' * Exhibit I, Matrix . 29 Exhibit II, Public Notice . . 20 Exhibit III, Suggested Letter Transmitting Public Notice to County Clerks .......... . 21 % 4 Purpose H. _ _ These procedures establish unifora methods for the preparation and processing of environmental analyses for all onshore, minang operations supervised by the Conservation Division, U.S. Geological urve, , an .designed to assure documented consideration of environments va ue •levels of planning and decision making within the Division. HI. Objectives ' A. To document in a uniform, systematic manner, the environmental ■effects of proposed actions subject to Conservation Division approval. B. To determine whether or not an environmentalist statement should be prepared on the proposed action, pursuant to NZPA, Sectx :102(2)(C). C. To establish procedures for the processing of complete^ (^environmental analyses. ‘illl . Authority A National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (Public Law No. 91-190, .approved January 1, 1970; 42 U.S.C. 4331-4349). ■ • B. Executive Order 11514, .Protection and Enhancement of Environmental (Quality (March 5, 1970). C. Council on Environmental Quality, Guidelines for ^Environmental Impact Statements (38 F.R. 20550-205o , ugu '40 CFR'1500). D. Department of the Interior Manual, Environmental Quality, 516 DM2. E. U.S. Geological Survey Manual 516.2, TV. Policy It is Conservation Division policy to document, through preparation of an environmental analysis, the potential environmenta .proposed actions submitted for approval when these proposed ^tions ar ".technically and administratively complete and an acceptable fora Eacn_ •environmental analysis is to be prepared an accordance wath these proce ■dures and guidelines and is to be made a part of tne permanent case V. v * Responsibility A. Area and District Mining Supervisors . (1) Prepare environmental analyses of proposed actions, including assessing alternatives and developing and recommending measures to minimize, to the fullest practical extent, the environmental impacts of the proposed action. i> . (2) Consult with appropriate Federal and State agencies and other sources of environmental expertise not available within Geological Survey for input into environmental analyses. (3) Consult, as needed, with other Divisions within Geological Survey for input into environmental analyses. (A) Render an opinion on the need for preparation of an environmental impact statement to the Conservation Manager in cases where the analysis indicates that approval of the proposed action would constitute a "major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment" pursuant to Section 102(2) (C) of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 or '‘proposed major actions, the environ¬ mental impact of which is likely to be highly controversial" (40 CFR 1500.6! * (5) Forward those environmental analyses that express the opinion that an environmental impact statement is needed or that meet the special criteria listed in Section XIII of these procedures to the Conservation Manager. (6) Take appropriate administrative actions on a proposal upon clearance of the environmental analysis through established processes set forth in these procedures and guidelines. B. Conservation Managers. (1) Review environmental analyses forwarded from the Area and/or District Supervisors expressing the opinion that an environmen cal impact statement is needed or that meet the special criteria established in Section XIII of these procedures and guidelines. • (2) Render an opinion, by memorandum, concurring with, or contrary to, that expressed by the Area and/or District Supervisor on the need for ' preparation of an environmental impact statement. (3) Forward to the Chief, Conservation Division (Mail Stop 630) , those environmental analyses expressing the need for preparation of an environmental impact statement; that meet the special criteria established in Section XIII of these procedures and guidelines; or that require Department or Survey policy decision on the acLion. 2 ♦ to ' % (4) Return environmental analyses to the preparing office for modification, rewriting, or administrative action. (5) Establish the review and approval procedures to be used within his region for processing those environmental analyses that express the opinion that the proposed action does not require preparation of an environmental impact statement. i • • • (6) Establish a quality control program to insure that all environmental analyses prepared in the region conform to these procedures and guidelines. £' • C. Chief, Conservation Division. (1) Develops, maintains, and evaluates Division policy and procedures for preparation of environmental analyses. (2) Coordinates the processing and review of environmental analyses forward ed by the Conservation Managers. (3) Transmits to the Director, Geological Survey, those environmental analyses that express the need for preparation of an environmental impact statement or that meet the special criteria set forth in Section XIII, along with a recommendation for or against preparation of an environmental impact statement. (4) Informs the Conservation Manager of actions forwarded to or taken by the Director, Geological Survey, or the Department of the Interior. (5) Periodically reviews environmental analyses for conformance with established environmental procedures and guidelines. * VI. Actions Requiring Preparation of an Environmental Analysis. A. Exploration Plans — An environmental analysis will be prepared f or • each exploration plan submitted for approval. * B. Mining Plans/Partial Mining Plans — An environmental analysis will be prepared in accordance with these procedures and guidelines for each mining plan, partial mining plan, or supplement to a partial mining plan submitted for approval, including: (1) Plans submitted for new surface or underground mines. (2) Long-term plans submitted for the continuation of- ongoing surface or underground operations involving Federal lands and/or minerals. 1 I 3 « » (3) Plans submitted for ongoing surface or underground nines on private lands that are to enter Federal lands and/or minerals .or tne first time. (4) Plans submitted for ongoing surface or underground opera- tions on private lands that propose to reenter Federal land and/or ^ minerals and that are not covered by. an existing environmental analyse and approved plan- C. Modification of an approved exploration or mining plan. (1) An environmental analysis will be prepared for a modifica¬ tion of an existing approved mining or exploration plan if an environment.- analysis was not previously prepared on the existing approved pl«,n. (2) If an environmental analysis was prepared on the existing approved plan, the analysis and modification to the plan to be reviewed and an environmental analysis prepared under tne rollo i g criteria: (a) If no additional significant environmental impacts, will result. from the proposed modification, a brief supplemental analysis vill £ prepared seating the nature of the proposed action that the existing analysis and plan were reviewed, and that no additional sig . - cant environmental impacts will result. A completed standard matrix (Exhibit I), appropriate opinion statement, anc. clearance rom approp^* Federal and State agencies will be included as part of the supplemental analysis and the supplement attached to the original environments, analysis. (b) If minor environmental impacts will result from the. proposed modification, a supplement to the original environmental analysis will be prepared setting forth those impacts not discussed m the origins analysis. The supplemental analysis, new standard matrix,. statement, and clearance from appropriate Federal and State agencies are to be included in the supplemental environmental analysis and attached to the original analysis. (c) If major environmental impacts will result f~°° proposed modification, a new environmental analysis will be prepare according to these procedures and guidelines. VII. Exclusions. I ■ ■■■'■ ' — • * An environmental analysis is not required for a new mine plan if the Geological Survey or the Department of the Interior as etermine that an impact statement will be prepared and that the prppose new mine will be included in the environmental impact statement. 4 The Area or District Supervisor will prepare a memorandum to the Chief, Conservation Division, Mail Stop 630, stating that: ,;An environ¬ mental analysis has not been prepared for (company name, name of mine, lease number, location) because of the decision by the (Secretary of the Interior or Director, Geological Survey) on (date) that an environmental impact statement for (Title) will be prepared, and the subject mine plan will be included in this environmental statement." In some cases, a preliminary review of a proposed action may clearly indicate that an environmental impact statement will be required without the benefit of a detailed environmental analysis. In such instances, the Area or District Mining Supervisor will prepare and forward, through appropriate Division channels, .a brief memorandum describing the proposed action, including an opinion statement and a copy of the plan. VIII. Consultation . A. The Area or District Mining Supervisor will provide the Area or District Geologist with a copy of the applicant's proposed action, along with a written request for review of the geology described in the proposed action, a review of potential multiple mineral development problems and, in consultation with Water Resources Division when needed, a review of water problems. The comments received from the Area or District Geologist are to be used in preparation of the environmental analysis. Both the requesting memorandum and the comments received from the Area or District Geologist are to be attached to the environmental analysis. B. The Area or District Mining Supervisor will contact, in writing, the appropriate surface managing agency (State Director, BLM; Forest Supervisor, FS; Area Director, BIA; Par!; Superintendent, NPS ; District Engineer, Corps of Engineers) to determine if that agency has any additional actions pending in the area and to obtain their advice, comments and, when required, their concurrence on Che proposed action. Tribal comments and concurrence, when required, must also be obtained. The comments received from the surface managing agency are to be used in preparation of the environmental analysis. The requesting memorandum, comments received, and concurrence of the surface managing agency and Indian Tribe, where appropriate, are to be attached to the analysis. C. The Area or District Mining Supervisor will contact, as needed, appropriate Federal, State, and local agencies with regulatory responsi¬ bilities or special expertise for their assistance in providing input Co the environmental analysis, including other Divisions within the Geological Survey. A copy of each request for. information and response received are to be attached to the environmental analysis. 5 D. If the presence of endangered or threatened plant or animal species is indicated by the surface managing agency or any other Federal or State agency, or if information is not available on the presence or absence of such species, the Area or District Mining Supervisor will contact, in writing, the Fish and Wildlife Service requesting information on endangered or threatened plant and animal species and critical habitat for these species in the area of the proposed action. A copy of the request and the response from Fish and Wildlife Service will be attached to the environmental analysis. Data supplied by the surface managing agency, other Federal or State agencies, or FUS will be used in preparing the environmental analysis. cr Further instructions on compliance with the Endangered Species Act of 1973 are- in preparation and will be issued as an Instruction Memorandum shortly. IX. Onsite Inspection. The Area and/or District Mining Supervisor , upon receipt of a proposed plan will arrange for an onsite inspection. The appropriate surface managing agency, must be invited to participate in the inspection and, as needed, the Area or District Geologist, environmental scientist, applicant, Fish and Wildlife Service, and any other Federal, State, and local agencies known or likely to have a specific interest in the area of the proposed action. At the time of the onsite inspection, the matrix (Exhibit I) will be completed to assure that the various factors that may have an impact on the environment are considered prior to initiating preparation of the environmental analysis. Onsite inspections may not be required if all agencies having interest in the area notify the Area or District Supervisor, in writing, that their inspection or participation is not necessary. X. Public Notice. A. In order that the public may be better informed and have an opportunity to comment on new mine plans, major modifications in existing surface mine plans, or surface related change in existing underground plans submitted to the Area or District Mining Supervisor for approval,, the following procedure will be followed for all-proposed actions, except those dealing with coal, which fall under the provisions of 30 CFP. 211.5. (1) A notice of availability of any proposed plan will be promptly posted on the office bulletin board and a copy mailed to the appropriate county clerk for posting. Once each month, a consolidated copy of the postings will also be sent to appropriate Conservation Managers and Division Headquarters. If there have been no proposals, a monthly memorandum so stating will be distributed. 6 ' . (2) The hotices will show name of lessee or operator, lease number, location, and county involved. One copy of the plan should be prepared so that proprietary data is excluded. At the bottom of the notice, the public will be advised that this plan is available for inspection at the office of the District or Area Mining Supervisor (Exhibit II) and that a 30-day period is allowed for interested parties to comment on the plan. * ' Public comments received will be considered in preparing the environmental analysis and in approving the plan. 0 (3) Exhibit III is a suggested transmittal letter to be used in sending the notices of proposed plan to the appropriate county clerks. XI. Public Meetings. Public meetings can provide one means of assessing the degree of public interest and the degree of controversy associated with the environ¬ mental impacts of a proposed plan. Public meetings for coal mining operations are covered under 30 CFR 211.5. The procedures described herein deal only with discretionary public meetings for non-ccal mining operations. The Area or District Supervisor will 'consult witb^ne Conservation Manager and the Chief, Conservation Division, in those i?y.--^nces when the Supervisor determines that a discretionary public meeting is warranted prior to completion of the environmental analysis. If a discretionary public meeting is to be held. Departmental Manual 455 DM 1, release number 1571, August 31, 1973, subject: Legal- Discretionary Public Hearings, will serve as a guide in arranging the public meeting. XII. Review Procedures. A. An environmental analysis that depresses the opinion that the- proposed action does require an environmental impact statement, that meets the special criteria set forth in Section XIII of these procedures and guidelines, or requires policy review will be forwarded (two copies) to the Conservation Manager. The Conservation Manager will review the environmental analysis for completness and accuracy and return it to the Area or District Supervisor for modification, additional information, or rewriting, as needed; or will forward it to the Chief, Conservation Division, Mail Stop 630. The Conservation Manager will either concur or disagree with the findings of the analysis on the determination page prior to forwarding the analysis to the Chief. 7 B. Each Conservation Manager will determine the review and approval procedures to be used within his region for handling those Gnvi^o^^cn tal analyses that determine that the proposed action does not require an environmental impact statement. XIII. Special Criteria. * • x i * Any proposed action that meets the following criteria must be forwarded to the Conservation Manager and. then to the Division Chief £' A. Secretarial memorandum dated January 24, 1973, requires: "To insure continuing careful attention to the environ¬ mental significance of proposed resource development, all major Federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment regarding resource development, and, in addition, all actions of any kind regarding development of coal related to the Southwest and Northern Great Plains covered by the June 16, 1971, v and June 30, 1972, memoranda referred to above shall be submitted to the Under Secretary for review and concur¬ rence prior to execution." (Emphasis added.) This Secretarial memorandum was interpreted by the Chief. Conservation Division, in his memorandum of June 5, 1973, to mean: m The phrases ... other actions relating to develop¬ ment of coal," and . . all actions of any kind regarding development of coal . . . , " are literally more encompassing than what we think was the intent of the instruction. We do not believe that Secretarial review would be required for operations with a rela¬ tively minor impact on the environment, such as explora¬ tion involving only shallow drilling and the use of existing roads, or minor modif ications in existing underground and surface mine plans where little or no additional surface modification or environmental impact will result. 4 We interpret the instruction, therefore, to mean that Secretarial review is required before we approve raining plans in the two areas for all new or significantly modified surface and underground mining operations on Federal or Indian lands. Accordingly, pending further clarification and effective immediately,' mining plans - and environmental analyses for such operations should be sent to this office for appropriate action. 8 XIV. Guidelines for Preparation of Environmental Analysis. A. Introduction. These guidelines set forth the bos ic form at for an environ¬ mental analysis and the principal environmental factory that should be addressed in the analysis. Most basic data for the analysis are to be supplied by the applicant as part of his proposed plan submittal to the Conservation Division. Applicant’s engineering and environmental data must be checked for accuracy and completeness by the Area or District Supervisor and must be adequately referenced or documented in the applicant’s proposed plan prior, to use in preparing the environmental analysis. Basic data may be obtained from the surface managing agency and other Federal or State agencies or supplied by consultants under contract to the Geological Survey. Data supplied under contract also must be checked for accuracy, completeness, and appropriate referencing or documentation prior to inclusion in the analysis. Company’s confi¬ dential information is not to be included in the environmental analysis. Each environmental analysis will include the following sections: X(l) Description of Proposed Action Jf (2) Environmental Considerations of the Proposed Action XTT (3 ) Alternatives to the Proposed Action Xj/.(4) Adverse Environmental Effects of the Proposed Action. Each environmental analysis will also include a matrix analysis, recommendation and determination statement, reference, appendices, and maps Title Page. The title page will contain the following information : (1) Project or mine name • (2) Lease number (3) County and State of lease location - (4) Company name . (5) of Date of preparation of environmental environmental analysis analysis, dates (6) % Name and address of preparing office. 9 J, Description of the Proposed Action. This section briefly summarizes the nature and scone of th« proposed action. The following information should be included: (1) Company name * • (2) Lease location (township, range, section, county. State) ,, t ^ Narae of surface owner of record and status of aereemen- ° disturb private surface by mining activity Division* filing, of application or plan with Conservation Division, date of filing with State and date of State approval (5) Objectives of the proposal (6) - History of the lease and operation (7) Size and location of well bores, water supplies nit-c • entries, drill pads, roads, power lines, waste disposal, sewag» ’ treatmem transport routes, storage, etc. related to the proposal treatmem layout (8) Suitable maps showing details of the proposed project , , .. C9) Ascription of proposed mining and reclamation secuence contro“Setc?)Pment: ^ ^ (capacities‘ power source, pollution (10) Approximate starting and completion dates (11) Surface disturbing aspects of the project including nil watertUreS’ ™Ce'nd Cailings disposal, overburden and wpsoil hailing water impoundments, and fire prevention and control S „ , Surface reclamation plan, enforcement agency and enforcement procedures (including profile of premining and proposed post mining land surface) F F / * uses for the proposed -project (14) Mix of land surface and mineral ownership r Acclons required of other Federal and State agencies Division ^ reUte “ Cl'e Pr°POSed aCCi- Conservation 10 (16) Nearby pending actions (leasing actions, actual or planned nines nearby, development of overlying or underlying minerals etc.) relating to the same mineral industry or different mineral industries before Conservation Division or the surface managing agenc (17) Any requests for variances from performance standards (18) Proposed abandonment procedures. -JJ' Environmental Considerations of the Proposed Action This section contains an analysis of the existing environment the probable impacts of the proposed action, on the environment, and various methods available to further reduce or prevent environmental degradation, beyond those proposed and/or required by law or regulations Emphasis should be placed on those environmental values that may be affected by the proposed action, with particular attention to the unavoidable adverse effects. The cumulative effects of the proposed action, combined with any other minerals-reJ.ated activities that exist or are planned for the area, must also be evaluated. The following environmental considerations should be used, as a basic cnecklist for preparing this section. Those items that may affect, or be affected by, the proposed action must be documented end discussed in this section, along with- steps to further mitigate any adverse environmental effects which will be imposed as a special condition if approved. (1) Geology — A geologic review for each proposed action is to be requested from the Area Geologist. (a) Regional Physiography (description and maps) . (b) Stratigraphy (cross section showing estimated thickness and lithology). (c) Structure (description, and map of regional and local structural features) . (d) Nature of mineral deposit (size, thickness, grade, trace elements). •' (e) Presence of other mineral resources on or adjacent to lease and methods to protect these resources. . ■o . (f) Overburden characteristics (type, thickness, and chemical and physical parameters) . (g) Known or suspected paleontological values. (h) Geologic hazards (landslides, erosion, subsidence, seismic activity). Sources of data: Area Geologist, USGS publications, State Geological Survey publications, company data when validated, contract data. (2) Soils — Those characteristics of soils that may affect reclamation activities, as well as methods of improving soils for plant growth, must be documented and, discussed in this section. (b) Soil types present (description and map) . (b) Soil thickness. (c) Physical parameters (texture, strength, stability) . ✓ (d) Chemical parameters (pH, salinity, organic matter, nutrients, trace elements, radioactivity, and other chemical properties, as needed) . Sources of data: Soil Conservation Service, surface managing agency, State soils surveys, company data when validated, contract data. (3) Air — Those aspects of meteorology and air quality that may affect, or be affected by, the proposed action and methods of meeting applicable standards must be documented and discussed in this section. (a) Meteorology.- (i) Temperature (averages, extremes, variations). (ii) Growing season and frost-free days. (iii) Precipitation (annual, seasonal means and extremes), form of precipitation, and evaporation rates. (iv) - Wind speed and direction (patterns and seasonal variations) . / (v) Severe weather 'occurrences . (inversions , storms, flooding, ice movement). (b) Air Quality. (i) Present air quality. (iiy Potential air pollution sources. (ill) Air quality standards for area. a- n i. Sources of D^ta: U.S. Weather Service (NOAA) EPA Star° Air Quality agencies, company data when validated, contract data. , , . (A) Water Those aspects of surface and ground water y rology, water quality, and water use which the proposed action . y affect and methods of mitigating these effects and meeting water quality standards must be documented and discussed in this section. (a) . Surface and ground water. / , • . Location oi surface water and present use (description and map). present (ii) Proximity and relationship of surface water to- proposed action, proposed diversions of natural drainag-s present use of alluvial valley floors. drainages. potential. (iii) Stream flow rates and surface storage Process water demands and sources. •nnn^o a Potential percolation losses from tailings ponds, impoundments, and similar structures. ^ (vi) Location of aquifers and water table. (vii) Ground water recharge areas. # . (viii) Water well locations and present use of (ix) Process water scarce. _ j _ «. . - _ Well drilling and abandonment practices and potential for comingling of fresh and saline waters. act:*ces subsidence or mining. ^ Potential disruption of aquifers through water. 13 (b) Water quality. (i) Surface water quality) pH, total dissolved solids, temperature, (ii) Ground water quality ) specific conductivity biological oxygen , .demand, radioactivity (iii) Water quality monitoring sites and parameters to bd measured. £ , (iv) Use of water control structures. (v) Siltation potential. (vi) Pollution potential (acids, alkali, ternal, toxic substances, trace element, sew-age) . Sources of Data: Geological Survey (Water Resources Division) , EPA, State water control agencies, company data when validated, contract data. (5) Land Use — Those aspects of land use that may be affected by the proposed action and methods of mitigating adverse environmental effects must be documented and discussed in this section. (a) Existing land use at site and immediately surrounding lands (description and maps) and proposed post mining land use. • (b) Surrounding land use (communities , transportation, recreation, agriculture, etc.) (c) Architectural, cultural, historical, and archeological site locations and clearance. (d) Nearby scenic and aesthetic sites. (e) Mined land reclamation potential. (f) Potential for land to- support proposed use after mining, including past mine reclamation success or failure within the general area of the mine. (g) Location of nearby occupied structures. (h) Potential subsidence from, mining andt monitoring for subsidence. 14 r r „ n-f-. Surface managing agency, SCS, State Sources Natlon.l Registry of Historic Places, Historical Preservation Ofixc ' contract data, universities, company data when van (6) Fauna and Flora-The impact upon t“l documented Che proposed action and methods to mitigate imPacn must and discussed in this section. destroyed. » destroyed. (a) Plant sgecies and communities to be disturbed or . (b) Animal species and communities to be disturbed or (c) Nesting or breeding areas and migration routes to be disturbed or destroyed. M'l Endangered and threatened . species of plans and " ""d" Endangered Species Act of 19 ; • • ' (e) Potential for and desirability of establishing vegetative cover as proposed in the plan. c Data- Fish and Wildlife Service, State game management ^cils^^e management agencies, company data when validated, contract data. _ . cnrio-econo"iic conditions that may be »(s, must be documented and discussed m this «*~«-on. (a) Employment anticipated at proposed nine. (b) Availability of workers locally. (c) Effect on local population centers. (d) Effect on cultural resources. (e) Availability of community services, • . (f) Public opinion for or against the proposed project C = Data- Surface managing agency, local community planning ag^! B^c^ity leaders, local newspapers, company data when validated, contract data. ft 15 Alternatives to the Proposed Action. This section should discuss all relevant alternatives to the proposed action or major segments of the proposed action which would result in decreasing adverse environmental impacts. The alternatives considered should be technically feasible and reasonable. T. Unavoidable Adverse Environmental Effects of the Proposed Action. • * Any unavoidable adverse environmental effects that will occur as a result of the proposed action, as discussed in Section XIV (D) , should be summarized in this section. G. Matrix Analysis. A copy of the matrix analysis (Exhibit I) will be completed during the field inspection and attached to the environmental analysis. H. Conflicts and Responses. This section will be used to outline any controversial issues and any substantive opposing or conflicting views raised by Federal, State, or local agencies or the public during review of the proposed action. Appropriate responses to these conflicting issues or steps taken to satisfactorily resolve the issues must be included. I. Recommendation and Determination. The last page of the environmen tal analysis will contain the following paragraphs as appropriate, along with appropriate signatures, dates, and .titles. For use by Area or District Mining Supervisor when action does constitute a major Federal action: In my opinion, the proposed action does constitute a major Federal action, significantly affecting the quality of the human environment in the sense of NEPA, Section 102(2) (C). Signature and title of Area and District Supervisor Date *1 (do, do not) concur _ _ : _ Area Supervisor Date ' I (do, do not) concur _ Conservation Manager Date *See following page. 16 For use by Area or District Mining Supervisor when action does not constitute a major Federal action, but jLs highly controversial. In my opinion, the proposed action does not constitute a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment in the sense of NEPA, Section 102(2) (C), but is highly controversial, and preparation of an environmental impact statement should be considered. L” Signature and title of Area or District Supervisor Date *1 (do, do not) concur _ Area Supervisor Date I (do, do not) concur _ _ _ Conservation Manager Date For use by the Area or District Supervisor when action does not constitute a major Federal action: % I determine that the proposed action does not constitute a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment in the sense of NEPA, Section 102(2) (C), and is not highly controversial. Signature and title of Area cr District Supervisor Date *1 (do, do not) concur _ Area Supervisor Date J. References Appropriate references used in preparation of the environmental analysis should be cited, listing in order: The- author, title of publics- tion, publishing company or periodical, city of publication, and date. K. Appendices. - . The following items are to be appended to the environmental analysis: *To be used only if initial recommendation or determination is made by the District Supervisor. 17 Appendix 1. Reviews, reports, or information requested from Geological Survey (CD, GD, WRD, TD) . Appendix 2. Surface management agency and, when required. Indian Tribal review and concurrence and related correspondence. Appendix 3. Endangered and threatened species clearance and related correspondence. • J Appendix 4. Archeological and historical site clearance. t L> . Appendix 5. Hearing testimony, summary of public meetings, relevant correspondence, and other comments. Appendix 6. Proposed stipulations and/or conditions for approval above those required by law or regulation. Appendix 7. Maps and photographs. Appendix 8. Copy of proposed plan. L. Maps. The following maps should be included in the environmental analysis to facilitate presentation of data and aid understanding of potential environmental impacts. All maps will include bar scale, legend, north arrow, date, and source. • • (1) Regional Map — showing site location with respect to communities, transportation systems, streams and lakes, etc. USGS topographic maps at. a scale of 1:250,000 are suitable. (2) A plat showing lease location for proposed action, other surrounding Federal leases, all lease cumbers, all involved company names, mine locations, mine names, and previously rained area. USGS topographic maps at a scale of 1:24,000 (7^ minute series), if available, or other maps of appropriate scale may be used. (3) Site Specific Maps, Cross Sections, and Profiles — Appropriate maps, excluding confidential data, are to be included, showing lease area, proposed excavations and structures, geology, surface water, existing wells, land use, archeological or historical sites, critical wildlife habitat, and similar pertinent "data. Stratigraphic cross sections and profiles of premining and proposed post mining land surface are to be included. Maps, cross sections, and profiles should be of such a scale to show the necessary detail. Company maps, cross sections, and profiles are acceptable and should be referenced as to source. 18 INHIBIT I MlYrlrd Uimmimc.n . j - — - ,LejdC Nuab-?r lessee (Pcmittet) _ County _ Sta%e_ Date Prepared by Other Agoncy Represent*: lves_ n o t: n d w o li r% u c- r I V 'J U 9J u ff u •J tl .*) o v- o T5 r, -j L3 C •H U VI € ti TJ fl r. fj n >■« (3 r-l O * ^-4 t# o N-. O O V e. i* If < •H TJ C rj u t/i -o c « u 0 V> t) tj «A v» e tA n n vl c o C G* r~« u o •H •H l«i 'I G N-4 W *>1 rv. u c: 0 1/1 i/> r) *-4 o u —4 3 U C TJ n G. to o U 9J u a- G N-t U K o G. • u ja l> Vi c- tj n li G» «H r-4 *M' V* Vi t: xi 4-1 'I *— 1 V t: li 4' H < -J — rl •*« v. X r. H c o Ul e~ < V. n v w o o c ~ G C U f* U li ^ O v« U -£1Ii W | .V * J ■— I — ^ 1 rUU.UJLi/ " J n V. »- 4 ^ on * 4 •i - r i ! - ; - ! , # — **• r 1 « -1 e; . . p .".-I e'.'ter dlvernlrm _ _ i . 1 >«OWl| m hiwj. t ww 1 ryfr- »ae-*L C r 0 u ^ f r »• • f • i r »' n ( n 1 r> ^ h'llldip. PS. C t C # ) i i 1 1 4 1 I 1 i • ** i i 1 tci ‘ • i i • ■ ■ ■ 1 — £ ! ''tBMfii f nr.^'irt _ ven'e. noils, vaster) _ i 1 l • | ..ii.y.esx ... v/v a - ... - - - — - - - - - — -4 c ■ T ! 1 • i i • i - 1 - 1 n i i . i ! u O C- ■ — 1 t l c f; U i i ! I « 1 — i t ol U fv-rsllw. full v. vnsfp TOrk) ! t 1 r* O •/. -* o 4 ' i* v * » -• I * ' * *1 - * - - ■. ■■— ■■ . . . - 1 t i i I t i i i » i 1 I • • i — u - a l‘ ^ - : •' i r • ‘ #f f’.-.icnt dfnrh.irse i 1 * i - 1 «a i * i . r i c ii -o • f,>ni n-ic mtumH hinrri ( r.-jSrt i dmce . sine failure, (tc.) i * i • i u u *< i i i i i i I l t i 1 i 1 - Other i — ! j L f . - 1 L 1 i:; ST ACTIONS i This ttatrlx io tc be completed durir.R thu onsite examination co.^uctc. u.th th«- r.ur.nco r.nnnf,. .. X • Kgy*,or the LA Cuidclli cs Adverse effects on i:".lctin" conditions arc to be Indicated (‘••lows: Lj -’0 c^cc^ «.T3 • * , « IJ; . cMelel effect, or, to bo indicted by Innett In,; n In the .■Wrrt>llnto box. Seet.en Xl» D, "Envlcnnentel Con. Id.r.t .end el the !.«•«< should oa consulted for cl.ulficatlon of ciwi ionmo.nl j! factors to bo connl-. t. d In c.i»?letlnj tho matrix. .19 NEHE^/^S 0R Major K0di^CATI0MS of 1 LASS SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL Release Date Lessee or Operator Lease_Nurcber Location County . ertinent comments are solicited from °f^f * location given bel, Such comments should be filed within loT"6 Jffected b>- ^is Propo: Of .i'6, ResP°nse timely filed will k yS fr0m the date of this °f the environmental analysis Res c°nsidered in the preparatic 5 SuPervisor at the following address: ^ addressed c° the EXHIBIT III * COUNTY CLERK £' Dear Mr. _ _ : . Enclosed is a public notice listing new mining plans and/or significant revisions to previous mining plans received for action by this office. We suggest these notices be posted in some prominent place for public viewing in your office. Sincerely yours, Enclosure 21 CONSERVATION DIVISION GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF ENV IRON'LL TAX ANALYSES t submitted 1975 c Introduction These guidelines have been compiled to provide standards for con- % sidering the environmental effects of proposals under the Conservation Division's jurisdiction and to aid in implementation of four'5 responsibilitie under the National Environmental Policy Act, 1969.- Each of the three • 0 parts is autonomous and has parallel structure with the other two parts. Part A considers mining and onshore resource evaluation proposals. Part 3 considers onshore oil, gas, and geothermal proposals. Part C considers -offshore oil, gas, resource evaluations, and some respects of OCS mining proposals. These guidelines supercede all previous Conservation Division environmental guidelines listed in the reference section of this document. TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction Part A - Projects associated with onshore mining, resource evaluation, oil shale, and ■(with adaptation) OCS mining. Part B - Projects associated with onshore oil, gas and geothermal proposals. Part C - Projects associated with offshore oil and gas, resource evaluation^ and some aspects of OCS mining proposals. References PART A Projects Associated with Onshore Mining,. Resource Evaluation, Oil Shale, and (with adaptation) CCS Mining. ' « CONTENTS Part a # ' » I# Definitions IX. Responsibility • . \ • III. Procedures A. Information required free*, applicant B. Information required in Environmental Analysis C. Environmental Analysis preparation procedures IV. negative declaration V. Environmental Impact Statement * * \ o “■ u iX j-i-Oj^cts associated vitn onshore mining, resource evaluation, oil shale, and (with adaptation) OCS mining proposals. I. Definitions cant . A lessee or permittee or one conducting operations on the leases or permit lands under the authority of the lessee or permittee. -App-P-Ovino; official. The official who normally approves an action and nas the responsibility for preparing the Environmental Analysis. The approving official is usually the appropriate District Supervisor but it may be the Area supervisor. ^ * -feP^°ra£dori program. A plan for searching for mineral deposits b> surface investigations, mapping, drilling, trenching, entries, slopes, shafts, etc., under a prospecting permit or lease to determine the existence of valuable deposits in workable quantity and quality. D’ federal Office shall mean the office of any Federal agency which may have a specific interest in the area of the proposed exploratory or mining project. Leasable Minerals are those minerals described by the various Min- F. G. eral Leasing Acts amended. _ Local — Public Office shall mean the office of any county, or municipality which may have a specific interest in the area of proposed project (e.g. City of County Zoning Commission, Park ♦ Commission, Environmental Council, Water Commission). Locatable Minerals. Minerals under the Mining Law of 1972. ( 0 ( » -2- H. Mining Plans. 1» Oi igin^l mining piu*n a plan o£ development for new mining operations wherein the surface will be disturbed or altered # by the mine openings and/or by its use for storage, waste disposal or the erection of associated facilities. 2.-- Major changes in mining plans — significant proposed .deviations from an approved mining plan which may result in 0 0 further disturbance of the same land or additional land from surface excavation or subsidence,- or which may result in sig— I. nificant change, in recovery or conservation of the mineral. Permit Lands. Any lands or deposit under a mineral prospecting permit and subject to the regulations in 30 CFR 231. 2 „ 30 CFR 211, and 30 CFR 216. Reclame t ion . The measures undertaken to bring about the necessary reconditioning or restoration of land or wa ter that has been affected by explors.tion, testing, mineral development , running, onsite processing operations, or waste disposal, in. ways which will prevent or control onsite and offsite damage to the environment. K. State Office shall mean the office of any State agency which may have a specific interest in the area of the proposed * exploratory or mining project (e.g. State Mineral Resources Division, State Geological Survey, State Engineer,. State Fish and Game; State Environmental Council). -3- XI. P.espcnsibility . i *. f o-o fn be implemented The guidelines and procedures herein se Immediately. i ni,ns till not be granted prior to environmental Approval of proposed pxans not u fa analysis determination. i • oKio in instances where proposed These instructions are applic - V. mining plans or major resource evaluation, e^t. . ni^rs recmire approval. 'changes in existing approved mining pl-ns .reguir. ^ . - , acDi.y to all Federal and. Indian leases and JSS^SSS’S tSVa.,=, i. — d by «... *»— . „ Af fi r'ial has the responsibility: The approving otticiai i For assessing -the environmental -impact of a proposed program; For obtaining and evaluation input from other Federal, State, and local public o£j-iceo, quality of the human environment . , , 1>nact 0f an exploration program on the In assessing the overall impact ^ that each venture may environment, the approving official must culminate in a producing operation. A. EA preparation is indicated for the following types of proposals; 1. Exploratory Plans - any plan that alters existing surface or subsurface conditions, such as: . a* Coring . * .. . . ► * • » * «■ b. Trenching c. Geophysical surveys involving more than casual use of the land. d. Tunneling e. Exploration shafts _ /■ 2. Mining Plans a. New mining plans b. Major changes in mining plans ' -4- III. 3. Drastic modifications of existing conditions such as: a. Major production in area ♦ b. New mining technology 4. Politically sensitive areas 5. Major impacts upon natural conditions, • , * • 6. Implementation of new technology B. EA preparation is not necessary when the proposal is part of a larger program which has already been approved. A memorandum describing the current proposed action with appropriate EA references is to be submitted for Conservation Division and / Regional Files. A copy should also be provided for the Environ¬ mental Section. Procedures . A. In order to assure that a proposed action is developed within an approvable framework, the applicant should supply the following information: 1. For exploration and resource evaluation programs - a. Exact location of planned project (sections, township, range, ♦ county, state) * -•••■ . b. Company operator^ name " ' v • * c. . Commodity being sought d. If plan involves more than one lease, state initially and '* . > indicate scope. Identify leases. e. Brief but precise description of topography, soils, and ♦ geology (include extent, lithologies, ‘significant physical characteristics and appropriate thicknesses) . f. , Describe overburden, thickness, composition, estimated removal volume, stability when disturbed. -5- S- Describe any potential geologic \ ,r iniwai. o .nd procedures to minimize them. i h.- Detail' scope of planned action i. Describe auxilliary facilities. j. Anticipated schedule of starting date, and duration of project. k. Quantity and size of equipment. \ l. Resource development history of area. m. Roads; length, right-of-way; surface, permanent /temporary n. Archeological, Historical, and Cultural values • 2. For development and full-scale mining plans a. Summary 1) General € a) General description and map of regional features, includi: topography, water resources, transportation networks, popi lation centers, cultural and recreation facilities, other mines, specific mine site, etc. ■ b) Description of Federal leased lands and other lands under company control to be mined, by township, range and secti. and detailed location map. c) Description and map of surface ownership and land use on leased lands and immediate surrounding lands, d) Description and map of mineral ownership - of leased lands. e) Climatology data and description, including seasonal and annual temperatures, precipitation, wind speeds and direc¬ tions., • including wind rose; air quality data, such as particulates, SOgj etc. . f) Fauna and flora, including plant and animal community typ« and distribution, and presence of rare or endangered spec: g) Archeological, historical, and Cultural values b. * Equipment and power 2) Development Phase: a) History of permit, and lease, acouisi. ti on b) History of exploration activity. c) History of past mining activitv. d) Production schedule. Annual production schedules until fi scale operation, planned incremental increases for life of mine. ; e) Anticipated life of mine. 3) Nature and extent of denosit a) Detailed geologic map showing drill hole locations. b) Plan and section views of deposit. C) Brief but precise description of topography, soils and geology (include extent, lithologies, structural features such as bedding, faults, folds, thicknesses and signifies* physical characteristics of the deposit and ovc-rburden). Indicate estimated removal volume, stability of overburden when disturbed and the resource and grade or quality of the commodity. Nonproprietary general information should inc1' suen significant characteristics as trace elements and vat; content . d) Location map of structural features such as bedding, fault, folds, etc. s) Description of potential geologically -related hazards and engineering designs to eliminate or accommodate such hazards . f) General economics of the resource. Proposed Mining Plan 1) Development Drilling. Location, access, methods, time sequent. duration, depth, logging, equipment*, etc. for any development drilling. 2) Detailed Materials Handling a) Topsoil handling and storage, including equipment*, me the '. time sequence, storage locations, stabilization, and replacement. U w ~es Ciiptiou inciud^^ j r~- > iurce , etc . , quantity, locomotion method < i b) Overburden, handling end disposal, including equipment* , methods vonll, blest, j. c e d , haul, dump) , time 5?-f-G uenc;-. s disposal site conditions, alternate site locations, ration for site selection, stabilization, final shape an-. i grace c) Commodity handling, including mining equipment-, transport equipment* and methods. d) Disposal methods, e.g., tailings handling and disposal, including equipment*, methods, time sequence , location of site, alternate site considerations, rationale for site selection, stabilization, -final shape and grade, location of leaching pads, chemicals, processes, pollution pc tent ia and control. e) Pollution control measures and practices; water, terrain and air, including transport, and diffusion of plumes, i applicable. 3) Mining' Sequence. A detailed description of the mining secuenc ’ with maps showing pit expansion throughout life of the mine (minimum each year for first 5 years and 5-year intervals the: after). Resource conservation practices, cut off grade. a) Pit development; drill, blast, load, haul, dump cycle; commodity and waste removal sequence; pit shape and depth with time; termination and abandonment practices. b) Road construction sequence for access and pit haul roads, locations, surfacing, maintenance, dust control, and removal upon abandonment. c) Plant and surface facility construction sequence and location. 4) Mining Equipment - / a) Type (Cat. D-9 dozer or equivalent, etc.); b) Size ( cu. yds., tons, dimensions , etc.). e c) Quantity. d) Primary .use (overburden haulage, ore haulage, etc.). e) Locomotion method (rubber tired, crawler, self-loading, et f) Power source (electric, diesel, gasoline, etc.). . ( y Z) Pollution control measures and practices on equipment. Equipment description and power source, etc includes vne j i size qucn,__l.Ly , xocomo t-ion method. rn 4 / (> 5) Mins Plant' Facilities * Be t ilcd description and location map all facilities, including sics. I* -cation, use, major equipment: ! an; iroces.se:-:, enemies! i f v and quantities,, pollution contra measures (air, dust, noise, water), termination and abandonment p Ian s « 6)' Power Resource System. Location, size, capacity, and source of: primary distribution network to and within mine site. 7) Water Requirements a) Surface and ground water yields, pump tests, recharge, quality, including trace element analysis, infiltration, permeability , drainage basins, etc. b) Potable water supply source, quality, distribution and quantity, including treatment facilities. c) Sanitary waste disposal network and treatment. d) Industrial water supply source, water budget, distributio: quality, use requirements, mine related drainage faciliti treatment facilities, and pollution control measures for surface and ground water. 8) Personnel Requirements a) Construction stage. b) Mining stage. c) Type of employees (skills, management, staff, etc.). d) Labor market and minority hiring practices. a) Service employment in area to support mining operation and mine employees (secondary labor market). 9) Social Services and Economics a) Availability of services; hospital, medical, water, sewer, schools >. libraries , police, fire, streets, roads, social services,, etc. b) Community attitudes. ^Effect. on local economy, income levels, land use planning, revenues, and expenditures. d)Effect on national economy. 10) Health and Safety a) Fire control. b) Dust control. ($ (0 ' c) Waste and refuse disposal. d) Restriction to public access. e) General mine safety. f) Accident potential and possible control measures. .Proposed Reclamation Plan 1) General Description and Statement of Purpose # * a) Present land use, present land *value. b) Proposed mining use. c) Proposed reclaimed land use. d) Reclamation objectives. e) Feasibility of successfully meeting reclamation objectives. 2) Reclamation Schedule a) Scheduled land disturbing activities, topsoil removal, overburden removal and disposal, tailings disposal, pit excavation, surface, construction, roads, powerlines, etc. b) Planned reclamation schedule; grading, topsoil replacement, soil conditioning, cultivating, seeding, pollution monitor! pit wall reduction. 3) Reclaimed Land Forms ' ' ‘ a) Description and topographic maps showing land form changes and water impoundments with time and the ultimate land form upon completion of mining. b) Reasons for selecting final land form and land use and altc native land forms and land uses considered (forestry, agric tural, industrial, etc.). A) Reclamation Techniques a) Techniques and equipment for topsoil removal , storage, erosion prevention, replacement and stabilization. b) Techniques and equipment for land, form shaping, erosion prevention, and stabilization. O Techniques and equipment for topsoil rcnlacomon'* , c ^ j i conditioning (mulcnmg, rer tilizati.on , discing- ha'r>*cr’' ; . etc. ) . -j_y- d) Planting schedules, seed mixture , rationale mixture selection, alternate plant species, cli matic conditions. ror seed effect of • e) Planned supplemental watering practices and irrigation. f) Water impoundment locations, introduction of aquatic species, water quality monitoring. ■ *'. 5) Consultants ’ reports and any ocher published or unpublished supporting data may be included in the appendices. # a) Results of reclamation research in establishing planned reclamation objectives, climatology, soils survey and analysis, plant species responses, animal population responses, grading and soil manipulation effectiveness, leachate column tests, accelerated weathering tests, etc. b) Continuing program of research and monitoring to determine . success of proposed techniques and practices and to develc new or improved reclamation practices. B* Upon receipt by the approving official of a proposed plan, a on¬ site inspection will be made. The offical vill contact the applicant, the appropriate Federal or State surface management agency and any other Federal, State and local public offices known to have a specific interest in the area and will arrange for a joint inspection of the proposed project site. An EA, which should include and evaluate the following i information, should then be prepared according to outline in Part A, III.C. 1. Exact location of planned project (section, township’, range, • * * county, state) . 2. Company.' operator ’s name. 3. If plan involves more than one lease, state initially and t indicate scope. Identify leases. 4. Resource development history of the area. Brief but precise description of topography, soils, and geology (include extent, lithologies, significant physical characteristics and appropriate thicknesses) . 5. -11- 6. Describe overburden, thickness, composition, estimated removal volume, stability when disturbed. ' 7. Indicate resource and grade or quality (nonpropriety general information should include significant characteristics su*_h «.s trace elements, water content)... 8. Describe any potential geologic hazards and procedures to * / minimize them. 9. Detail scope of planned action. - „ 10. Anticipated schedule of starting date and duration of project. / 11. Quantity and size of equipment. .12. • Roads - length, righ t-^f-way , surface, permanent/ temporary . C. The Approving Official will: 1. Provide a fact sheet to the Regioanl staff as soon as a decision is made to prepare an EA. (Attachment 2-a) . 2. Notify the appropriate Area or District Ceologiot regarding the proposed action and utiLize the geologic review provided, # including consideration of any potential geologic hazards relating to the proposal. . . 3. Complete the matrix shown in Attachment 1-M* • This will assure that all the various factors that may have an impact on the environment are taken into consideration prior to . * the decision-making process. 4 M -12- 4 # m -u L o nsult; the appropriate Conservat ion Division Area cr District Geologist, District Water Resource Division Personnel, Geologic Division personnel as well <3. 3 appropriate State agencies on questions concerning 5. water resources, geology, and geophys Contact each Management agency having supervision over the area of proposal expert advice. (Including inter- and ical data. admini strative and 'solicit their intra.- departmental agencies as well as appropriate State agencies) . 6. Maintain a log of names, dates, organizations, data received, etc., for review and future reference. 7. Use the following outline in preparing the EA: a. Title b. Date c. Table of Contents d. Background and Description of the Proposal 1) Resource development history 2) Description of plan ' ’ ' e. . Location and Natural Environment t 1) Geographic location • 2) Geology and hydrology of the general area 31 Meteorology 4) Biology - flora and fauna of area 5) Social characteristics a) Current and anticipated land-use b) Cultural resources such a.s: 1) Archeology 2) Historical sites <• -13- f. Environ! r.cntal Aspect of Mining h. i. 1) Surface 2} Air t 3) Water 4) Noise 'V 5) Biology ♦ • 6) Social Description a) Economic b) Degree of public interest c) ' Historical, archeological, and cultural Alternatives to the Proposed Action (include proposed accommodations of adverse effects) offsets which cannot be avoided. . Adverse environmental eff-cts wnre Conclusions Determination , Mogs not) constituce j +-he prooosal (dots) \ 1) I recommend tnau rne p- t a "major Federal action" significantly affecting the quality of the human environment m the sense of Section 102 (2) (C) . Signature and title of approving official , . Date t (does not) constitute 2) I determine that the propo^a •, significantly affecting the quality a "major Federal action j . 4-he s~nse of NEPA, Section 102 of the human environment m ^ , , official in next higher (2) (C) . Signature and title or supervisory rv office. Date tm /v . » « - ' , rid - ! -14- i 3 (Attachment 1-M) 1. Antendici: s- — should include relevant reports (e.g. geologic, hydrologic), maps, copy of proposal, legs and responses to 'conservation Division information requests, etc. 8. Recommend to the supervisory official whether the proposed plan is a "major Federal action.." 9. The supervisor will determine after considering the preparing officials recommendation, whether or not the prepo: is a "major Federal action." * i a. If the supervisor disaSrees with the recommendation, a I copy of the EA, and reasons for disagreement will be sent to the next higher supervisory level for a deter¬ mination. b. The determining official v/ill send a copy of the completed EA to the next higher supervisory level for review and comment so that the quality of analyses— can i be evaluated,. # cF * Should the determination be made that a proposed action does constitute a "major Federal .action , the docu¬ mentation is to be forwarded through Chief, Conservation .Division, to the Environmental Section ^ in order that the Geological Survey may make arrangements for EIS preparation. -15- Environmental Impact: Statement * A. Procedure - refer to existing Part 516 DM 2, Department of the Interior Manual, September, 1971. E. Assignment cf EIS Task Force members - EIS preparation requires t the assignment of Conservation Divison personnel of various disciplines to serve either full or part time membership. # Upon Director f s office request to the Division, the Assistant Division Chief, Programs, will request that the Assistant Division Chief for the appropriate headquarters element, the action Branch, will contact the Conservation Manager of the action Region to designate membership for the-.* term of the Impact Statement preparation. This information is to be sent to the headquarters Environmental Section for: transmittal to the . . . Assistant Director, Environmental Conservation. r 4 I HI ' • n x i sti t :c con diti on s ““I No Impact Minor Impact Major Impact LAND USE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS 1 rroro.'CD action’ >. u tfi n aj o <0 t/1 o o U CT IJ Ci w <-•: o n .u o d o tl »*H 2 o o > U W a o *j n HOP a y* o o 1 a o r u n 3 ^ o o v< aj C 10 M AJ O a o n <3 o d aj c « O -H N 'subsurface disposal hers (toxic gases, noxious s, etc.) 11 drilling o o o n !;-*2aU res o'ja 1 (Prod. wells, ae i 1 iciuu) condury recovery .so or obstruction of *r. i c v ii!»v.s ,olv.1 j recessing (ext. fac.) d i~. a* it: ire's u ■ !>0 li .nos r; 1 cj i~-f.il Is ana leaks 'ration:.! failure m -a u •a W in H c a*. •o <1 .c M H (n O i) ,4 a o a, Si u a u CJ O' rt a 4- M •J a *5 ,o V-4 (o nj 0 o i-l H f. Describe reservoir or anticipated producing horizons. g. Detail scope of planned action, including (1) Mud program (2) Casing program (3) Programs necessary to accommodate potential hazards such as H^S , Blowouts, etc. h. Describe euxilliarv facilities . i. Anticipated schedule starting date and duration of project. 3* k. a. m. Quantity and sice of equiomen t . Resource development historv of area.. Roads - length, right-of-way, surface, permanent/temporary. Completed 12 point program or programs- required under Geothermal Regulations. n. Archeological, historical, and cultural values. Upon receipt by the approving official of a proposed plan, an onsite inspection will be made. The official will contact the applicant, the appropriate Federal or State surface management agency and any other Federal, State and local public offices known to have a specific interest in the area and will arrange for a joint inspection of the proposed project site. An EA, which should include and evaluate the following information, should then be prepared „ according to outline on / Part B, III. C. 7. 1. Exact locaton of planned project (sections, township, range, 2. 3. 4. 5. 6 . county, state). /"'* Company operator’s name. If plan involves more than one lease, state initially and indicate scope, Identify leases. Resource development history of the area. Brief but precise description of topography, soils, and geology (include extent, lithologies, significant physical, character- — appropriate LliicnkacsS'Os) . Describe nonproprietary subsurface conditions, and resource composition. ' „scruo any potential geoicg ic natures ana procedures tO IT • * • ^ - 'r > f miniwizt ‘ — 1 of planned action Detail- scot-u uj- l Antic • . _ j » erh^dulG 0 1- S ^ pifcCCL parting date and duration or project. • . ^ of ecraipnien.t. rm art 5 tv and bi^ UJ- ^ - ... oF..,ay surface, permanent/temporary • •Roads - length, right-of-way, • _ • 4 . aporoving official will . i _v-if f as soon as tne , _,et Sheet for the Regional s-aff prepare a Fact. -n environmental analy-^5 • decision is made to prepare «n envi (Attachment 2-OG) . GeoloSist regarding Notify the appropriate Area or Dist , the geologic review provide , the proposed action an . of „v potential geologic hazards including consideration - relating to tlje proposal. - - Wu«. *. — -» » ~ t into consideration prior to ' on the environment are taken i ' the decision-making process.. • Y * or District - ■ ■ ■ rooriate Conservation Division Area or Dist *• “Y r I** — — — — oeoi°si= questions concerning water data‘ h,vin„ administrative supervision 5. contact each Management agency huvin. ^ , solicit- their expert advice, over the area of proposa appropriate State inter- and intra departmental agencies a. agencies) • 6. Maintain a log of nam .., , at.es,. organisations, da' rece ived, etc., for review Cii id future reference -6- * 7. Use the following outline in preparing the FA: a. Title . • b. Date / c. Table of Contents d. Background and Description of the Proposal. 1) Resource development history • \ * 2) Description of plan e. Location and Natural Environment 1) Geographic location : 2) Geology anu hydrology of the general area 3) Meteorology 4) Biology - flora and fauna of area 5) Social characteristics a) Current and anticipated land-use. b) Cultural resources such as: (1) " Archeology x 12) Historical sites • f J Environmental Aspect of Proposal / 1) Surface • ,-y ♦ • 2) Air - .• . ^ ' . - 3 ) Water * 4) Noise 5) Biology . 6) Social description ♦ . i a) Economic ( b) Degree of public interest c) Historical, archeological and cultural 8- Alternatives to the Proposed Action (include proposed accomodations of adverse effect) . h. Adverse Environmental Effects Which Cannot Be Avoided. i. Conclusions. .j . Determination • 1) I recommend that the proposal (does) (does not) constitute a "major Federal action" significantly affecting the quality of the human environment in the sense of NEPA, Section 102 (2) (C) . Signature and title of approving official , Date 2) I determine that the proposal (does) (does r.ot) constitute a "major Federal action" significantly affecting the quality of the human environment in the sense of NEPA, Section 102(2) (C) . t Signature and title of official in next higher supervisory office. Date • t k. Matrix analysis (Attachment 1-0G) l. Appendices - should include relevant reports (e.g. geologic, hyrologic) , 12 point program, maps, copy of proposal, logs and responses to Conservation Division information requests, 8. Recommend to the supervisory official whether the proposed plan is a "major Federal action". * • ♦ 9. ^ The supervisor will determine after considering the preparing officials recommendation, whether or not the proposal is a "major Federal action". et -8- a. If the supervisor disagrees ; with the recommendation , a copy of the EA, and reasons for disagreement will be sent to the next higher supervisory level for a determinaiton. b. The determining official will send a copy of the completed EA to the next higher supervisory level for review and comment * so that the quality of analyses can be evaluated. « • c. Should the determination be made that a' proposed action does constitute a "major Federal action”, the documentation is to be forwarded through Chief, Conservation Division, to the Environmental Section in order that the Geological Survey may make arrangements for EIS preparation. IV. EIS A. Procedure - refer to existing Part 516, DM 2, DOI Manual, September, 1971. B. Assignment of EIS TAsk Force members - EIS preparation requires the assignment of Conservation Division personnel of various disciplines to serve either full or part time membership. Upon t Director s office request to the Division, the Assistant Division Chief, Programs, will request that the Assistant Division Chief for the appropriate headquarters element,- the action Branch, will contact the Conservation Manager of the action Region to designate membership for the term of the Impact Statement preparation. This information is to be sent to the headquarters Environmental Section for transmittal to the AD/EC. CXr^'NG CON’D IT ION’S m i i 1. * Reterer.ee s Memorandum of May 9, 1972 to Oil ar.d Gas Supervisors, rrom: Chief, Branch of Oil and Gas Operations, subject: Proposed instructions * ' _ 4-n r7y-i it onshore regarding environmental assessment of propose^ ., - oeo^OTld steam walls on public domain and exploratory oil, gas, o_ ** acquired lands. 2. Memorandum of August 30, 1972 (amended November 24, 1972 to include Indian lands) to all Mining Supervisors, from C;ua, Bran.n ot , ' — i Tver t*]ho ir oirtion cclI . . _ Q-nbiect : Instructions regaining ci— ui - Mining Operations, surges u. analysis of proposed exploratory and mining plans for mrnerals on public domain and acquired lands. , _ , h.-p to Oil and Gas Supervisors, 3. Memorandum of November 1, r„1f nf Mexico and Pacific Area from Chief, Alaska Area; Eastern Area; GuU o- , ■ <- Prnrodures for preparing Environmental Conservation Division, subject: Procedures io_ P Analysis for OCS Operations. 4. Memorandum of May 3, 1973 to Regional Managers, . from Chief Conservation Division, subject: Review and determination procedures fo * • • » Environmental Analyses prepared by field personnel. 4 Attachment FACT SHEET Date: Commodity : Geographic Location: Leases: Numbers Lessor: Lessee: < short lease history (should include designated operator where applicable) . Proposed Plan: date submitted type of plan acceptability Time schedule for proposal: Production: Surface Ownership: Other Mineral Resources and Related Development: Estimated EA completion date: \ t 4 Date: Commodity: # # Geographic Location: Leases: Numbers . Lessor: Lessee: short lease history (should include design i applicable) . Proposed Plan: date submitted " . • • ' ; • .. type of plan . . - • acceptability Tima schedule for proposal: Production: Surface Ownership: Other Mineral Resources and Related Development; Estimated EA completion date: \ At tec hr. one 2-11 briiL/j i Date: CQHuT.0d4.ty: Gacoxcipliic Location: Lea sco : Numb e r 3 Lessor: Lessee: short lease history (should include designated operator v.rhere applicable) . Proposed Plan: date submitted ‘ ' type of plan • . • • • acceptability Tims schedule for proposal: Production: Surface Ownership: Other Mineral Resources and Related Developnen Estimated EA completion date: 4 UNITED STATES T‘ ' }=1 D' FES 2 81S75DEPARTMENT of the interior « ^ o Conservation Division U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Office of tire Area Geologist Menlo Pork, California GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Reston, Virginia 22092 February 24, 1975 Memorandum ‘ All Conservation Division Offices Chief, Conservation Division Preparation and processing of technical publications The Geological Survey takes considerable pride in the oualitv of its technical publications. In recent years, as the breadth of our mission has been expanded, there has been a growing trend to publish reports dealing not only with geology but with subjects requiring an inter¬ disciplinary approach. We expect to publish an increasing number of reports concerned with engineering, geophysics,, regulations, statistics and economics . To: From: Subject: writings and data in which the Survey has a proprietar}r interest, and all writings in which the author’s title and Survey affiliation will be shown should be submitted, through Division channels, to the Director for approval or clearance by him (or his deputy), prior to release for outside publication (Survey Manual 500.9). "After the Director approves a report for publication or other release, no change or -addition to the text or illustrations, except of an editorial nature, may be made unless the proposed change or addition is submitted through Division channels, is suitably endorsed, and is formally approved. Every author and supervisor should have at hand and be familiar with "Suggestions to Authors of the Survey" (STA) . This excellent Reports of the United States Geological guide describes the current series of Survey publications and the steps to be taken by the author in planning and writing a report. STA also describes the form and content of reports and offers suggestions as to expression. The recently established Evaluation Standards and Publications (ESP) Section in Denver will provide basic staff services for final Division review of reports and publications. Review by the Chief, ESP Section, for content and format will constitute final Division clearance prior to approval by the Division Chief and transmittal to the Director. 2 The ESP Section will provide basic editorial services for those regions that do not have a publications staff man or editorial unit, in addition to providing Division clearance prior to approva] by the Division Chief. Communications with the ESP Section should be addressed as follows. Evaluation Standards & Publications Section Conservation Division U.S. Geological Survey Drawer 3586, Federal Building Denver, Colorado 80202 (Telephone: 303 437-4751) Regional Conservation Managers may establish staff positions ^or editorial units to act for then to provide basic editorial services and furnish advice to Area Supervisors and authors in their regions on all matters relating to publications when the workload warrants such action. The Central Region has established an. editorial unit in view of their continuing publication workload. Contact with that of rice can be made to the Staff Geologist for Publications, Central Region, at the following address : Conservation Division U.S. Geological Survey Room 1225, Building 25 Denver Federal Center Lakewood, Colorado 80225 (Telephone: 303 234-2697) The attached instructions define supervisor, technical reviewers, ESP Section, and give procedures Division reports. the responsibilities of the author , Regional Conservation Manager, and the to follow in processing Conservation Chi el , Conservation Division Enclosure: Responsibilities and Procedures for Processing Conservation Division Reports 4 ! * o p RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING CONSERVATION DIVISION REPORTS / * ' ;• ' 'f i' • February 1975 # Contents Page Responsibilities - - - Author - Technical reviewers - Supervisor - - Regional Conservation Manager - Evaluation Standards and Publications Section - Procedures - Regions without staff personnel or an editorial unit to provide basic editorial services - 4 Regions with staff personnel or an editorial unit to provide basic editorial services - 6 Attachments % 1. Manuscript Review and Approval Sheet QfR&A) 2. Check Sheet for Illustrations and Maps (Form 9-1517) 3. Note for "New Publications of the Geological Survey" 4. Abstract 5. Conservation Division Checklist for Supervisors 6. Manuscript paper (Form 9-1267) 7. Manuscript Checklist for Authors 8. Transmittal memorandum to Branch of Plans and Program Management, Publications Division i ■P- MJ W M RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING ■ CONSERVATION DIVISION REPORTS RESPONSIBILITIES 0 1. Author a. Follows the format for publication series chosen in consultation with the supervisor, using "Suggestions to Authors of the Geological Survey" (STA) for Survey reports, and the appropriate guide provided for outside publications . b. Consults with supervisor as needed on questions relating to policy or the preparation of book reports, base maps, ; tables, use of geologic names, and other matters. Authors are urged to consult with their regional staff personnel when difficulties arise with any phase of report writing or illustration preparation . c. Consults with the nearest office (Menlo Park, Calif.; Denver, Colo.; and Washington, D.C.) of the Geologic Names Committee (GNC) regarding problems of name and age designation that may arise in preparation ' of reports and for a pre-edit of map explanations if specific problems exist. Instructions from GNC must be strictly followed unless additional discussion leads the committee to modify its instructions . * f’ d. Prepares illustration originals insofar as practical on stable-base materials using proper .. line weights and latest drafting and compilation techniques. To reduce costs, author’s copy will be used for publication where possible. e. Transmits the report to supervisor, with the following attachments : (1) Transmittal memorandum with a statement of the purpose and scope of report. This statement is useful to the technical reviewers. A. 1. e. RESPONSIBILITIES — A u thor — Con tinned 0 (2) Completed "Manuscript Review and Approval Sheet" (MR&A, Attachment 1) . (3) Completed Form 9-1517, "Check Sheet for Illustrations and Maps/Photographs (Attachment 2) with each - illustration. (4) Note for listing in "New Publications of the Geological Survey" for all reports to be published in a formal series of the Geological Survey (STA, p. 4 and 5; Attachment 3) . (5) Abstract (Attachment 4) . (6) List of key words, if required (presently required by National Technical Information Service (NTIS) , GSA, and some other outside publications) . * (7) Line guide, if necessary for clarity. (8) Press release for open-file reports, only if warranted. f. Consults with supervisor regarding technical reviewers. g. Revises report in light of critics comments, leaving no unanswered questions (STA, p. 12}. h. Carefully checks proofs of illus trations and maps after drafting. Checks edited text for final corrections and editorial changes. 2. Technical Reviewers (STA, p. 11 and 12) The technical reviewer or critic is concerned primarily with: a. Adequate organization and scope of the report. * * “* 1 it- b. Adequate presentation of the scientific evidence and soundness of the conclusions. c. Consistency of the maps or other illustrations with written material in the text. 3. Supervisor a. Consults with the author on need for report priorities , report series, and anticipated date of transmittal to Regional Conservation Manage-r. Assures that author is 2 RESPONSIBILITIES — Supcrvisor--Continued i familiar with policy and procedures relating to reports, base maps, preparation of illustrations , use of geologic names, and similar matters. b. Assures accuracy of work, uniformity, and conformity with Survey standards. • c. In consultation with the author, arranges for a written technical review of the manuscript by at least two critics within the Division. Arranges through official channels for technical reviews outside the- Division, when appropriat d. Assures that author has satisfactorily revised report following technical review, and that all requirements of the Division Checklist for Supervisors (Attachment 5) have been met. All reviewers ' comments must be submitted wi th the report . . e. . Assures that clearance has been obtained for use of all confidential information and that necessary acknowledg¬ ments and a statement of cooperation are included. Regional Conservation Manager a. Assures responsibilities of the author and supervisor, as outlined above, have been met^ b. Reports on regional publications activities to the Evaluation Standards and Publications (ESP) Section monthly. c. When the Regional Conservation Manager has established an editorial unit, the unit will provide the following basic editorial services.: ,'v.- (1) Pre-edit of manuscript for style, format, and general content, to assure conformity with intended publication- series, before the report is submitted to technical reviewers. (2) Basic editorial review following technical review and author's revisions, giving careful attention to arrangement, expression, clarity, and conformance to good Survey practice and standards. (3) Formal clearance with the field office of Geologic Names Committee and/or Paleontology and Stratigraphy (P&S) , if needed. 3 A.4.C. RESPONSIBILITIES — Regional Conservation Manager — Continued d. > (4) Indication of additional clearance needed at Division Headquarters from other Divisions or Bureaus. Transmits report to ESP Section for final Division clearance prior to approval by Division Chief and trans¬ mittal to Director. 5. Evaluation Standards and Publications Section a. • % When the Regional Conservation Manager has not elected to establish an editorial unit or does not have staff personnel to provide basic editorial services, the ESP Section will perform the services outlined in parts A.4.c.(l) through A.4.c.(4). b. Provides for final review and clearance of all reports and transmits same to the Division Chief for approval. c. Maintains records and a control system for all materials being processed for publication. d. Acts as primary Division liaison with the Publications Division. The section is responsible for routing proof material after author has completed his review, in order to evaluate the necessity for requested changes and the thoroughness of the review. e. > Reports on publications activities to the Division Chief monthly. f. » Provides budgetary planning for publication needs of the Division. B. PROCEDURES . f J * ..***./ 1. For regions without staff personnel or'- ah editorial 'Unit to provide basic editorial services : a. Author submits completed report to the ESP Section, through the supervisor and Regional Conservation Manager, for assignment of serial number and a pre-edit. b. ESP Section returns the report to the supervisor for transmittal to at least two technical reviewers. c. Following technical review, supervisor returns report to author for consideration of reviewers’ comments and any necessary revision. 4 i % B.l PROCEDURES — Regions without editorial unit — Continued d. Author submits final report to supervisor for approval and . transmittal to ESP Section for editorial review and clearance through GNC and P&S, if needed. e. ESP Section returns report to author for any necessary final revision and typing on manuscript paper (Form 9-1267, . Attachment 6) . f. Author submits two copies of report, with appropriate attachments, to Regional Manager for approval and trans¬ mittal to ESP Section. Attachment 7, "Manuscript Checklist for Authors," is included as a suggested aid to authors in checking their reports before transmittal to the supervisor. g. ESP Section clears report and transmits all materials, including two copies of report, reviewers’ comments, MR&A sheet, "Check Sheet for Illustrations and Maps," transmittal memorandum to Publications Division (for open-file reports only, Attachment 8) , and "Conservation Division Checklist for Supervisors" to the Division Chief for approval. h. Upon receipt of the report at T'ivision Headquarters, the Staff Assistant in the office of the Assistant Division Chief for Evaluation will clear the report with GNC and P&S, if needed, and will obtain. Division and Director approval for publication. a Approved reports will be processed as follows: (1) Formal Survey publications: Chief, Conservation Division, will transmit report to Publications Division, with a copy of the transmittal to the ESP Section. , . * x (2) Open-file reports: Transmittal memorandum to Publications Division, with date of Director’s approval, will be submitted to Publications Division for assignment of report number. Division Headquarters will then notify ESP Section of any changes’ or corrections, release date, and report number. The ESP Section will release the report. (3) Outside publication: Approved report will be returned to the author for release according to instructions for the particular publication. * 5 » B.l.h. 2. PROCEDURES— Regions without editorial unit -Continued (4) NTIS: Division Headquarters will submit approved Zb"' NTIS WU1 a NTIS Accession Number which is sent to Che author for his records. i. 'Following Director's approval and the disposal of the •lR&Arsh"0r0nVr vari0us cedia described above, the ESP Section?" techn±cal reviews will be returned to the J’ a?rDivi???nP?bUCati°n Process> the ESP Section will act • ?e=n? liaison with the Publications Division in copy foTre???w?mS ^ “y and in routi^ P™of a. Functions assigned to the ESP Section in parts B 1 a the°Rec-B'\'erand ab— a« herein Lsi^d to the Regional Conservation Managers. b‘ assigned3??'^11-"111 P2rf0rm f°r aI1 regions the Actions assigned to it m parts B.l.f, g, and j, above. C' reoor?se noted in B-2-a above, all approved reports will be processed as outlined in B.l.h. 4 1977 USGS CONSERVATION DIVISION MANUSCRIPT REVIEW AND APPROVAL (M R& A) SHEET MANUSCRIPT SERIAL NO. AUTHOR (S) (Give names as they will appear in publication) PAGES (including tables). NUMBERED TABLES _ TITLE (For chapter, give both chapter and volume titles) TOTAL ILLUSTRATIONS. FORM OF PUBLICATION (Specify series, journal, meeting or similar detail) CHECK PROCESSING STEP WITH "X' ENTER NEXT ROUTING HERE DATE IN DATE OUT REGION Geologic Names Committee Paleo. & Stratig. Branch DIV. HDQTRS. k. 0 u 0) No Yes Author Area Supervisor . — - Technical 1 Reviewer Regional Manager Cl. in UJ Assistant Div.Chief Division Chief o SIGNATURE - i • Colored maps, plates B/W maps, plates Text figures Photographs PUBLISHER'S DEADLINE Does this report supersede a.ty open-file report? CONTINUE ON ADDITIONAL FORMS IF NECESSARY . • ' ATTACHMENT 2 fosw 9*1517 ( REV. APRIL 64) u. s. department or the interior geological SURVEY CHECK SHEET FOR I LLUSTRATI CMS AMD MAPS oi v . ^ 0M qra.num This fora to be completed by Author and attached to raanuscript copy of each SERIAL NO drafted illustration for Geo 1 ogicai Survey publi- cation before report it subaitted to supervisor. AUTHOR 8RI £F T I TLE OF REPORT ILLUSTRATION NO. AND QRI EF TITLE FORM OF PURL I CATION ( Ci re 1 e one ) Book series: Prof. Paper Bulletin Cater Supply Paper Circular Outside Wap series: GQ 4F MP HI HA GP £jJ5’ DC C Scale or image sire of attached print Scale or image sire of original compilation _ _ _ (Original should b a at 1:1 or, at ccoa t . 25% larger than publication a cr,lo) Recommended publication scale or image sixe__ _ ' _ Recommended publication colors Red road fill nnd lond net (23 EASE: hfulticolor ( cul tore- 1 and not, drainage, ropo)(22] Gray read fillQN Topo base compos i t e (221 •' Screen Q Blsckj23 DrownQ BlueQ Other Planimetric base composite Q . Screen Q Black | - 1 Blue Qj Other DATA: Black and white! 1 Black and one other co lo r ( | fcfu 1 t i c o 1 o r | | Use colors on attached colored-out copy QJ Hatch adjacent published or approved rep ( ^ Reference: Image sire, in inches, of illus* t rat ions in book publication 3 ' Bulletin and Oater Supply peper 4-3/8 by 64 ( bo t loci title) 4 by 7 (aide title) Professional Paper 3-3/8 by 64 (column width. bottom title ) 7 by 84 (bottom title) . I .ndicate map units to be emphasired and colors preferred for these units Original illustration compiled on Plasticf " ) Scribe[ 1 Hetal noun 1 1 1 Cloth I' 1 Paper | | Other Original illustration in _ pieces 3 by 9 (column width, aide title) 64 by 9 (aide title) Ci rcul ar 3*3/16 by 84 ("column width, bo t tom title) 6*9/16 by 84 (loot tom title) Original illustration held by Loca t inn Has this illustration or map been published previously? re f erence If so, give complete If published in copyrighted book or journal has permission to publish h-ier. received’ | ] W«ll this illustration or map be used in a later publication in same or modified fom? If modified, indicate type of publication, scale, and color rerjuiremeFft; Do you have reproducible oase material? Sea 1 e / Color s epa ra t ed (223 Compost te Q Positive 22] Negative £2] aase map material is available from other sources? _ R*»e map material in Publication* Division: KRB(223; BTI in Sash. 32) Denver Menlo Park[ j Kentucky | | 2 % by 8^ (column width, aide title) 6*3/16 by 84 (aide title) Recommended publication scales for ca pa 1 : 500 000 1 : 250 COO 1 : 12S 000 1: 63 360 (Alaska) 1: 62 S00 1: 24 000 1: 20 000 (Puerto Rico) To be checked before report is submitted to Division for Director's a pprova 1 : All changes to colored- out copy or other 01 11 copy have been made to original j j FORM 9*1517 ( REV. APR! L 64) U.S. DEPARTMENT Of THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY CHECK SHEET FOR PHOTOGRAPHS ON 8RAN Ot SERIAL no This fora to be completed by author ar.d cttached to print of each photograph for Geological Survey publication before report is subaitted to Supervisor J^A'jTHORt S) brief Tl TLE OF REPORT illustration no. ano brief title I OKM OF PURL ! t'ATI ON (Circle one) _ Book aeries : Prof. Taper Bulletin Cater Supply Taper Circular Other Outcide Publication recommend# 1 i ona "**’ Inage sire (Uhenevet possible svtxait flossy print at publication e caio or indicate by crop lines to bring to publication seal a) Black and white: 1 50 - SCRE en f~l 300 - SCREEN [ " J ( For fooeil plates end c 'Sere (normal r eprodur t i on ) fine detail essential. Show &reaa of essential detail by t rune luscent oror lay) Color I 1 (Justify in separate tnetto randum) Placement in text Photo to be compared with figs. _ Same oagel 1 Facing page*. Combination vith other illustrations: Line drawings, figs. Other photos., figs. Scale Shown by object in photo i I Shown by scale on border of print I I ( &> not place on jeiatc ) Crc ij end emphasis | Suggested crop lines on edge of print P"! Are symbols and contacts to be added? _ on trnnsluscent overlavt 1 (Uaa registered ovcrlcy to shotr placement) Source of photograph By author(d Bv another with permission for publication and proper credit lineO Copyrighted but with written perm i s sion of copyright ownerF"-"! Me ga t i ve Ava i 1 a hi r { 1 Unavaila hied Negative held Sy Local i on Size Cautions on photographs Do not mount with glue, tape, or other permanent attaching materials. Do not attach with paper clips. Do not place scotch tape over image area. Do not write directly and allow adequate . . n£ the page, double space everything, • _■ it the end of tne pag<=, - , . r ..u, • x A„oid dividing words a. tlw margins (two inches at top of this Pag • *. ■ set the 'divided end of a line if possible because the printer m > the printed line. . t forms gone technical societies have their own printe . , ru-i a form should not , -r tvDing the manuscript , but thi that must be used for typing . approval. „ received Division and Director pf be used until the abstract has vpage j. of Brief title of report Author Division Serial No. CONSERVATION DIVISION CHECKLIST FOR SUPERVISORS — 1* The reP°rt meets all requirements of a well-prepared 9 manuscript, as set forth in STA, p. 18-20. -2* The report has received adequate technical review (at least two reviews) and the author has considered all review comments. Suggested changes have been made or the author has reached agreement with the reviewers on all questions. _3. The revised report has been typed in accordance with the practices specified in "Suggestions to Authors of the United States Geological Survey” (STA) on pages 213-220. Manuscript paper (Form 9-1267, sample attached) has been used. _4. For illustrations that include linework that is difficult to follow (i.e., if faults or contacts, or the dashing of linework t are not clearly differentiated, or special cartographic problems exist), a "Line Guide” has been prepared on which the linework is indicated by various colored pencils and a color key 'is included . 5. The text and/or illustrations are clean and legible. 6. The transmittal letter to the Regional Manager states the recommended form of publication. (At this time the supervisor should make a statement of any unusual conditions and any additional clearance required or additional technical review necessary outside the Division. ATTACHMENT 5 (page 2) 7. A press release is enclosed if warranted by the timeliness of the report. 8.. Two copies of the report (the original typed text plus one carbon or other copy) are enclosed, with the following attachments : 4 (a) Two prints of all illustrations. Colored prints are submitted of all illustrations that are to be differentiated by pattern or color. (b) "Check List for Illustrations and Maps/Photographs" (Form 9-1517, Attachment 2) is included with each illustration. (c) All technical review comments and pertinent correspondence. (d) Note for listing in "New Publications of the Geological Survey" for all reports to be published in a formal Survey series. Example attached. - (e) 'Manuscript Review and Approval Sheet" (Rev. 12/74, Attachment 1) which has been signed by the author, . e supervisor, and all technical reviewers. Supervisor's signature 1 2 3 4 5- 6 7 8 9 lO- ll 12 13 14 15- 16 17 18 19 . 20- 21 22 23 24 25- ATTACHMENT 6 » *U. S. CCVSRKMENT PHINTING OFFICE : 1951 0-511171 f MANUSCRIPT CHECKLIST FOR AUTHORS T‘ \e of report _ _ _ _ _ Date ______ RePor u typed according to STA, Requirements of veil— prepared manuscript” p. IS- 2 _ Abstract. Title and author appear at top of page. _ Acknowledgments: No over-use (STA, p. 28). _ Contents checked with text headings. _ Center heads agree (no more than 5 ranks);- side heads do not appear in Contents _ Page numbers agree. _ Credit for analytical work (STA, p. 28). ' Communications, oral and/or written, show' author and date (STA, p. 105). _ References properly cited (STA, p. 105-122). _ Cooperative work acknowledged on title page and pocket 'illustrations. _ Footnotes checked; listed according to STA, p. 106 and 217. _ GNC check _ Geographic names caecked; place names appear on map or are located in respect to map area . • Illustrations _ Titles agree with text entry. _ Numbers agree with text. _ Show what text says they show. _ Extra copy of list attached to illustrations. _ Illustrations title page is inserted immediately iollowing principal reference. _ Measured sections have been edited. _ Totals checked. _ Lithology thickness agrees with map columnar section. _ Page numbers in correct sequence. _ _ Paragraphing is correct. _ P&S check, if necessary. _ Quotations checked with source for accuracy. _ Reviewers’ questions have been resolved. _ Tables: list with title, number, and page number. _ Numbers and page numbers agree with text. _ Reference inserted at point of first principal reference. _ Accepted format (STA, p. 206-218). _ Credit to analysts (usually in headnote) . " _ Tabular material totals checked. . . _ Typed on separate pages. • . _ Descriptive statement on title page. [■. _ Credit for copyrighted photographs. ATTACHMENTS TO BE TRANSMITTED WITH REPORT MR&A sheet Technical review' comments, correspondence Note for Monthly List of Publications (for formal Survey series only) Press release for open file (only if warranted because of special interest) Original plus 1 copy of report Checx List for Illustrations (Form 9—1517) attached to each figure, with copy of manuscript page listing complete title Extra copy of list of illustrations (attached to figures, which are assembled at back of report) If photos, extra set in back, unmounted One-sentence description on title page of book-type reports List or key words tor NTIS publications (and some outside publications) r Report No. _ ( F&PM will sTippp" Transmit tnl memorandum Date To: Branch of Plans and Program Management Publications Division (Stop 32S) From: Subject^: ‘New USGS Open-File Report The following report was authorized by _ _ . _ for the Director * on _ _ for release in the open files: Title: Author (s) : Contents: _ p. , _ pis., _ figs., _ tables. Map scale: _ c Depositories (list and addresses): Location of depositories holding reproducible^ : Release date: f UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 July 12, 1976 To: All, Area. Supervisors C°?^CG1CAL 5UHV ^ Fkbm£^urT£EtingCCohse-fvation Manager, Western Region ' C: - o. fii' v Ci'uce o. u c ^ nua Subject1:10 approval of reports for publication Please note carefully the attached memo from the Acting Division Chief and distribute the memo to all employees who could likely * “author any kind of report that would require Director's approval. In the future if you have any questions about the need for Directors approval, please contact Steve Tyley well in advance so that further incidents such as this will be prevented. Enclosure € United GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 0^'pTl)3,|SrCGIXIA 22092 [Western Region Menlo Pari:, Calif. Memorandum To: Conservation Managers, Eastern Region Central ?„egion Erie's tern Region Gulf of Mexico CCS Operations « Eromc - -Chief, Conservation Division Subject: Approval of reports for publication Recently, three reports authored by Conservation Division personnel were submitted for Director's approval after publication. The Director's Office refused to approve the reports because such practices are in direct violation of long~stanu.ing Geological Suraey policy. A report authored or coauthored by a Division employee, while he or she is on the U. S. Geological Survey payroll, must receive Director's approval for publication. Such approval must be obtained before publication. A Division employee who is the senior author of a report has no excuse for not submitting the report through established Survey review procedures. A Division employee v.ho is not the senior author of a report to be published outside the Survey and is coauthored with a non-Survey scientist has the obligation to inform the non-Survey author of the review and approval policies and procedures of the Geological Survey. It has been the practice of this Division to make every effort to accommodate authors in processing manuscripts and maps in a timely manner in order that publication deadlines can be met. However, it is necessary for authors to cooperate in this processing effort so that unfortunate situations such as that involving ex post facto approval of reports will not occur. « Acting Chief, Conservation Division Reference: U.S. Geological Survey Manual 500.9 V. ATTACHMENT 1 Memorandum UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Technical Reports Unit 345 Middlefieid Road Menlo Park, California 94025 May 1 , 1975 To: All professional s , ofAe-Ti 'rr-Wjf* From: Geologic Map Editors, Technical Reports Unit Subject: Ordering base map materials Base map materials are supplied to the operating divisions by the Publications Division. In a recent memo, the Assistant Cmei oi Publi¬ cations Division offered some suggestions to people who would like to have base map materials prepared in the proper form and delivered on time » v ° Please submit base map requests as early as possible. Past expe¬ rience has shown that once a request is received it takes from 3 to 8 weeks to supply a base. ° Priority requests should be kept to a minimum, lest they become meaningless . ° Please consult with the Publications Division via TRU during the project planning stages to assure the selection of the proper base map coverage . ° Requests for base maps should be specific (list the necessary fea¬ tures and state whether they should be prepared as separates or combina¬ tions) . 0 Do not order a base unless you plan to use it. (Approximately half the bases prepared by Publications Division never become part of an approved report for publication.) ° Please designate a project or regional name (in addition to uhe topographic quad name) for the requested baso so that the map can ue cor¬ related later with the approved report, (ihis will help us to avoid du¬ plication of already existing base maps.) ° Please use the most recent topographic base when compiling your data (failure to do so- will result in a recompilation of data at a later da^e in order to be current--consult with Publications Division). 0 When you request a base map consisting ct two or more quadrangles (where feature names may be repeated) please keep your request i o\ H/Vc deletions to a minimum in order to keep time and costs down. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist’s Office 345 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 December 7, 1976 Memorandum To: All Geologists, Pacific Area From: Acting Area Geologist, Pacific Area Subject: Review of technical reports Attached are memoranda by Ed Eckel and Steve Tyley on this subject. yo^are readfand^in inn^ ^ have pr°Per review and that a u are ready and willing to service the reports af .others. E. Vernon Stephens 4 > DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Menlo Park, California 94025 Conservation Division 345 Middlefield Road GEOLOGICAL SURVEY UNITED STATES Memorandum To: All Area Supervisors From: Acting Conservation Manager, Western Region Subject: Technical review procedures for preparing manuscripts and official documents If you have not established an effective technical review procedure within your office, you are asked to do so. It is not only important to, improve the accuracy of manuscripts and reports but also to increase the communication skills of the Western Region Personnel. Your procedures should include: 1. The careful and critical review of maps and manuscripts for publica¬ tion, open-file, or other reports to be used outside of the Division or available to the public should be made by at least two technical people in addition to the author (s) . This includes classification minutes, CCS summary reports, and EA's and information prepared for inclusion in EIS's. -*> 2. Land descriptions, acreage calculations, metrication, etc. should be checked for accuracy by a second person. 3. Please assure that the employees have copies of guidelines available to them such as Division formats, "Suggestions to Authors", and the like. 4. It is recommended that final drafting not be done until the review’s have been completed. Attached is a copy of a statement on technical reviews which was drafted by Ed Eckel and which was provided by Pricilla Patton of the Evaluation Standards and Publications Section. I suggest that you distribute copies to your technical personnel for their information. These procedures and others that you may find useful will greatly aid in the expeditious review and processing at this office, and should reduce some of the related problems we have shared during the past. Enclosure I I March 1976 TECHNICAL REVI tatement drafted by E U.S. Geological EW OF MANIJ SCRIPTS dwin B . Eckel, geologist, Survey, Denver, CO Aside from the manuscript itself, the technical review is possibly the- most 'important step in the transformation or research results into a published report. The author is too close to his work; a fresh objective look by someone else is essential in oroer to spot errors in fact oi reasoning, inconsistencies, or generally poor organization and presen na¬ tion that mav obscure what the author has tried to say. Even though it represents the best reasoning, exposition, and organization of which the author is capable, every manuscript will benefit from conscientious tech- nica'l review, preferably by two people — one who is thoroughly familiar with the subject matter, and one who is not, but who can more nearly represent the average reader. Experience has shown that inadequate reviews invariably lead to problems and delays in the publication process, and to publications that are disappointing to author, publisher, and reader alike. For these and 'other reasons, technical review is mandatory within the Survey and in most other research organizations. The critical technical review of the whole paper is distinct from, and i commonly precedes, such specialized reviews as those for geologic maps, usages of stratigraphic and geographic names, and the like. The main attention of the critical reviewer will be focused on the scientific content: Has the author drawn conclusions from insufficient evidence? Has he overlooked alternative hypotheses? Are the facts well documented and correct as stated? Does the paper contain digressions or discussion of controversial hypotheses that might better be excised and published elsewhere? -Considering the probable audience for this particu¬ lar paper, is the emphasis acceptable? Do the facts shown on the * illustrations coincide with the descriptions and interpretations of them as given in the text? € . manuscripts by others. Rarely, the critic may run across a rep o i thought in his own specialty; if he does, he will be grateful for the critical assignment. More often* his job will be a sterile one for him personally, done in the knowledge that his help is as likely as not to upset or antagonize the one he is trying to help. The autnor, then, should approach the critic's comments on his manuscript with an open, cool mind. He must realize that ever)7 comment deserves his thorough and objective consideration. Some critical comments may seem at first to be so wrong as to imply gross* carelessness, if not downright stupidity, on the part of the critic. Such implications are almost certainly wrong. The author must assume that the more "stupid" a critic s comments, the more the original manuscript deserves careful restudy. Surely something in the expression, the facts presented ,^or the reasoning led the critic astray and caused him to make the M's' tup id” comment or mark. The critic has read the manuscript more carefully and with more background knowledge than will the ultimate reader; if he missed the autnor s point, so too will the reader of the published report. Most differences between author and critic can be resolved by frank discussion, face to face if possible, but in writing if not. Should <^^erences persist, it may be necessary to go to higher authority, to ask “-f for a new review by a disinterested party, or to arrange for a joint study of the original field or laboratory7 evidence. Papers by Survey authors that are submitted to outside journals for publication are commonly given an additional round of technical review by the outside organization. The journal editor usually receives many more manuscripts than he can publish, and he must choose those papers that best fit the needs of his particular audience and that fit within the policies and restrictions of his organization. To help him in his decisions, the o * editor usually seeks the advice of one or more critics who are specialists in the subject matter of a particular manuscript. The author will be well advised to a^ede gracefully to the journal editor's policies. If his research and conclusions are sound, they will stand up to additional technical review. And if his paper is accepted, it ’will probably be published promptly and will be seen by the audience most, in teres ted in it. (END) -4- * caa uxr cL-c C, \-o ao 4 ‘C C.e t\ c ! ‘ CU-'- A O. \ c \ ( *2. cC\ i\ ' / TW: t \ 'QC.eu < ' V 0 \ v lA C. caa ( •t C_p.uC_ cAii'.e f i f f O^W LAV' <■ f'L «j-v r ^T! \ ^p\Vr oA\ Haa pUccj; \ Cr^t ^ W SlWiCc^l c*v* l I i UA-c-tuc^. * Uci-Vc C v. *4— ( J i Ucc If7 1. 1C, t-c. I uA la<, «.'• aj r t- ? c\>r<- t o u_n- (. . K J-<* \.AAf. A V ■\ 1 f 1 Ca . C CVv kj £// v>\ (v* •• ^ V D ! <1 • 1/ \v\ / t f C. V O- o- V- r f t 4 VI '- -\ ;\ -United States Department of the Interior A /5,d ■? ■' 1 ' 51(3 Mationa.1 Center J./y U3 G-'-olo-ica! Survey GEOLOGICAL SURVEY f/ ^ RESTON, VIRGINIA 220S2 FEB nr. 107? • c t t i , / C'/isvM "Conocrvr.Uon Division {Western Region Menlo Park, Calif. Memorandum ) GERE berg To: From: C}/\SKE Chief, Conservation Division ^RASCHEN \F\ rU^es_, Chief, Topographic Division y - CRUICKSH \NK Subject: Metrication Ml 2 1 V72r r jdMyy RUSSELL LAZARGS JOHNSON / PASSAGLl A iuXD A_ You will recall that ve asked you about a year ago for advice and comments on our plans to convert the National Mapping Program products to the metric system. At the same time we solicited comments from about 150 State officials. Federal offices, engineers, surveyors, educators, and various associations. After considering the responses from you and the others we contacted, (70 percent of them responded) and after evaluating the various in-house production problems associated with conversion, ve formulated a policy on the conversion process and it has been approved by the Director. A copy of the policy statement is enclosed. ... . .. We appreciate the advice furnished by your office and ve assure you that we will do all ve can to bring about this conversion as smoothly as possible. rc*r R. H. Lyddan . O /f Enclosure rA U) n\ i\\ Ah •’ r< n rtn , — i p 1; ■.'/ ii. It I i— * j »— n VIS' 1 »-* - a i ' i ! u.s. aioiocEA Hu Ol lice cf the . U . Menlo Park, CallAr USG5 STATEMENT ON TK E PREPARATION OP MOTH I C BASK MAPS FOR THE NATIONAL MAPPING PROGRAM In accord with tiis national intent to convert to the metric system, the Geological Survey will pursue a policy of proceeding with metrication as rapidly as possible, compatible with production goals and objectives and with due consideration for map user needs. All new and completely revised small-scale and intermediate- scale maps will be prepared using the International System of Units (SI) . Completely revised standard quadrangle maps formerly prepared in the English system will now be prepared in the metric system. New standard quadrangle maps will be prepared in either one or a combination of the systems for the time being, depending on the unique situation in each State. The objective is to ultimately prepare all products of the National Mapping Program in the metric system. The map elements to be shown in metric units are contours, elevations and distances, bathymetric contours and soundings, and the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) rectangular coordinate reference system: Map Scales The scales for maps prepared in the metric system will be 1:25,000, -1:50,000 , 1:100,000, 1:250,000, 1:500,000, and 1:1,000,000. The Puerto Rico series will continue to be prepared at 1:20,000 scale. Contour Intervals The basic contour intervals fo-r the various map scales will be 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 meters. Elevations and Distances Elevations will be shown in meters. Distances will be shown in kilometers. - Bathymetric Contours and Soundings Bathymetric contours will be shown in meters at intervals appropriate to map scale. Soundings will be shown in meters. Universal *1* r* y i 1 Ullj ' VC oC Mercator CUTM) Grid The full- line UTM grid will be shown provisions contained in.. the Statement August 23, 1974. in meters in accordance with on Reference Systems, dated Planning for conversion will be accomplished in be coordinated with the' to the metric system of the various map series accordance with the following guidelines and will States and other Federal agencies as appropriate. Complete Metrication - preparation o map elements are shown in the metric are : o New 1:25,000 -scale 7. 5-minutc f fully metric maps, i.e., all system. Included in this category >** maps on agreement with the State. *o Re-mapping, at 1:25,000 scale, of areas presently covered by 1:24, 000- scale 7.5-minute maps. o New 1:50, 000- scale and 1:100, 000 -scale county and standard- format maps (exception may be granted for ongoing county mapping program if States insist) . o Complete revision of 1: 250 , 000- scale series maps and 1 : 500, 000-scale State base series maps. o New and complete revision of maps in the National Park Series and other special- area maps. . .o -All future new-s cries national base maps. / Partial Metrication - preparation of maps where one or more map elements is in the" metric system. Included ;in this category are: • o New 1:24, 000 -scale 7.5-minute maps prepared with metric contours and elevations in States that prefer metrication but where it is agreed that 1: 24, 000- scale maps are needed temporarily to maintain scale continuity. o Standard and interim revision and reprints of existing • 1: 24,000- scale maps published at 1:25,000 scale on agreement with the State. Deferred Metrication - partial or complete metrication deferred. Maps in this category include: o New 7. 5-minute I 4 , COO-scale maps prepared with foot-unit contours in State e that prefer delaying converting to the metric system unfc* ' complete 1:24, 000- scale coverage is available for th.--‘ hlate. Approved by Dr. V.E. McKelvcy Director U.S. Geological S November IS, 1 97 u 2 Unrt*d States Department of ti~ Interkx GEOLOGICAL SURVE rv NO. A D M 1 f4 1 S T R A T I V E D ! r, *r r *; W t 759 August 1, 1977 THIS DIGEST IS PUBLISHED FROM TIME TO TIME AS A PART OF THE MANAGEMENT IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM Think Metric The International System of Units, as the metric system is officially called, provides for a single "language11 to describe weights and measures over the world. We in the United States— together with the people of Brunei, Burma, and Yemer--are the only ones who have not put into effect this convenient system. In the passage of the Metric Conversion Act of 1975, Congress determined that we also will adopt it, but left the transition voluntary. Recently, we determined that Geological Survey scientific publications, and most maps henceforth will use only metric units. With the metric system becoming the Survey language, the time has come for all of us to start thinking in metric terms. Many people are turned away from use of. the metric system because of the fear that they will have to learn a lot of complicated conversion factors, each involving a long string of decimals. To start thinking metric, however, it is only necessary to learn about ten rough approximations. If we need exact measurements, we can make them with instruments calibrated in metric units, just as we do in making measurements in English units, or we can refer to conversion tables and devices that are widely available. For many purposes, though, approximations are enough. All of us have an idea about the dimensions of a pound, quart, yard, or mile, but if we were to lay out one without a measure our determination wouldn't be very accurate. So why not forget the decimals and just think of a kilogram as a little more than two pounds, a liter as a little more than a quart, a meter as a little more than a yard, and a kilometer as a bit more than half a mile? Applying the last approximation to figuring out the 55 mph speed limit in metric would give us about 110 kilometers per hour—too much on the high side of the 88 kmph represented by the exact conversion to keep us out of trouble. So for such a purpose it's better to use a little more exact conversion factor— 1 kilometer = 0.6 mile— still easy for mental arithmetic. Listed below are the conversion factors followed by the rough approximations that we need to have in mind while we are in the process of beginning to think metric in every day life. We say "in the process" because it won't take long to achieve enough basic familiarity with metric units to stop us from worrying about conversion factors altogether. anem’*** 2 1 kilometer = 0.6 mile = about 1/2 mile 1 meter =1.1 yards = about 1 yard or 3 feet 1 centimeter = 0.4 inches or about 1/2 inch 1 hectare =2.5 acres 1 kilogram = 2.2 pounds or about 2 pounds 1 gram = 0.035 ounce (avoirdupois) or about 1 1 liter =1.06 quarts or about a quart 1 milliliter = 0.03 ounce (fluid) or about 1 1 cubic meter = about 35 cubic feet or about thirtieth of an ounce thirtieth of an ounce 250 gallons For temperature conversion, all one really needs to remember is that the freezing and boiling points of v/ater on the Celsius scale are 0° and 100° respectively instead of 32° and 212° as on the Fahrenheit scale, and that "room temperature" is 20°C instead of 68°F. If we do need to convert from Celsius to Fahrenheit, in the temperature range of most weather reports it's close enough to multiply degrees C by 2 and add 30; or to divide degrees F by 2 and subtract 30 to convert Fahrenheit units to Celsius. Some of these simple approximations are being used by manufacturers of kitchen measures which show, for example, a cup (1/2 pint) to be the same as 250 ml (milliliters) or 1/4 liter. This is the principle we're talking about— for . many recipes it won't matter much whether a bit more or less milk or flour is added. Keep in mind that many recipes use such international approximations as a "pinch," "dash" and "walnut-size," But if a bit more or less does matter, use an exact metric measure or conversion factor. And start reading the labels on packages, cans, and bottles. Most manufacturers are now giving their contents in exact English and metric units, which will help us test and refine our approximations. The benefits of "thinking metric" lie in the basic advantage of the system-- its units increase or decrease by units of ten and the same prefixes, with rare exceptions, apply whether we're dealing with lengtih, weight, or area. A kilometer is 1,000 meters, a kilogram 1,000 grams, a square kilometer is 1,000 meters squared. One of the rare exceptions is the term liter— a volume measure 1.06 times a quart, to which only the prefix mill i (one thousandth) may apply. Remember that when we were learning the multiplication tables, we were home free when we got to the ten's. And, for purposes of the approximations mentioned above, recall that the fives weren't bad either. 3 won t need to know more prefixes than kilo (1,000 times 100th of a gram) or mi Hi (one In every day life, you such as 1 ,000 grains), centi (one 100th, such as 1,000th, such as 1,000th of a meter). One other benefit of the metric system is that most basic units are easily relatable to one another. For example, a cubic centimeter (cm ) or water weighs 1 gram, so 1,000 cm3 weighs 1 ,000 grams, and a cubic meter of water (100 x 100 x 100 cm = 1,000,000 cm3) in the English system wei ghs 1 ,000 ,000 grams 'or 1 ,000 kilograms. Of course, "a pint's a pound tne world around. But where do you go from there? Well, to get the wsigiit of a barrel or wa.e, , it would be *2 oallons if you remember that factor) times 8 pmus to the gallon times 1 ^ound a pint - 336 pounds. If you recall conversion factors of a pint to larger and smaller units you've got it msue. Otherwise, you 11 find it a joy to be thinking metric. Precise conversion factors for units frequently used in Survey reports are listed in the attached leaflet "Conversion Factors— SI Metric and U.S. Customary Units.'1 You won't need it to think metric but it's handy to have around in case you need a precise conversion. \l r Mrl/alwou V V. E. McKelvey Di rector Attachment W DISTRIBUTION: E r UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middl afield Road Menlo Park, California 940?5 December 7,1 976 Memorandum /. Y>' > ✓ * ^ • *. y* . Ov f >• > v fO To: All Geologists, Pacific Area From: Acting Area Geologist, Pacific Area Subject: Progress towards Metrication Attached is the latest word on metrication in the USGS. E. Vernon Stephens Attachment 4 »"/V s' VA. ' ' .. * \ ~ \ \ x\ -- T-l ) ‘ . * / \ United States Department of tr.e Intel jo. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESTON, VIRGINIA 22U'J2 In Reply Refer To: Mail Stop 440 Memor'andui: To: - From: OCT 3 3 1378 Chairman, Publications Conaittec Chairmen, Executive committee . Subject : Use of Metric (SI) Units in Official Publications Scries ■It is the policy of the Geo! ^^PyVtTeT o£ttholo^nisntion!‘'CSun’cy'l (SI) units in the day-to-day activities or ne t* l!nits Location seal it .^c^Sinc c.^lcte conversion within tho nc..i d.co-o, >... _• • . : . cnr rsar.DOuer. Lovcac., being dependent upon tr.e avra-<. - _ wse cf metrics earlier certain program nctimics can c .- ■ ; _;- than others. One principal area is c“- • r 4.1, r. rmV-'irT Survev arc used .The official publications series - - - DRthc scientific corvurity ■principally for product tv.„ u.«. . leaders in the ervorl ir the United States. Members or this ih'-pv „ to increase use cf metrics in the earth sci.n;c little doubt as to twuu -M. -- .g rcccV.li:e3 that the value or only metric u.-ts. hCH.c.c*, . r~v ue SOvcwhr.t aiminisaee some of our products to certain auoiencc., bc ffiad- in all if complete changeover to met.i-s .- - all-inclusive directive reports and maps. Therefore, rather than - ai* 1^1.^^ J£ic impacting on all Survey products, th deers ■ j alone is left to products should bo -crnpteu fro « use «i *et -- ^ ^ programs ^r^gSlI^'so.e products - that can be readily idontinca as belonging to each category are: 1'. To Contain Metric Units Only: • - _ . A. . Journal of Geological Survey Research 11, Bulletin sciics . i C. Geologic reports in the Profession *'•)- . 2. To Contain Customary Units for an Interim Period: A. Basic data reports , B. Descriptive reports or local rntci^ th- .r* ^ \ * ( / ; X: ... , / r c ) 2 C. D. Reports specifically prepared for cooperators ' publi ratio: series (use of metrics at the discretion of the coop orator $ Topographic maps (see Metric Mapping Policy Statement) By copy of this memorandum to the members of the Executive Committee I request that (1) those Survey products in Category l.A above be immediately prepared in metric units alone, and (2) the members of the Executive Committee, as appropriate, establish effective procedures for evaluating products of their programs, ether than those in category l.A, to determine which may be exempted from use of metric units. The procedures should" bo effective as of January 1, 1977. .The names of individuals assigned authority for exempting reports arc to be furnished to the Chairman, Publications Committee. The Metrics Panel emphasized in their briefing material that a major source of error in Survey manuscripts lias been the use of dual units. They also indicated that this practice has not been an effective tool in familiarizing .the reader with metrics. No adverse comments were receives to their suggestion that the Survey do away with the use of dual units i; its products. Therefore, also effective January 1, 1977, the publicatio: of the Geological Survey need no longer contain dual units. Use of conversion tables in reports containing metric units alone is left to the discretion of the Division/Office Chief; those. reports prepared in customary units should contain conversion tables. O n. v t.\ C ; r —fx W. A* Radi inski cc: Members, Executive Committee Editor, Journal of Research Vi; !?! '\~hV<^V/ V - * L - 3 -* V# y i uy / United States Department of the Interior Ju’vl 41975 US. GPOLCr^^" nrh ,,C! -A L so R \ / r ■ < Menlo Par!- c?i-VC°.°S,at 1 Gaitfornsa GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RE.STUN, VIRGINIA ‘22002 Memorandum May 30, 1975 To: All Conservation Division Offices From: Chief, Conservation Division Subject:. Metric Conversion The Geological Survey began the task of converting to the metric system (Director’s memorandum of March 9, 1973, copy enclosed), by requiring the use of dual English and Metric International System of Units (SI) in all publications. <}/k In addition to the MBS Publication 330 mentioned in the Director^; memorandum, ASTM Publication E3SC-74 , "Metric Practice Guide, ^Aguide to the Use of SI - the International System of Units)" is recommended for Division authors and editors, and for other personnel in need ■of converting from English to Metric (SI) units. A copy of this booklet is enclosed. Additional copies @ $1.39 each may be ordered from: M I yf a / / v-* up* American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 Exceptions to the use of dual units in publications may be granted by the Division Chief, and questions regarding this should be refer¬ red to the Evaluation Standards and Publications Section. Because the audience for which our coal oriented reports and maps are prepared is limited, our Division v?ill not use a metric equivalent for the Btu value of coal in these reports. * Enclosures ,#uT,o% March 9, 1973 COPY UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE I NT GEOLOGICAL SURVEY ERIOR WASHINGTON. D.c. 20242 Memorandum "0: Executive Committee From: Director Subject: Policy on use of metric and English units in Geological Survey Publications. e United States now is one of the few nations of the world where non¬ metric units are still in common use. Efforts are underway in a number o places to begin the enormous task of conversion to the metric system. It is important that the Geological Survey be one of the leaders in this conversion. The following statement of policy is intended to get us started. * The Publications Committee, during a meeting held on November 20, 1972 recommended that: I 1) Dual publication of metric — International System of units (SI) as listen m National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 330, revised 72 and English systems in USGS publications be obligatory commencing July 1, 1973. In recognition that selected publications will present some difficulties and have a high cost attached thereto, exceptions to the policy may be granted by the aether's Division Chief. 2) Abbreviations for English (customary) units should not be as listed in Suggestions to Authors, p. 201-204. Instead, abbre¬ viations should be written using exponents and/or solidus (ft2, not sej ft, ft /s, not . f- p n Unkeck h-. W e;»i}3ils o '5 ig , I VL;.\i ;;-;W N. J u States Department of the Interior r - 1 " i C lw» 1 ' • ID /S GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESTON, VIRGINIA 22002 Conservation Division u.s. geological survey Office of the Area Geologist .Menlo Park, California, , Instruction Memorandum E 3 5 <07,- ll/f To All Conservation Division Offices From: Chief, Conservation Division Subject: Open-File Reports •-1 Objective. The Survey established the open-file system as a means o: promptly releasing the results of investigations and studies on ecual terms, and at the earliest possible date, to all interested individuals* .2 Scope. Open— file reports include unpublished manuscript reports, maps, and other material made available for public consultation and use. They are a perraanent form of publication and may be cited in other publications as sources of information. J- vj / • Au“ i-'Sjyctr uucu l pj.o v . LCcts for proiuub public access :o mi cr¬ eation about its activities in accord with longstanding Department policy (470. DU 1.1), as well as the .provisions and spirit of the Freedom of Information Act. Survey policy (Survey Order No. 202) requires that all information gathered through investigations and observations bv the Survey staff must, be held confidential until it is made available to all, impartially ^and simultaneously, through formal publication or other approved means of public release, including open file. Exceptions for the Conservation Division include (1) furnishing administrative maps, well information, subsurface interpretations, and related data to lessees and operators as necessary for enforcement of the mineral leasing laws and promotion of sound prospecting and development Practices; and (2) releasing results of an investigation to other Federal, Sir"- and. local governmental agencies to whom, under cooperative agreements’ or in the public interest, the observations and results of investigations should be available. However, when the. results of an investigation are made available to such an agency prior to their general release to the ' public, the information must not be released to the public in anv fern until it has beer, so released by the Geological Survey, or until" the Director has authorized its 4 release by the other agency. ^oumo/. A' -\ Jr A <" S A (■ < i — 1 m 2 17-76/ CC to each geologist per VS 2 . 4 Authority. A. Director . Authority to publish scientific and technical material has been delegated to the Bureau (470 DM 4.1, 471 DM 4.23). The Director has retained the authority to approve the release for outside publication of all writings and data in which the Survey has a proprietary interest and all writings in which the author's title and Survey affiliation will be shown (SM 500.9). B. Division Chief. All reports, maps, or other material intended for open-file release must be submitted to the Division Chief, through Division channels, for approval prior to submittal to the Director. .5 Responsibility . The responsibilities at all levels in the Division for the preparation and processing of all publications, including open- file reports, are described in the attachment to the memorandum of the Division Chief, dated February 24, 1975, entitled "Responsibilities and Procedures for Processing Conservation Division Reports." The super¬ visor has the primary responsibility for assuring that the report or nap meets the standards and requirements set forth in this memorandum and certifies to this by signing the supervisor’s checklist, Attachment 2 of the above instruction memorandum. the . 6 Standards ♦ A. General . The open-file system was established to permit release of a wide range of types of materials which may or may not be suitable for release in one of the formal Survey publication series. The mate¬ rial may range from (1) a report or map which has been reviewed and edited for publication, but for which immediate need to release exists; to (2) a map or document being released because of a Freedom of Infor¬ mation Act request. In the latter case, the document could be an unedited, unreviewed, incomplete worksheet or nap, prepared by an employee no longer with the Survey, with no further changes in the document intended. The document would be so entitled to insure that reader would know its nature and would be aware that errors in fact might exist. Except for the rare case cited in item two above, all reports submitted for open-file release must be credible and well prepared. The work should be verified before, during, and after technical review to insure that it is free of contradictory facts and statements in the text and illustrations. The report must meet the requirement or need for which it has been prepared, thereby being something the Survey can support if the work is usdd for administrative or litigatory purposes. B. Geologic Names Committee Review. Open-file reports are checked by a member of the Geologic Names Committee review staff only on request, usually by the author or his supervisor. An open-file report containing unpublished formal geologic or rock-stratigraphic unit names will not be approved by the Director unless it accompanies or fellows a formal report in which the new names are introduced in the usual way. Any modification of established units will not be officially adopted on the basis of an open-file report. (Bluebook on Stratigraphic Nomenclature, 1974 edition, p. 9) It is the responsi.hil.it-v of _the author to make certain that no iugi.e names arc used in his open-file report. unuuDii s n o ct i o r i:.u.l g * 3 • 7 - Requirements . A. Disclaimer. Because of the wide variety of material chat may be released in the open-file system,' a disclaimer is normally affixed to indicate chat the material has not been edited to meet normal editorial standards or been reviewed by the Geologic Names Committee. The dis¬ claimer ooes not indicate that the data presented arc not accurate, nor that the report does not meet normal Survey technical standards as indicated in .6 above. For normal use the disclaimer should read as follows: This map (or report) has not been edited for conformity with Geological Survey editorial standards or stratigraphic nomenclature. B. Jsgjmjcal Review. Each report submitted for open file will receive sufficient review to assure that it meets the standards set f th m aoove. Normally two technical reviews are required; how- !!!°re °r )esf review r'ay be given, depending on the experience of the author, and the circumstances under which the report is bein" .8 Procedures . • ' A. Procedures for processing Conservation Division reports are given m the Division Chief's memorandum of February 24 1975 All T Pr H A r.» o r ' d d c3 a. i ESP t* > ^ > rs u Director AUTHORS) * % l>vC i j ; i 1 — ■ ! » — i i • i 1 i « 1 ■ i — i \ i f _ • i 1 i r- s x ) 1 ■ t l X l « t Date » . w r. • o t a : i (j u *n To: Branch of Plans and Program Management, Publications Division - Stop 329 From: Subject: New USGS open-file report The following report was authorized by _ f°r Director on _ for release in the open files: » - I TITLE: % I AUTHOR(S): • CONTENTS: _ p. _ pis., _ figs., _ tables. ^ * Map scale: _ Deoosi tones : * - - - i i (*) Asterisks indicate depositories holding reproduci bl es . r Release date: Area: — i Report No. \y~ /V- .;Wo VA -> ,V". /jc 07 •:•*•■ Cf~ -- - • ; . . * * . * -* * 'A '■ . n> IN REPLY REFER TO V • V Vi • *. _ i < o •v** • -.H * . c Vv> -<•* .TyvTr '>. ^ UNITED STATUS DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY FEDERAL CENTER. DENVER. COLORAOO 60225 MEMORANDUM 2-lay 8, 1975 To : » Authors of geologic reports From : M. MacLachlan, Geologic Review Staff Names Committee, Subj ect : Open-file reports Because of the increase in the number of - — ~ j w.w. o uLvuy uul to me rreeacn or intorma- tloxi Act, it seems wise at this time to restate the Geologic Names Committee policy concerning open-file reports. *. • Open-file reports are checked by a member of the Geologic Names Committee Review Staff only on request, usually by the author or his Branch Chief, An open-file report containing unpublished formal geoj.cgj.c or rock— stratigraphic unit names will not be approved ^it’C'-.i-or except when it accompanies' or follows a formal report in which the new names are introduced in the usual way. Any modifi¬ cation o* established units will not be officially adopted on the basis cf an open-fi]e report. (Bluebook on Stratigraphic Nomenclature 1974 edition, p. 9.) It is the responsibility o f t ne au thorn to make certain that no unpublished rormal geologic names are useu in his open— file report. If an author must open— file a report that includes unpublished geologic names, he may use the following very simple and very expedient technique throughout his report. As you all know, formal rock-stratigraphic unit ^ names are binomial, and in any given word sequence the geographic name is listed first and the stratigraphic rank or lithology second. Tnerefore, a na^ie perhaps originally intended as a new name, the Fort Collins Limestone for example, can be transposed everywhere in your report to limestone of, at, or near [choose the preposition you prefer] Forf Collins, thus avoiding any implication cf formality. All open file reports containing geologic names and ages should include the usual U.S. Geological Survey nomenclature -disclaimer on the title page. 4 * - SURFICIAL © © © *V a* * • ' • * • *• • . • ,a - ’'I’vfjA •'. . . - . •.• ° : .1 Soil, a.ll, of oJturium Band Om*l and ilratHUd drift s'r. • •?*, ♦ .*.^1 6 © 0 . , n » 0 .»,C ;* • • «i ') <->* * .0, .} T- r , V.; OlaclaJ tilt and morainaa © o ' ‘[O'. ' ; -J "U. . •) * ^ V^NiTn 7?i © Orifkmt.-«li © i©©r ; i • I • ■' T -- I I in* a tun a conta.m.r\f ncduUi of chart or f. nl ^-,1.^' V •’.v / /v ©t-vx;'V \V / ©r '• •- /© • • I c'( c*- • 4 «*•* BlaU © @ Maaalvt aandatona @ © do fUdd«d •ATuifct.^i# 7Z. V^rr Dad Jad chirl *r ' - v d tii»/ It „:rz=z: Gnv**-|»*.ld*d •trdl'oni X-I A A TT V .. A 'A SEDIMENTARY © / Ouiruili I © izJ *1 h.n-b«-tdad or ihaly lar.dnona 8Ul»dV t)t|T © • ry/7/-777. r77SZ *Z7' 1 @ liiiiialiliilililiifililli. • Mtrblt b - /--> -L.-4.--zJ i+ >© _ “..-O' r- • " V.? : ' ?n3r - . — T -v . ;i i - flht ilay Ir il.ni ekjr U9J _ar:- :i-i-r‘.zii CryaUJ.ini limaalona ©r OT*s£-H.T;Jfvj Oy paum (-nj x 1 . ,* s i - i , /. v' UnClA£>r|fNt*«i /May r/vnWo* if .WlA anc'/mant*/-)* and -u*o«#« /MU/ornaJ Phoaphata rock Chalk 1 ®F?^ ^ * • 8»«».y »i*aj of tai^ur* tx,«J Bass CaJcaraoot aandalona T r©©1.© lf i .y.; i .: 1 1 Clayay or arfiltaoamit limaalona Bandy limHlom <• *J j-‘ /.:♦*. *•**'-— -4 Vu/ V-.4 r » I'.f -' — * t j.il t , *4 . 44^.' Vi A) i But* ©f al.aly lnna*t/0.a lv. , . . . tiinn« coal (Wj Breccia Pul mmm Qrtaiaa METAMORF'HIG Contra Lad (nm On alia and achlal IGNEOUS AND VEIN MATTER Cvto.* H• _ i a ' * * V *■ T V 4 *£ * If aaaiva l/naoua rook \U\1 PorphyriUc rock ^yiKKo C 1 .i '7 /■'•/ .A /I S ! A^ / w' \\'-7si' \, 4 S f , ■ ' - r t - 'rt* » a'.: Pa-ykj-iilk rack Porphyrltlc r»<* ^ . V -V ^ _ Jw.i' *■ 1 ^ » - w-* Muilu Ifnaoua rock . * « ♦ *■ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ * » ♦ ♦ I ♦ 4 ♦ ♦ * * ♦ ♦ 4 Ui t ♦ Maaalvt ||mou« rock « « « » - *.* if M « M « * a « w »* ■ w ** 1 a a a » « ■ ■ »***■* - * : — a — * — a — £ © • ; ;]~ri H 1 !!!'i Nj n !i i !!'i- FfMjlTiTT,- >»H > ! « ! 1 ? ■ . . Um« Or- Maaiivily badoa-J l.miiutna r_ j. 1 —i -__tt r_ izJ Thin b*od#d limulom Bandy ah ala ^ ■••*. 7: : _ : Cmtifiv. c ■: . w* Canrval Lhlla (. .. . . . .j Ca/ Uon *h.Ta Oil ahaia Contorted tchlat iit’fjssa Maaai/a ifneoot rock 1 . » ' « r • »’ v- • • - •> • » ^ * * * V « «■ t.fi Maaaiva .fnaoua rock *400* 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ¥9000*0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Maaalri Ifnaaua rock HimIti \fwaeuo rock iV .*• ^ t / 1 V V K1 (, CkiarU ajj .P* Ora {$ohd blMck m ihin aroasf Evyx^Xv Ora *A/st. <>.'.< >'}>A 1£<1 0 S - Bmd»-Uf rock • Xmdimo/HMry *i*9 (paa.*) Laen I © Bedrock (A»ac beneath mapped geologic unit, water, or ice Contact, located by ground magnetic survey Contacts determined by instrumentation a* by other than conventional surface geo¬ logic methods may require special symbols fo. ditfcrenciation - - - Contact, located by airborne magnetic survey — 1 January 1964 FAULTS Si me line conventions used for faults as for contacts: Preferred phrasing when several line conventions arc used for faults and combined in the explanation: Long- dashed where approximately located; short-dashed where '.[erred; dotted where concealed; queried where doubtful. U, up thrown side; D, dctvr. thrown side. Generally make fault line weights .015 in.; rclacive importance of faults may be shown by width of line and suitabie explan¬ ation. Dip shown where observed or known nt Fault Fault, showing dip Faulc, approximately locaccd Inferred fault • Probable or doubtful faulc * Concealed fault Hypothetical fault Fault, located by ground magnetic survey Faulc, located by airborne magnetic survey Fault. or. lincomenc from aerial photographs. Nor checked or not identified on ground Lincamenc Fault Showing bearing and plunge of grooves, serrations, or slsckensides Faulc, showing dip U, upthrown side; D, downthroum side Fault Bar and ball on denrn thrown side Fault showing relative horizontal movement Fault Showing bearing and plunge of apparently doumthrown blxk Normal fault Hachure s on apparently downthrown side Reverse fault R, upthrown side Thrust faulc T , upper plate Thrusc fault Sawteeth on upper plate Overturned thrust fault Sawteeth in direction of dip; bar on side of tectonically higher plate Fault (shear or my Ionite) zone, showing dip Fault breccia Fault, intruded by dike Fault, intruded by dike }6Q ,90 *55 U ■»65« /$5 Normal ’ ' ' ■ I L A Reverse J _ L.U _ 1_X J £E kSO *■ *■ * * A A A — A a.. A.. A.. A..A..A.. A..A..A. .57 7 A £» 5 4 <7 > 9 K ■ M — * — W — W — W— Si — M — H- -* — X- Wc: :ht of line may vary with density of map Not surely locaccd within l/50 in. at scale of map Evidence for faulc only indirect Use probable or doubtful, not both. Queries, spaced three or more dashes apart, indicate uncertainty of existence, not location. Probable is more dcfmice than doubtful Must be concealed by overlying mapped dcposics or water Existence from indirect geologic evidence; could be explained by causes other chan faulting Used on small scale tectonic maps. Add iinenmcnc name where possible. Make line weight .010 in. Plunge measured in vertical plane. Identify type of evidence observed in icalic scatcmenr High angle, used in combination wich dip arrow to indicate apparent normal or reverse movement Generally used where space does not allow U and D symbols wichouc confusion Where displacement is given in feet, vertical numbers should be used Use on tectonic maps or where space docs noc permit use of U and D Angle of dip originally greater than 45 3 but precise value indeterminate. Hanging wall believed to have moved upward in respect to foorwall Angle of dip originally less than 45 3 . Dip of fault, where knowm, shown by barbed arrow Svmbol emphasizes fault; arrangement of teeth may separate thrusc faulting of different ages. May be limited :o major thrust faults Show relative movement by LT and D or arrows. Make line weights .005 in. Extent mav be'ouclined by faults or shown onlv where observed. Used as overprint for broad areas or fault breccia. Make lute weight .005 in. Use on small scale black and white map or for narrow dike. On colored maps show dike in color and fault movement by U and D Use on large scale black and white map tor dike ot sufficient width to be mapped. Former location ot fault diown. Dikes uiually shown in color 2 $ FOLDS Same line conventions used for folds is for concicts and faults. Preferred phrasing when more chan one line convention used for ancicline: Long clashed where approxi¬ mately locate', concealed', que d: shorf-dashed where inferred; dotted when ri;d Ufterz doubtful. Make fold line weights 7 c "Anticline Showing trw.e of axial surface'. Line weight of .CAS in. may be used if foids arc con¬ gested Anticline Showing Crestline dnd direction of plunge • Anticline 20 1 Shouting Crestline and plunge t * Asymmetric anticline IS A Showing c rest line and plunge. Short arrow indicates steeper limb f Asymmetric anticline 20 *50 Showing dip of limbs and plunge * 20 Overturned anticline to Showing direction of dip of limbs and plunge 1 f Inferred anticline • Based on indirect geologic evidence; Ic-rckm prob- t ably not within l/25 in. at scale of map Probable or doubtful anticline * * Use probable or doubtful, not both. Queries indi¬ cate doubt of existence of anticline from available data; location may also be in doubt. Probable is more definite than doubtful Concealed anticline , A Must be beneach a mapped geologic unit or cos-ered by witcr. Not shown where extension of known anticline is obvious ♦ Dome A Generally used on small scale tectonic maps only. Make line weights .Oil 3 in. Inverted anticline * ■** Beds inverted near crough Arrows show direction of dip of limbs .- » Antiform * A Convex: upward: structure in mctamorphic rocks or Drawn on foliation, cleavage, or bedding * ire bedded ro«.ks where tops arc not known SYNCLINES Preferred phrasing when more chan one line convention used ssvnc is for anticline Syncline Shewing l rough lint Synciine Showing trough lint and direction of plunge Syncline Sh-mnng trrrughime and plunge Asymmetric syncline Showing tr.ughlmt anil plunge. Short a Trout indscules iteeprr Lmh Asymmetric synctinc Shtrunng Jip of limbi and plunyt Overturned .syncline Shoutrrg -Janztcon cf dip of lir^\ and plunge 15 * — rs *- +- VO On derailed geologic maps in areas of high relief trace cf axial surface may be shown; use '’Synciine Showing trace of axial surface" Line weight of .003 may be used if folds arc congested It, because of topography and the cnaracrer of the fold, the trtmghline or trace of axial surface differ appreci¬ ably from the real direction of plunge show as I . 3 FOLDS SYNCLINES (CON’T) Inferred syncline _ _ X 4 » Based on indirect geologic evidence. Location prob¬ ably not within 1 / 25 in. at scale of map Probable or doubtful synclinc Use probable or doubtful, not both. Queries indicate j doubt of existence. Probable is more definite than doubtful Must be beneath mapped geologic unit or covered Concealed syncline . t . by water. Not shown where extension of known syncline is obvious Basin y A * Inverted synclinc * -N Arrows show direction of dip of hmbs J l Beds inverted near crest Synform T Convex downward: structure in metamorphic rocks Drawn on foliation, cleavage, or bedding A or in bedded rocks where tops are not known MONOCLINES May be classified as inferred, probable, doubtful, or concealed by same line conventions used for anticlines and synclincs. Make all line weights .010 in. Monocline Showing trace and plunge of axes. Dashed where approximately Located Anticlinal bend Showing trace and plunge of axis. Dashed where approximately Located Synclinal bend Showing trace and plunge of axes. Dashed where approximately located Use on large scale detailed maps where anticlinal and synclinal bends diverge sufficiently to be mapped MINOR FOLD AXES ' Make all line weights .005 in. Minor anticline, showing plunge -3— «> Minor synclinc, showing plunge Plunge measured in verticil plane Minor fold axis, showing plunge f» ,/5 Minor fold axis, horizontal ^ t% ^ Minor folds Showing plunge of axes & Used where beds are too tightly folded to show axes of individual folds separately. Used to indicate sense of observed folds PLANAR FEATURES Planar symbols (strike and dip of beds, foliation or schiscosity, and cleavage) can be combined with linear symbols to record data observed at same locality by superimposing symbols at point of observation. Co¬ existing planar symbols are shown intersecting at point of observation. All combinations of planar and linear symbols used on map need not be shown in explanation. BEDDING A statement "Planar and linear symbols may be com¬ bined" placed beneath PLANAR FEATURES AND LINEAR. FEATURES in explanation is adequate. Use .005 in. line weight on all svmbois. Examples of com¬ bined planar and linear features and coexisting planar features shown at appropriate places Strike and dip ot beds SO Strike ot vertical beds Top of bed > known -4- Strike and dip of beds Top of beds known from sedimentary features (Cud only in art ns of complex structure wiser r overturning also is recognized) i 9s) ( Component of dip Dot marks point of observation 0 o not use if symbols for lineation in meta- ffiOfpl) 'V mrk f C7X 7)Ll*J ) — Srrike and dip of overturned beds Q Sa 1 Horizontal beds © Strike and dip of overturned beds Top of beds known -P-.65 Scrikc and dip cf beds and plunge of slick- ensides 33 ^ 2S Crumpled, plicated, crcnulitrd, or undul- atory beds and average dip 55 -vLa Strike of vertical beds FOLIATION OR SCHISTOSITY - — - — Strike and dip of foliation 20 Strike and dip of foliacion and parallel bedding IOj^ Strike of vertical foliation Relationship of foliation (or schistosity) to bed¬ ding not shown in outcrop Scrikc of vertical foliacion and parallel bedding -V Scrikc and dip of foliation and parallel overrurned bedding Horizontal foliation + Horizontal foliation and bedding © CLEAVAGE Strike and dip of cleavage . 16 , Inclined Vertical _o_ =±-= Strike of ver-ical cleavage - - ' Horizontal ( Contrasting symbols can be used to distinguish between different kinds of planar structures Hr Horizontal cleavage (slip cleavage, compositional layering, flow structure). Type of planar structure should be specified in explanation) LINEAR FEATURES May be combined with the above plun-m symbols as shown: Bearing and plunge of linearion IS Vertical beds, showing horuc. cal lineation H— Vertical lineation {Use open symbol in combination with line symbols ) Horizontal beds, showing trend of hori¬ zontal lineation -e- Vertical beds showing plunge of lineation HorizoncaJ linearion Approximate strike of folded beds showing 90 Strike and dip of foliacion and plunge of lineation plunge of fold axes 33 S 7 5 Atticude of overturned beds and parallel foliation -fY Vertical foliation showing horizontal lineation 75 Attitude of foliation and overturned beds, strikes parallel but dips differ * icTbo Strike and dip of foliacion showing hori¬ zontal linracion 50 Double lineation 38 2^. 35 Strike and dip of beds and plunge of line¬ ation Scrikc and dip of beds and intersecting slip cleavage 30 \ Vertical foliation anJ vertical lineation -0- ( Symbols joined at point of che-vation) Strike of vertical foliation showing plunge of lineation 32 , Scrikc and dip of beds and intersecting slip cleavage /0~2C 5 £ £ JOINTS Open symbols may be contrasted with closed symbols to separate unmineralized and mint rah :ed joints Strike and .lip of joints . 70 Strikes and dips of multiple joints ( Dip symbols shifted alcng strike for legibility, location of observations at point of intersection) Strike of vertical joints V - 50 40 'r 50 Horizontal joints 4- T Generally printed in red or other contrasting color but may be shewn in black where basic geology and base map are simple. Label and make every 5th contour CONTOURS AND ISOPLETHS heavier. Use .015 in. for heavy contours and .008 in. for light contours. May be used for many kinds of geologic data Structure contours Drawn on top (or base) of (give geologic horizon) Long-dashed where control less accurate; short-dashed where datum is above land surface. Contour interval 20 ft. Arrow indicates direc¬ tion of dip ( Structure contours generally not shown as con¬ cealed; may be omitted in areas of no infor¬ mation. A rrnws used only where index contours fail to show dip) Outcrop point used for srruccuraJ control Magnetic contours and flight traverse Contours show total magnetic intensity relative to an arbitrary datum, dashed where data incomplete. Ticks mark fight traverses (Give contour interval below- map with map scale) Magnetic contour enclosing area of lower magnccic intensity Measured maximum or minimum intensity within dosed high or dosed low contour -5GO- -4 -CO- Isoradioactivity contour Interval 50 counts fecr second (airborne surveys). Interval is microroentgens per hour (ground surveys.) Lines of equal Bougucr anomalv Dashed in areas of pee r control. Contour interval 1 me.'! i gal Gravicy station and number I so pacr. s Isograds (Add key mineral na.mxc to map and describe in explanation) G 65 S I ill MAN / TS STAUPOUTE VEr NS, ORE, WALL- ROCK ALTERATION, AND DIKES Shown in color, generally red, only where necessary' to differentiate types and grade Vein, showing dip ( Give mi nero logy and grade of mineralization in percent metal or oxide, or oz. per ton by Can also be shown in solid color) notes. Ore body 65 Mineralized strirr. ;ers or vcinlcts ( Dots used only to distier. ~uish mineralized from unmineralized joints „ faults, or contacts when illustration is black an d white ) Altered well rock Showing intensity of alteration by concentration of don; Dhke (May be shown in colur without x 's .when es¬ sential to distinguish different rock t)pes) mm X M ORE IN SEDIMENTARY ROCKS AND SEDIMENTARY FEATURES CONTROLLING ORE DEPOSITION Strike of roll Showing geometric configuration in cross section <$r Fossil log (Explain configuration by note) Direction of plunge of cross stratification in sandstone Lineariwfi trend 4 - Showing direction of /low of depositing stream (Bawd on measurements of dips of emsbedding) Fcscoom trend - - — — — — j 6 SYMBOLS FOR SUCTION'S Thrust Arrow shows relative direction oj mot enter. t Fault Arrows show relative direction of movement Fault, showing lateral movemenc T, towards observer: A, away from observer (May be combined with arrows to show strike slip and dip slip movement) Drill hole or well on section Shotting surface altitude and total depth in jt (Angle of deviation from vertical plotted) Drill hole or welt projected to section Showing surface altitude and total depth in ft 2349 J.TD2276 4523 \ ''yT 02795 SURFACE OPENINGS AND EXPLORATION LARGE SCALE MAPS Vertical shaft c Drill hole O Drill hoic Inclined shaft 35 So geologic Act a available 0 N° Drill hole, low-grade ore ( Give definition of low and high grade in explan a don ) • Portal or adit Portal and open cue Drill hole, high-grade ore b t Trench Drill hole, inclined Showing bearing and inclination; surface position Prospect pit or open cut CD and elevation; vertical p rejection of bedrock surface bottom of hole, and thiciuess of overburden; and length of hole (Combine drill hole collar symbols as required with vertical prelection to map) 5230 Q---" 50 Mine dump SMALL SCALE MAPS Svmbols not drawn to scale. Vary size or* symbols with densicy of data Shaft C T tench > — < Inclined shaft sr Prospect pit X Portal of tunnel, adit, or slope >— Sand, gravel, clay, or placer pic X Inaccessible runnel, adit, or slope >- Mine, quarry, glory hole, or open pit UNDERGROUND WORKINGS AND EXPLORATION Symbols drawn to scale on large-scale maps Shaft at surface E Ore chute - □ - Shaft, above and below level X Scope (Can also be explained by note, "S toped above’' or "S toped below”) JMcc- JZS Bottom of shaft ( Show bottom of sump by note on map of lower level ) Elevation of roof or back 250 Inclined workings, above and below level. Chevrons point down Elevation of floor or sill *350 (Spacing of chevrons nay indicate steepness; place at regular vertical intervals —5, 10. JO, etc. ft. ) > > > >$>>>>> Tightly lagged / - * - Lagging or cribbing along drift . - - —* — Winze or head of raise rj Caved or otherwise inaccessible workings - 1 - - 1 - Raise or winze extending through level "r* Drill hole (Give inclination of hole -4 -or — in degrees in note and show vertical projection of bottom of hole to map) Raise or foot of winze — - 7 c OIL AND GAS WELLS Symbols for wells drilled for oil and gas are made up of seven compatible basic symbols which may be superimposed as necessary co snow reported conditions Drilling well or Well iocacion O Show of gas Drv hole or Abandoned well Y Shut in weii Y Gi.> well V* Well Showing vertical projection of dot tun of hols, total depth, and surface altitude 5000 to 20C"1 T Oil well o Dry hole Showing formation ar.d attitude at surface formation at bottom of hour, and total depth Km 2809 » Show ol oil w T K d 4996 . MISCELLANEOUS Glacial striae - P — 0 r?»> Line of seoic-n ( Centrally omitted from expLcmation; used only to avoid confusion with other lines) A A' Line of scracigraphic section WATER WELLS AND SPRINGS NonflowLng well o Flowing well with pucnptng plant i) Flowing well • Spring o— • Test hole, abandoned, or not in use c Thermal speing T T Nonflowing well with pumping plant (Centrally sh'-'U.n on blue (drainage) bast plate in ground-umler and surface-water reports) @ Mineral spring M M ♦ 8 HOfiyS CROSS SECTION' CHRGNOF T?\r 03 & t February 22, 1977 MEMORANDUM TO: Authors , FROM: M-.TRU SUBJECT: Open-file reports An increasingly large proportion of Survey publications are Open-file releases (more than half in some months) and because their accessibil¬ ity to the public is limited, the information carried in their announcement in the Survey's published monthly list of publications should be as accurate and complete as possible. The most common * failing is tardiness in sending copies to listed deposi tori es--some arrive months after the announced date. Frequently, the delay is caused by time required for the photographic steps necessary to prepare reproducible copies of maps— which can amount to weeks and typically is not anticipated by authors. Although preparation of depository copies is the author's responsi¬ bility, TRU will help, specifically in obtaining reproducible copies of large illustrations, especially maps, that cannot be xeroxed. We urge you to consult a map editor regarding the minimum data required on an Open-file map, even though you may already have the necessary reproducible copies. TRU will also mail copies to the depositories. For those unfamil iar with procedures followed in handling Open-file reports, the steps are described and diagrammed below. 1. — Report is submitted to Branch Chief who determines whether or not it needs review and revision and v/ho ultimately sends the report to TRU. As soon as the decision to open-file is made, you can expedite early release by consulting a Geologic Map Editor for advice on preparation of reproducible copies of maps and large illustrations. If report must be entirely retyped after review, use single spac¬ ing. Otherwise, leave it double spaced. 2. --When report (2 copies) arrives at TRU, make sure it includes, in addition to the route sheet, a completed form-memo to Betsy Weld, Geologic Division, Reston (see attachment #1), that contains the information to be carried by the announcement in the monthly list of publications. These forms should be available at all Branch offices. Fill in all applicable information requested on the form. Especially critical is the list of depositories where the report is to be held, including depositories designated to hold reproduc¬ ible copies of maps or. other large illustrations. If you are uncertain, call us for advice concerning depositories. The minimum depository list comprises the three Survey libraries-- Reston, Denver, and Menlo Park. Other commonly used depositories are listed in the monthly list of publications. You may ‘also wish to use additional depositories in order to include areas of # known interest,. fulfill the request of a State Geologist, or for other reasons. If the report deals with Alaska or the .Arctic seas, call Mary Tailleur (X2342) for further information regarding depositories^ for these areas. A specially designed form-memo (attachment #3, i.s also available at the Alaskan and Marine Branch offices. Near the bottom of the form, note that "Approx." is crossed out. This is because the date should be as realistic as possible-- often, it WILL be approximate at best! 3. --Immediately above "Approv if A . > Div when it is in slightly to the ".. .Open- file transmittal form..." refers to another form-memo (attachment #2), this one from the Chief, Office of Scientific Publications, Geol Publications Div. This memo accompanies the ms RETURNED after Director's approval and contains, different form, the information you, the author, supplied on the original form. It also contains the OPtN-FILE NUMBER that must appear on the title page and/or map, on depository copies. Tne memo serves two main purposes: (1) it triggers the announcement of the report in the next issue of the monthly list of publications, and (2) it is attached to copies of the report mailed to deposit¬ ories, thereby informing them of the report's distribution and the location of reproducible copies. Additional copies can^be mailed to other non-depository Public inquiry Offices where they also serve as an announcement. 4. --Title page of the report (or must carry the disclaimer-- map if not accompanied by text) U. S. Geological Survey OPEN FILE REPORT (MAP) This report (map) is preliminary and has not been edited o.r reviewed for conform¬ ity with Geological Survey standards --which means exactly that’, the only person in TRU vi h o looks at Open-file reports is the Chief, a very poor editor indeed! Although somev/hat excused by the disclaimer, the manuscript should nevertheless represent the author's best efforts. Because it will appear in bibliographies by title only, the title should be truly informative. Increased use of Open-file release for Survey reports is undouot- edly a response to increased pressure to make information avai lable to the public promptly, and because it is the most rapid form of publication, we should anticipate, and thereby avoid, delays. To: Betsy Weld, Geologic Div. (Reston, Stop 904) From: Menlo TR Uni t Subject: Open file report Following is the needed information for announcement of open-file report in the Monthly List of USGS Publications: Title* Geology of the Oil Conter, Rio Bravo Ranch, Lamont and Edleon quadrangles, California Author (s): J. A. Barton and M. P. Doukas -T No. of pages: No. of plates: 4 No. of text figs.: No. of tables: 1:62,500 List of depositories: USGS Library, Room 4A100, 12201 Sunrise Valley': Dr., Reaton, 7A 22092 * USGS Library, 1526 Cole Blvd. at '/eat Colfax Ave., Colden, CO (Mail Addreaa: Stop 914 • Box 25046, Foderal Center, Denver, 8O225) \ USGS Library, y\ 5 Middlefield Rd., Menlo park, .** CA 94021 ‘ j USGS, Room 504, Custom House, 555 Battery St., • Ban Franc i3co, CA 94111 • USGS, Boon 7638, Federal Bldg., 3OO North Loe j Aagelea St., Loa Angelea, CA 9C012 / Depositories holding rcproduci bles (if any): USGS Library, 345 Middle field Rd., Menlo Park, CA 94025 No. of copies of open-file transmittal form needed by TR Unit: 4 of transmittal form No. of copies^needed by Branch Chief or others; 5 ^ . \ Aj ■dKyJx. date ( Name & no. J CONTENTS; P-. 4 pis.. figs.. tableiVn Map scale: 1:62,500 PeMOGltorl&s: USCS Library, Boon 4-100, 12201 Sunrise Volley Dr., Beaton, VA 22092 USGS Library, 1525 C«l« Mlv\d. At Ve»'t Colfax Ave., OolCon, CO (Mill a lire as : Stop «14, Tor 21946, Federal Center, Denver, CO 0022.5) ♦ USGS Library, ?45 Middlefield •«., I'enlp Park, GA 94025 USGS, Boom 504, Custom House, 555 Battery St., San Francisco, CA 94111 USGS, Boom 7638, Federal 31dg., 3OQ North Los Angeles St., Loa Angeles, CA 90012 Release date: AVGUST Area: CALIFORNIA Report No. ?6- «,9.2 (*) Asterisks indicate depositories holding roproduc lbles To: Betsy Weld, From: Menlo Park, Subject: OPEN-FILE Geologic Div. (Reston, Stop 904) TRUnit (and Alaskan Tech Data Unit) REPORT ** \'C/ o - Following is the needed information for announcement of open-file report in the Monthly List of USCS Publications: TITLE: . Author (s) : No. of pages: No. of tables: Other: No. of plates: Scale of Map: List of Depositories: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) C ) ( ) C ) NC USGS Library - Reston, VA. Da USGS Library - Denver, CO. (Golden, CO.) M USGS Library - Menlo Park, CA. A Public Inquiries Office, Anchorage, AX. LA Public Inquiries Office, Los Angeles, CA. Db Public Inquiries Office, Denver, CO. S Public Inquiries Office, Spokane, VT;. SP Public Inquiries Office, San Francisco, CA USGS, Natural Resources Bldg., University of Alaska, College, • (Mailing address: P. 0. Box 80586, Fairbanks, AK. 997. v > — ‘ \ »v - • -.w y 7/*^^r- **Y. 5 ^ United States Department of the intend OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY WASHINGTON, D.C. 202-10 rv iT- 10 1071 — ■*— LiGpeui-Del > J. > / — Memo ranaum To: From: Director, Geological Survey Director, Audit Operations Office of Survey end Red lev Subject: Audit report, "Coordination cn Mineral Land Classification Activities ,:i Geological Survey The enclosed report suggests that, as a byproduct of geological mapping and other activities, the Ceolcgia Division can provide the Branch of Mineral Classification, Conservation Division, with sufficient information to classify Federal lands for mineral leasing purposes. Since action has already been taken to achieve the needed coordination, e reply to this report is not required. We appreciate the quick response to the draft report and the excellent cooperation received during - •*- -r p? r ►' Id <> . 1 ^ f- u- *-* — * 0 * A NJ « Q$ V • » ^ v V* : • _ j " 51 h ■«-*/ / * ' r S. . ^ ✓ •A ! United Urates Department of the Interior Memorandum GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESTOX, VIRGINIA 2201*2 May 16, 1975 To: From: .Conservation Managers Area Supervisors District Supervisors Area Geologists .Area Hydraulic Engineers District Hydraulic Engineers Chief, Conservation Division Subject: Projects A proposed project is submitted by an area' supervisor for review by the Regional Manager and- approval by the Chief, Conservation Division. The objectives, justification, and funding must be carefully outlined. No project can be activated until approved by the Division Chief. Definition A project is a planned undertaking, a definitely formulated work unit or piece of research that requires more than one month to complete •including office drafting and secretarial support. Projects usually are broad in scope, require a considerable expenditure of professional time anci money, and involve subjects interest to other Divisions of the Survey, other" Federal and State agencies, industry or the general public. Many projects lead to one or more publications. Such undertakings as geologic quadrangle or strip mapping, investigations of the leasable mineral resources of an area, systematic inquiry into the water- power and reservoir storage potentials and dam sites of a river basin, examination of a petroleum reservoir, and other special studies may qualify as projects. Submission A project can be proposed by any member of the Conservation Division. After discussion of the project with the District or Area Supervisor, the objectives, justification, and other pertinent data are assembled the enclosed form, Geological Survey — Conservation Division Project Description." Six copies of the project description are submitted by the Area Supervisor to the Regional Conservation Manager who assigns a number beginning with the initial of the region Eastern (E) , Gulf of Mexico (G) , Central (C) , or Western (VJ) , followed by an appropriate sequential number and ending with the year the project was initiated. For example, a project initiated Let's Clean Up Amerce r~. ~ a,.- ^ Amu * I sA 1 J , , . w I f i i i U v» o ( • ( * -2- * in the Central Region during the year 1975 and the sixty-ninth in the current listing of outstanding projects would be designated as C_69_75, After reviewing the project description and reconciling any differences of opinion he might have with the Area Supervisor, especially with regard to objectives, personnel and funds involved, the Regional Manager recommends the project to the Division Chief approval . Upon approval, copies are distributed to. .Conservation Division Reston files 'Geologic Division Program Office Regional Manager Area Supervisor Project Chief Chief , Branch of Mineral and Water Classification An additional copy can be made for the District Supervisor when needed. The enclosed’ form has been constructed Conservation Division. Use, no doubt, and the form will have to be revised, additions, deletions or changes to the Water Classification. to fit the needs of the will reveal shortcomings Please submit any sugges Chief, Branch of Mineral ed and Progress Reports Progress toward completion of each project is reported to the Division Chief and Regional Managers as follows: 1. .Monthly: Summary Report on Active Projects by the Area Supervisor 2. Annually: Work Plan and Accomplishments (Form 9-1294, Rev. 8-74) by the project chief. Active Projects The Regional Manager will furnish an updated list of active pro¬ jects in his region to the Chief, Conservation Division on or about January 1 of each year. Cop5.es of this 7 1st will be furnished .the Area Supervisors involved and the Chief, Branch of Mineral and Water Classification. Miscellaneous -3- In his review of project descriptions , the Regional Manager should make certain' .that the proposed work is needed and that personnel and funds ^are available for timely completion. Work on projects should not be allowed to drag on as, for example, C-3-57, Utah Mineral Map and Cards, which was started in 1957. Once a project is approved it is the responsibility of the Regional Manager and Area Supervisor to push the project to completion. Additional project description forms can be obtained from the Chief, Branch of Mineral and Water Classification. Enclosure Copies to: Distribution List attached Asst. Div. Chief, Resource Evaluation Asst, Div. Chief, Operations Evaluation Standards & Publi -ations Section Chief, Branch of Mineral & Water Classification \ ♦ 4 United States Department ef the interior r :■ • r* \ ' O T r * m * »• ftp',’ r v.1 .«— • i.- A.V .4 i. i-/ O O J 'w > . x r :''!YVv v i T- f • • V f ^ i N >. i \ J \ ^ iO Ti; \ 4 / ^ «d Y v»‘ In Reply Refer To: Mail Slop 640 c ■■■'flf ^ A ' . ■ x ' c . * . ; ✓> *' < V v -ra\ (>>-v <• v-Y> / / / / \ / .. v > r f » U ',1 \ r > ' . - r * \j ■* . s. • J \ ; v ’ O t > y > Co?ise rva t ion. Manager , Eastern Region Central Region Ue star n Re g 1 o n Gulf of Mexico CCS Operations t^Tfea G c o 1 o g is ts Area Resource Evaluation Supervisors Fro:a: Acting Chi ex, Conservation Division V >" Sub j ec^ . Review of geologic Division Pro’joct Pronotals to Ensure Data Golluction to Expedite Mineral Classification and E v a lu a t i o n Orogr airs Enel os ec ole ate find: m 0) a copy of the Office of Survey and Review audit: of 1971 - Coordination on Mineral Land Classification Activities - Geological ijji v&y > (2) the subsequent Memorandum of Understanding (KOI!) between Geologic Division and Conservation Division of September 3, 1971, ou cooperation in collection of basic geologic data for mineral land classification , (j) our memo 01 March 28 , 1977, suggesting revised procedures to coordinate implementation of the MOU, and (4) the response of April 8, 1977, from the Chief Geologist implementing procedures for regional coordination of such efforts. Please ensure that regional efforts to implement full coordination and cooperation wi tn Geologic Division are successful in niaxiitixing basic flULa acquisition m aia of our mineral classification and evaluation p-og^ams . Copies of ail project proposal page 2a requests furnished to Geologic Division should be provided' to Headquarter- ini.oriLation purposes, /ill data supplied as a result: of such cooperative o o40) tor « ¥ Gj-j. or ts should he requested to be supplied directly Wi4_. Area head rather than the Branch of Mine re 1 and Water Clasu , indicated j_n tnc CniGi Ggo1.,',jv s*- r s ??> -a r.-. aitm O i-» i- Ci^Uv.Uit » to the aopronr: .11 _ Ci if ic at ion AH personnel involved in the preparation cr review of project proposals snoul. a b a in^Oi.tk;a as to tiiese revised procedures end the no'>d feu close ^coordination and cooperation to ensure not only lack of duolicaMo of eftort but also to ensure that the planning for all pertinent' field date-gathering activities, whenever possible, will aid in yielding results useful for expediting both classification and evaluation" " programs . * s\ '■/ . ‘ / // '> ^ r -V 't ’ s'-*^ | Enclosures (4) // / 1/ / ) / / I7 Acting Chi-ef , Conservation Division u \ 1 ♦ 4 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division Area Geologist's Office 345 Middlefieid Road Menlo Park, California 94025 May 4, 1977 Memorandum To: Acting Conservation Manager, Western Region From: Area Geologist, Pacific Area Subject: Project description of oil shale, Elko County, Nevada The project description for "Investigation of oil shale of Tertiary age, Elko Nevada" is attached for your approval and transmittal to Reston. Henry L/Cullins »r.O. I'flUII UliCll l Ul LIM.* il»VCi GEOLOGICAL SURVEY - CONSERVATION DIVISION PROJECT DESCRIPTION 0o be assigned by Regional Oificc) . U1-4-T7 FORM PREPARED BY Stanley Sun and Barry Solomon _ f _ - — — - — — - JECT t fi L£ Investigation of oil shale of Tertiary age, Elko County, Nevada PROJECT CHIEF AND ICADOUARTERS Stanley Sun, Menlo Park Oh Western Region PROPOSED STARTING DATE (month and year) June 1977 * Pacific Area _ ESTIMATED COMPLETION DATE - FIELD V.CRK September 1979 1 lv lUi ESTIMATED COMPLETION DATE - REPORTS September 1980 ALU AT 1 ON OF FEDERAL LANDS LLASABLE^COr.rD.O I T^LS^PRE££N i Co^ j— j Geothermal Resources 1ZZJ Oil and gas EH! Oil Shale rfe Phosphate D Potassium LL3 Sodium i_) bultur i - i Locataoie minerals un ncu iunu^ i - . — CLASS 1 F I CAT 1 ON ! N FORMAT I ON V,«i frhrfrawal s (dates and townships) My 1968 - T. 33-34 N., R. 34 E.; T. 33-,35 N- R. 55 E.: T. 33-35 N., R. 56 E., M.D. M. Known leasing areas (commodi ty , date and tcwnsh i ps )._ None Other None jATA NEEDED (Depth, ’thickness , extent,’ qua! i ty, resources, etc.) Geologic map of the area surrounding three trench sites on a scale of 1:12,000, showing detailed structural and stratigraphic relationship of oil shale deposits and surrounding country -rocks. Quantity, quality, thickness, and extent of the oil shale occurrences can be derived from detailed mapping. Measured sections, and petrographic and chemical analyses will be necessary to provide additional information* Sampling program and reconnaissance of the remainder of' the withdrawal, as well as drilling and/or. trenching as necessary to complete data gaps. 0liQu4drang 1 c mapping [=1 Strip mapping m Drilling 1x31 Geophysical investigations 0 1 h e r Trenching? _ _ _ _ — — - - Acquire detailed information where the Elko Formation crops out at the surface (3 locations in and near area of withdrawal), and extrapolate the data to provide an estifnate of oil shale distribution throughout the withdrawal. Document stratigraphic and structural features that may affect mining, and assess the potential geologic hazards. * Open-File publication of maps, and restoration and .classification of oil shale lands will be made. JUSTIFICATION (why project should be undertaken; how it fits into Conservation Division overall program) Previous investigations have been too general to contribute to* an accurate estimation of oil shale ^ esources and reserves. Detailed stratigraphic and structural information is essential to adequately ••-evaluate the oil shale resources of the Elko Formation. Our assigned mission of classification, evaluation and providing geologic reports for prospecting permits, lease applications, mining plan reviews, and geologic hazard sxudies requires detailed geologic data. ..... <« <4 )ATA HEEDED (cite material and townships) <• l> COM.*':Or*lTl E3 • • OMMOD1T1ES KNOWN OR SUSPECTED Coal (valuable prospectively), oil and gas (valuable prospectively), geothermal (Elko Hot Spring KGR.A and valuable pros¬ pectively), phosphate (valuable prospectively, but not J within oil shale withdrawal). J0D3 CF STUDY 1. Mapping of oil shale occurrences at three localities at a scale of 1:12,000, using topographic map bases and air photos. 2. Measuring sections and collecting samples, both within the three localities noted above, as well as within the remainder of the withdrawal. - 3. Drilling and/or trenching as necessary 'to complete data gaps. r • • 4. Chemical, petrographic, and fossil analyses. 5. Compilation of field data and preparation of final maps. ‘ " ■-1 C i LOCATION (Outline project area by quadrangle, township, etc. show relationship to withdrawals, lands valuable prospectively, KGS, A, and KLA's. T.38N. Project Area (Detailed Mapping) Oil Shale Withdrawal (Stratigraphic study) T.37N. i sens for using then) -| - — - M • • • 1 ^ 1 . ^ a • • m mm ’ . - — . . . - . . . i. .i — , AGS • • t • 2 -- TO 4] 40 40 o„. :nd 1:12,000 nt LATI0M 1:12,000 * necessary for detailed delineation of oil shale; . . . .... r’M 1 CAT 10;J 1:12,000 _ 2x magnification of available topographic coverage. ;'AP;> 1:24,000 Coal Mine Basin, Buttes, Elko East, and Elko West topo maps; 1:62,500 Carlin and v i \ ] a b 1 e_ . . _ _ ; _ d Dixie Flats topo maps. _2x_ blow-ups of portions of the quads noted above. : ; PMErn and laboratory facilities va i 1 a b 1 c _ Microscope for thin section analysis- >ed: VI u 1 RATION BY OTHER GEOLOGICAL SURVEY UNITS (napping, analyses, fossil identification, thin sections, etc.) JIT T\ 'PE OF SUPPORT SAMPLES OR CuLLELl ION _GesLogicJDi vision _ _ERQS-Da.t aXeatfiC. thin sections, chemical analyses, fossil identification air photos _ 30-50 thin section PFRATi VE ARRANGEMENTS WITH OTHER AGENCIES AND INDUSTRY (mapping, analysts, etc.) ?GAN I Z AT i ON SUPPORT FAC I L III ES FUlfDS NS FOR REPORTS 'ofessional Paper cl letin ter Supply Pa.ner ircular :>urnal of Research Geol . Quad. Map (GQ) Misc. Inv. Map (I) Rise. F'iCid Studios ^ MF ) Min. Inv. Resources (MR) Geophysical Inv. (GP) Oil and Gas Man (CM) Oil and Gas Chart (0G) Coal Map (C) River Survey Technical Journals Open-file report Administrative report Outside Publication 'Fiv Brians One geologist — half time each fiscal year. One physical science technician — half time each fiscal year. ANC1AL PLANS See attached sheet FISCAL YEAR laries, travel, and' supplies TOTAL $ $ $ $ $ $ $ <: « $ Total estimated cost: Submitted. FINANCIAL PLANS FY 77 Salaries 1 geologist (8 wks. field 6a 16 wks. office) $9,500 . 1 Phy. Sci. Tech. (8 wks. field and 16 wks. office) 4,300 Travel (1 vehicle) 400 * Per Diem (2 people, 8 wks.) 2,380 Air photos 50 Base map preparation 200 Thin sections Drilling and/or trenching (as needed) Chemical analyses Field equipment 200 TOTALS $17,030 TOTAL ESTIMATED PROJECT COST: FY 78 FY 79 MAN \ $9 , 500 $9,500 12/8 . 4,300 4,300 12/8 400 400 2,380 2,380 2 50 5,000 2,000 $16,580 $23,830 3 $57 , 440 * 1st week: $30/day, 2-Sth week: $20/day ** ^United States Department of the Interior A C ® t Cii 5 u u ^ r H V--‘ '• • \C 1 Iff : coiogical Survey. MAY A 1 1977 In Reply Refer To: MaiEc&fcep'’a64Q division. Western Region Menlo Park, Calif. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESTON, VIRGINIA 22092 KAY 2 7 1977 Memorandum To: Conservation Manager, Western Region From: Acting Chief, Conservation Division Subject: Project Description (W-4-77) The enclosed Project Description has been approved by this office. The original and two copies are being returned to you, the original for your files and a copy each for the Area office and Project Chief. Enclosures .oVJT/Oa/ V ^ ' % V' UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Conservation Division 345 Middlef ield Road Menlo Park, California 94025 May 31, 1977 Memorandum To: Area Geologist, Pacific Area From: Acting Conservation Manager, Western Region Subject: Programs and Plans — Approval of Elko C.i ] Shale Project (W-4-77) Attached is Divis5.cn approval for the "Investigation of Oil Shale of Tertiary Age, Elko County, Nevada (W-4-77). Please proceed with the project and submit a monitored objective that describes the steps necessary and timetable for successful completion of the project. Lowell G. Hammons Enclosure / type of ORDER 1 Hi J [/i i/i \ - \ *m „ ' - % \ * \ ■ \ .i C'-'i r">w'^ ^ ■\ V / * /;.* S—C^ — / \ 'v'1" '.. “ \>v-:;:V ■s^-. ,i •, •• *_♦ yr.’v ''■,•.■> i.nn'nf i ±*,~.U.. i n ' tf>r ■,’ - f-> t- c'-u ^u; l / - C.' 4.1. ■* ciiiCiiL (;j Lite iiiLcnor G ! to LOG I f l S u /; v j;y R LSTOG, VI R G I X J A 22092 April 8 j 1977 TO: Regional Gaol og. FROM: Ciricif Caologict SUDJlCT: Cooperation in c Mineral j.aud Cl;: Recently it was brought in r-v - f t ,* w -»v ~ *v-. Project pro?osals according to the procedures set forth J i? nt> ,dGcf sGtc:^r 3> is:?n £he t....c ....... L.v.orou ana Geologic Division, vhc proio-t cb-v-r, UnS 4nJ“Er,?”F°?.a? £?r ,,W «r?inS on' ' fed'eraf 1 - ivi. Lilt- ■ 1 r o o 4. ~ r it 20 the Eranrh of ?.? •* nAr -i i ° jJ- needed, of Sr?n‘"h °tf Hinerai and ^ter Classification uGr‘;" ""'riaS* CRoicgic data on Federal Lend tor the following ccrrnoditics : r.eot ■;■ j nr- ~ 1 coni, oil on Fedc ;r al Lta, if n ceded , for eva *» • J a a t ion nay be r*. ceded oi 1 sh i ‘t» lo, pot a r • ; d ur: J e. i.U bO j iU; j iwdicl 1 1? j r;\l phor.pi',.?. t ninera’s. TcM'ost inherent this requirement, I s<-»e*<- ,V‘~ '-“Srcnal ecologists contact the Re-ic;--( Co. haaagers directly chile the prolcc* d-scr-b-Rn“- G-'"'1. latcd so that Conservation Div^ • ?"2 t0CBU- p.-je 2a of the Project Description' (LGG1?G) RGR-G G sificaticu is needed. yCo- 7 . ?' ? " cl££" hGs err not price 2a should be GGG after establishing the necessary cnortM^fon r-'th Ulic appropriate State Geolo-ist m^/or q ~ G o-'-' *- * — u/Ci ^Gt cnee-' •) ^ . , Uo -^e.u cirtv iLIlOS iccuifc-'a uu j — t_L spec idi expenses involved -G-. p-nnK- ■> - , dr-1* 1 ~t~a -k “• i , “ c' oc*DP-i--L'!-3» suen as treneninp. ct.iQ chemical ana j vc.i ° •.*■? 1 1 ]>-. . c ■, ° * borne by the Conservation Bi^Ln Th^RpU^ expenses resulting froa Conservation Diviad Islet e°^ thG not included in the project objectives and budget. Richard P. Sheldon I v- il OulClio Regional Conservation Ha nan o * t;l.( )|.( Mile \l <1 R\T.Y KUSTON, \ I RAIMA .’JU'i'J FEB 2 3 1375 Memorandum To: All Personnel, Geologic Division From: Chief Geologist Subject: Change in prices for analytical services An adjustment in the funding mechanism for the Branch of Analytical Laboratories makes possible a reduction in the charges for all analytical services provided by the Branch. Therefore, retroactive to the beginning of FY 75, all prices for analytical services are being reduced by approximately one-third. Work previously submitted in FY 75, even if already completed, will be reduced in cost by exactly one- third, and the Branch accounts will receive credit for^ the difference. That sum will remain with the Branch of Analytical Laboratories , and can be used only for your additional analytical work this fiscal year. A revised price schedule ior all analytical services is enclosed, and it is anticipated that these new prices will continue in effect in FY 76 with no substantial changes. Richard P. Sheldon Enclosure February 24, 1975 (Revised) Schedule of Charges for Analytical Services Branch of Analytical Laboratories Thin sections Standard Oversize Polished sections Staining of thin or polished sections Polishing chip remaining from thin section Polishing thin sections or thinning pol. sec. $2 . 30 /section 4 . 70/sec tion 3 . 30 /section 1 . 30/element 1 . 00/chip 6 . 70 /sample X-ray Quantitative, 10 major rock-forming elements (aluminum, calcium, total iron, magnesium, manganese, phosphorus, potassium, silicon, sodium, titanium) Quantitative, partial, specific elements I (add $15.00 for sample preparation) Quantitative, routine, trace elements (add $7.00 for sample preparation) Semiquant, 11 major rock-forming elements (as above without sodium, but include chlorine & sulfur) Selenium Total spectral scan Non-routine determinations' 38.00/sample (M, R) 2 . 00/element 2 . 00/ element 6.70/sample (D) 6 . 70 /determination 8 .00/sample (negotiated) (D) Electron microscopy Scanning Transmission Electron probe Computer reduction of data Optical emission spectroscopy Routine quantitative (charge made only for detectable and reportable amounts) Semi-quantitative Non-routine quantitative Neutron activation Group separation (10 rare-earth elements) Radiochcmistry (routine) INAA (20-25 elements) INAA (single element) U by fission track Direct oxygen Delayed neutron (U and Th) (U or Th) (no charge) 20.00/hour; 1. 00/photo~.(R 20.00/hour (R) 3.30/hour- of probe time 3.30/ determination ; 17 . 00/sample , minimum 20 . 00/ sample (negotiated) 133 . 00/ sample 33.00/element 50.00/ sample 10 . 00/de termination 10.00/sample (D) 6,70/sample (0) 6.70/sample (D) 4.00/ determination (C Element Charge Cadmium $ 6.70 j Organic 6.70 Carbon “('Inorganic 6.70 (jot al 6.70 Cesium 10.00 Chlorine 10.00 Chromium 10.00 Cobalt 10.00 Copper 6.70 Fluorine 10.00 Gold 13.00 Indium 10.00 Lead (<25 ppm) 47.00 Lead ( > 25 ppm) 6.70 Lithium 6.70 Mercury 10.00 Molybdenum 6.70 Nickel 6.70 Niobium 10.00 Phosphorus 10.00 Rubidium 6.70 Selenium 10.00 Silver 6.70 Silver and gold 17.00 Strontium 6.70 Sulfur 10.00 Tantalum 10.00 Thallium 10.00 Thorium 47.00 Tin 17.00 Tungsten 6.7.0 Consents MS 13.40 for all three AAS , preconcentration S pec tropho tome trie S pec tropho tome trie AAS, or spectrophotometric AAS Ion-sensitive electrode Fire Assay-AAS (D, R) Substoichiometric-ID (R) Special reagents; separations AAS (D) AAS AAS, Flameless (D, R) Spectrophotometric-ID (R) AAS Spectrophotometric-ID (R) Volumetric or gravimetric AAS (D, R) Spectrof luorometric (D, R) MS or radio-reagent ID (R) Fire Assay-MS) (D, R) MS Combustion (D) Extraction-spectrophotometric (D, R) Spec trof luorometric (D, R) Spec tropho tome trie (preconcentration special reagents) (D, R) Spectrophotometric (X-ray f luorometric) •(D, R) Spectrophotometric ID (D, R) ' (C Conventional rock analysis (14 elements + F, Cl if requested) 200 . OQ/sample (D) Rapid rock analysis Complete (14 elements) Partial (add $16.00 for sample decomposition) aluminum, iron (total), phosphorus, silicon, titanium calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, sodium , (those below include sample decomposition) carbon dioxide, iron (ferrous), H20- h2o+ 67 . 00/sample (R) 1. 30 /determination 2. 70 /determination 6. 70/determination 9.70/ determination Partial chemical analysis Rock forming elements (add $3.30 for sample decomposition) Element Aluminum and silicon Calcium Iron (Total) Magnesium Manganese Potassium Sodium Potassium and/or Sodium Titanium Iron (ferrous) Charge Comments $17.00 Spectrophotometric 3.30 AAS 3.30 Spectrophotometric or AAS 3.30 AAS 3.30 AAS 3.30 AAS 3.30 AAS 3.30 IL Flame Photometer 6.70 Spectrophotometric 10.00 Volumetric (includes separate decomposition) Minor and trace elements (Charges for the following include appropriate sample decomposition. Lower charges may be made for large-scale or for multi— element studies) Element Charge Comments Antimony $13.00 Spectrophotometric Arsenic 10.00 Evolu t ion-spec tropho tome trie Barium 10.00 AAS Beryllium 10.00 Spec trof luorome trie Bismuth 6.70 - Spect rophotometric-iso tope dilution (R) HI cment Charge Comments Equiv. Uranium $ 1.30 Counting (D, R) Uranium 6.70 F3 uorometric (D) Uranium 17.00 Vo 3 umetr ic Vanadium 10. 00 Spectroph tometr Zinc 6.70 MS Miscellaneous determinations H20 (Total) 8.00 Penfield 10.00 Moisture analyzer (M) II 2°— 2.70 Palladium ~) Platinum r Rhodium (SQ spect. 100.00 required if not available) Fire assay-spec trographic (D) or Fire assay-AAS (R) Ash Loss on ignition pH Fischer oil assay Acid-insoluble residue Powder density or specific gravity Bulk density F or S (Total) Grinding only (no analytical work requested) 2.00 1.30 1.30 10.00 (D) 2.70 4.00 Small samples (R) 5.30 4.00 2.00 Charges for the following are subject to negotiation depending on complexity of sample and amount available for analysis: Mineral analysis Small samples (R) Peat tasting (r) Note : (R) .Available at Rcston laboratory only. (D) Available at Denver laboratory only. 00 Available at Menlo Park laboratory only. > • • • • At « » . * * • * • (v - • •« TOR* 9-1 403 (REV. 3*1966) U. S. DEPARTMENT OP THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY REQUEST FOR SECTIONS submitted BY (Print or typo ntme end eddreee) Date; Tel. Ext. NO. SAMPLES DATE NEEDED JOB NO. (Lab.) Page of pages Prepare original and 3 carbons- Enclose one copy with samples. Send others to laboratory. Drench Chief Project No* *nd Title: Approved by: Subdivision err or geniration: REQUESTED: T*Thin sections; P-Polishcd sections; -Other (specify) LAB USE FIELD NO. ROCK OR MINERAL NAME OR DESCRIPTION COUNTY AND STATE VO RK requested 1 2 3 k 5 1 6 7 8 9 - 10 ( H H _ 12 13 lh 15 /. 16 i - 1 17 • 18 > 19 - 20 — PLEASE LIST NO MORE TRAN TWENTY SAMPLES PER PAGE The coding scheme used for submitting samples to the Branch of Analytical Laboratories, as presented in this third edition of the manual, is not compatible with the scheme given in the second edition. In cases where large numbers of samples have been coded according to the scheme La the second edition, the submitter may wish to continue using the second edition for the duration of that project. Data Processing Group The Data Processing Group referred to on this manual is an informal unit within the Branch of Geochemical Census. Please contact Roy V. Mendes, Federal Center, Bldg. 25, Denver, Colorado (Phone: 303-233-3611, ext. 6568). a CONTENTS Page PREFACE . i INTRODUCTION . 1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMITTING SAMPLES TO THE BRANCH OF ' ANALYTICAL LABORATORIES . 6 General . 6 Coding Sheet and Request for Analysis Forms . 6 Date release code . 9 Work requested . 9 Previous work done . 11 Sample description boxes . 11 Sample number . 11 Latitude and longitude . 11 State and county . 12 Formation . 12 Sample name and description . . 12 Comments . . 13 Numbered boxes . 13 Special purpose coding . 13 Replicated sample information . 14 Coding Instructions . 15 General (Boxes 11 .to 17) . 16 Category of sample material (Box IS) . 19 Igneous rocks (Boxes 20 to 23) 20 Metamorphic rocks (Boxes 20 to 26) 21 Sedimentary rocks (Boxes 20 to 23) 22 Unconsolidated sediments (Boxes 20 to 23) . 23 Minerals (Boxes 20, 21 and 26 to 30) . 24 Soils (Boxes 20 to 22) . 25 Water (Boxes 20 and 21) . 26 Plants (Boxes 20 to 38) . 27 Organic fuels and related substances (Box 20) . 30 Miscellaneous (Box 20) . . . . . 31 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMITTING SAMPLES TO THE FIELD SERVICES SECTION LABORATORIES OF THE BRANCH OF EXPLORATION RESEARCH . 32 General . ' . 32 CONTENTS Pags General Instructions for all projects . 36 Special instructions for projects having data entered into RASS . 37 Coded descriptions of the samples . 37 Latitude and longitude or X-Y location . 37 Comments . 38 Field No. and Tag No . 38 Codes for other information . ..... 39 INSTRUCTIONS FOR RETRIEVAL OF DATA FROM RASS . 39 Search statements . 40 Entry into the STATPAC system . 41 % INSTRUCTIONS FOR RETRIEVAL OF DATA FROM THE PRE-1968 CARD FILE . 43 P reface Research in Lhe development of methods for information exchange in the geological sciences, including the development of machine techniques for the storage and retrieval of geologic data, is a subject of increasing concern throughout the geologic profession. A great deal of wnrk on the subject is being done within industry, universities, and government. The development of procedures for storing geochemical data in a useable form is only a small part of this broader problem, but it too is still in the research stage. It would be self-defeating to think that either our present system or systems we have used in the past are perfected and can remain unchanged. We hope that this third edition of the ,:Sampie Submittal Manual* * will be received in this spirit. The benefits to be derived from a machine system for storing and retrieving geochemical data are of tw kinds — benefits to the project that supplied the samples, and benefits to other projects at a later time. The project that supplied the samples benefits by having the resultant data available in a form such that they can be selectively retrieved and automatically entered into a system of computer programs that will save the drudgery of data handling, thereby allowing more time for professional tasks. The benefits to other projects at a later time cannot be fully anticipated, but soma likely examples are retrieval of data on specific geographic areas of interest to learn what data are available, retrieval of data on various geologic materials as an aid in formulating research problems, and retrieval of data and identification of materials meeting certain compositional specifications, especially in commodity studies. We have observed that coding schemes being devised for describing geologic materials by other organisations are a great deal more com¬ prehensive than either the one used in the first and second editions of this manual or the ones presented in this third edition. Indeed, the ones given in this edition are less comprehensive than those we have used previously. This results both from experience gained over the past 5 years allowing us to sort out better that part of the scheme which may be useful and that which seems less so, and from a gradual change in coding philosophy. While the more complete a coding scheme is the more useful it will be, v?e have come to realize that it may be better to have less information about the materials analyzed but to have this accurately and consistently . The principal changes in the coding scheme introduced with this third edition are simplifications, primarily in coding descriptive information on sedimentary rocks and mineral deposits. Significant changes have been made in the methods for coding information on soils, metamorphic rocks, and unconsolidated sediments. Also, recognizing the fact that the need frequently arises for special purpose coding schemes for use within individual projects, we have set aside '’free" space for such codes within the system. i Other changes from earlier editions consist of explanations of the total data system— RASS and STATPAC — and of procedures for their use. Finally, the manual now includes procedures for submitting samples to laboratories of the Field Services Section of the Branch of Exploration Research in work pertaining to the Wilderness, Heavy Metals, Marine Geology and other programs. ii INTRODUCTION The purpose of this manual and the standardized sample submittal forms is to provide a means for supplying uniform descriptive information pertaining to rock samples and other materials submitted for analysis. The .information will be stored in a computer-based file, along with the laboratory data resulting from the analyses, in such a way that it can be readily retrieved and tabulated or automatically prepared for further computer processing. This might be done in behalf of the geologist who originally submitted the samples for analysis, or in support of other geochemical studies as may be meaningful and appropriate. The data to be retrieved may be selected according to sample number, project number, geographic area, name of submitter, or according to other types of information, including coded sample descriptions, recorded on the sample submittal forms; they may also be selected on thk basis of chemical properties of the samples as indicated by the analytical data. From 1962 through 1967, data from the Branch of Analytical Laboratories and coded descriptive information on the samples analyzed were recorded on standard 80-column punch cards, and stored in a card file. Retrieval of data from the file, referred to as the Pre-68 Card File, is made by means of a card sorter. A computer-based file was initiated on January 1, 1968; data and descriptive information on samples submitted after this date are presently entered on magnetic tapes and retrieved by means of computer processing techniques. The computer-based file is referred to as RASS (Rock Analysis Storage System) . 1 « An overall view of the data processing system is diagrammed on figure 1. The components of the system are lettered A through J. Component A (fig. 1) is the Pre-63 Card File of data on standard 80-column cards accumulated during the period 1962 through 1967. Retrieval's from the card file are made by means of a card sorter (Component B) , and entry of the retrieved data into the computer for further processing is done by special purpose programming (Component C) . Because of the special programming required, preparation of data from the Pre-68 Card File for computer processing will be done only in support of high priority investigations. Retrievals and listings of the selected data from the card file, however, can be accomplished routinely. (See page 43 for instructions on requesting retrievals of data on samples submitted prior to 1968.) « Component D (fig. 1) is the principal RAS3 file containing the descriptive information and the analytical data on samples submitted to the Branch of Analytical Laboratories after January 1, 1968, and information and data on samples submitted to the Field Services Section Laboratories by certain projects. Analytical data may be selectively retrieved from the file and entered automatically on to a magnetic tape or disk (Component E) in a specific standardized format. Components E through J (fig. 1) make up the STATPAC system, and Component E is generally referred to as a STATPAC tape. The STATPAC tape is the central component of the system for computer processing of geochemical data. Once data are placed on a STATPAC tape, they may be processed through any of the computer programs in the STATPAC 2 £ A B C Figure 1. -Geochemical data processing system. ♦ 3 * i > i -i i 5 i i > i i t i t -5 i * 4 system. Moreover, the results of many types of computations provided by the STATE AC system can be automatically returned to a STATE AC tape for further processing. The programs in the STATPAC system include facilities for: 1) preparation of data (Component F) such as logarithmic or other kinds of data transformations, averaging of replicate samples or analyses , recalculation of analyses; 2) transfer of data to a card deck at any stage of the processing (Component G) ; 3) data reduction and analysis (Component H) including the computation of means, etc., and the preparation of histograms and contingency tables as well as data analysis by such techniques as analysis of variance, regression, factor analysis, and discriminant analysis; 4) data plotting (Component I) including simple plots of analytical values on maps and/or contouring; and 5) preparation of data tables for open-file type publications (Component J) . Refer to program documentations issued by the Computer Center Division for further descriptions of computer programs in the STATPAC system. ig The coding scheme given in this manual for use in submitting samples to the Branch of Analytical Laboratories was first developed by several panels of specialists within the U.S. Geological Survey, and after a 5-year trial period was modified as a cooperative effort by several Branch of Geochemical Census personnel. A different codin scheme, developed in cooperation with the Branch of Exploration Research, is used for submitting samples to the Field Services Laboratories. 4 f Two points regarding the coding schemes are emphasized: 1. The coding schemes are used in an attempt to provide consistent descriptive information on the wide variety of types of samples submitted for analysis. They will not necessarily be the best schemes that could be used for any particular sample suite. 2. The coding schemes include, for the most part, only characteristics of the samples that can be observed in the hand specimens or at the immediate sample locality. For many specimens or localities, howeva the characteristics will not be observable and the coding will necessarily be incomplete. You are requested to code only those characteristics that are known at the time the samples are submitted for analysis. Any additional information or corrections you care to submit at a later time, however, can be entered into the system. Suggestions for improvements in the coding schemes, consistent with the two points referred to above, and questions regarding the coding schemes or any other aspect of the data processing system should be addressed to the Data Processing Group. r INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMITTING SAMPLES TO THE BRANCH OF ANALYTICAL LABORATORIES General A copy of the "Coding Sheet and Request for Analysis" form to use in submitting samples to the Branch of Analytical Laboratories is shown on page 7. The instructions given here pertain only to the completion of this form. Before this is done, the request should be discussed with a Branch of Analytical Laboratories representative if it will involve either large numbers of samples or any laboratory work other than the most routine kinds. The samples and forms should be submitted to the Branch of Analytical Laboratories "Sample Control Representative" in either Washington, Denver, or Menlo Park. The normal paths of the samples, the Coding Sheet and Request for Analysis forms, and the analytical data through the ’"mill" are shown on figure 2. Coding Sheet and Request for Analysis Form The "Coding Sheet and Request for Analysis" forms, comprised of front and continuation sheets, are made up in tablets consisting of an original sheet followed by 5 sheets of pressure-sensitive paper that make copies without carbons. Spaces are provided on the front sheet for information concerning the group of samples submitted. The remainder of the front sheet and the continuation sheets are used for descriptions of individual samples. When samples are submitted, an original plus four copies should be transmitted to the Branch of ♦ Analytical Laboratories. The fifth copy is retained by the submitter. Example Submitted by: JQhn Smith U.S. Geological Survey Address; Washington, D.C. Collected by: (if °»ter than submitter) Paul Jones Release code A - Jan», 1972 Send corbon of report to: Paul Jones U.S. Geological Survey Denver Federal Center UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY CODING SHEET AND REQUEST FOR ANALYSIS _ P o ge l of 1 poges Totol No. of Somple s 5 Dote Submitted: 1-25-69 Dote Results Needed: 7-1-69 s0,,di.i...»”Exp«imental deol°gy Brunch: G eo chemjcal_Cgn gffg — LABORATORY USE ONLY Report No. R e port Dole: Project Title: . , Mi s^plLineous Invest jjjflt ions, - Lot No. Project No. 976070 X^T^ThTTlBranch ChieTTTR^T^ntati ve) Job No. Work Requested: (List elements / or part in l anal- ) Rapid Rock Anal. Quant. Chem. for Ba, Sr, Be, Th, & Zr. ’ 0-th ers: See Comments PREVIOUS WORK DONE Lab. Comment ; Report No. 66WS-7 Type of onolysis Semiquant . spec . Assigned Lob. No. S.E. Corner — 7'/)' Quod. FIELD NO. LAT. LONG. STATE COUNTY D101542 PJ -65-1 COMMENT; 35°52 1 u lllo30' Ariz Coconino 12 13 14 1 5 T c J 1 6 17 19 2 0 21 J T FORMATION SAMPLE NAME 8. DESCRIPTION Meteorite fragment 22 23 24 25 26^ 27 28 29 3D 3 5 36 37 38 39 70 71 72 73 74 75 D101549 PJ -65-12 40°00 1 105°30 ' Colo Boulder Boulder Ck. Granite Biotitic quartz monzonite COMMENT: This sample is highly THTTTiiJiiJjIJ Ii-4-— B 19 20 21 22 23 24 A M Q c N 25 26 27 28 29 30 35 36 37 38 39 70 71 72 73 74 75 D101565 PJ -65-85 39°1 5 ' 115°00 1 Ncv . White Pine Chainman Shale COMMENT: Somq pyriLS p resent -U, X 12 13 14 15 16 TfT 1 9 T2oJ_lll2X i~ 7~— — -- 1-' 1 D C C s D101586 PJ-65-137 14°45' 120°22'E Phillip! ine Is. COMMENT: 1 1 ll 2 1 3 14 15 16 17 1 T A 19_ 11 20. 4 21 1 22 4 A 23 2 27 28 29 30 35 Altered shale-adjac. to vein '.Ti 37 38 39 70 71 7X 1L Ik. Equi setum ( scour ingru sh) D125609 pj -64-203 45°30' 112°15 ’ Mont. Madison COMMENT: Quant. Chem: lib, Ta, Ce, JLa n_ T 12 13 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 D 2 23 A 24_ 2 24 25_ 5 26 27 28 A R E JQ_ 3 5_J6. U o 2 1Z4-2S- 5 39 20. 71 72 73 74 75 25 26 27 28 29 30 35 Heavy mineral concentrate 36f XIX 39 70 I 7lf 72 73 37 38 i A 74 75 Date Received Estimated dote of Completion - Signed Liason Officer Figure 2. --Diagram showing organization of procedure for processing data from the Branch of Analytical Laboratories. t 8 General information is requested at the ton of the front sheet. The caption "Page 1 of _ Pages" refers to the total number of original (front sheet plus continuation) sheets submitted; continuation sheets should be numbered consecutively. • Data release code The memorandum from the Chief Geologist regarding "Release of Analytical Data" reproduced on page 10 explains the system used in protecting the submitter against premature release of the data. The .Od." is for your protection and should be supplied ifjgu special precautions to be taken in restrict!^ the distribution of the analytical data. Work requested in the "Work Requested" box, all types of petrographic, chemical and physical properties analyses to be made on the entire suite of samples should be listed. If additional analyses are to be made on , few of the samples submitted, "Others: See Comments" should be written in the work requested box, and the additional analyses specified m the "Comment" boxes under the appropriate sample numbers. You are urged to discuss the work to be requested with a representative of the Branch of Analytical Laboratories. t 9 % COPY UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Washington. D.c. 20242 February 26, 1968 Memorandum To: All professionals, Geologic Division From: Chief Geologist Subject: Release of Analytical Data During the past 5 years, nearly all data generated by the Branch of Analytical Laboratories have been routinely entered into a card-based automatic data storage and retrieval system maintained by the Branch of Geochemical Census. One of the primary purposes in setting up the system was to establish a mechanism whereby data obtained for one purpose could be made available for others. To protect the original submitter against improper or premature release of data, it was stipulated that no release be made without his knowledge and permission. This has proved somewhat impractical, so a modified plan is being adopted. In the future, for all samples to either the Branch of Analytical Labora¬ tories or to the Field Services Laboratories of the Branch of Exploration Research, submitters will be asked to specify a "data release" code in the upper left-hand corner of their "Coding Sheet and Request for Analysis" form, and to list a date after which the data can be released without restriction. The codes are as follows: A indicates that the analytical data may be released only to agencies of the U.S. Government. B indicates that the data, may be released only to people within the Survey. C indicates that the data may be released only to the submitter. The notation "B-Jan., 1972" in the upper left-hand corner of the analytical request form, for example, indicates that the submitter wishes the data to remain within the Survey until January of 1972. After this date it may be made available to anyone. Release codes and dates may be added or revised at any time on request by the sub¬ mitter. If no release code is specified on the analytical request form, we will assume that, so far as the submitter is concerned, the data may be released to anyone. ♦ /S/ Harold L. J ame s 10 Requests for other "analytical services," such as preparation of thin and polished sections, should continue to be made on the forms now in use for these services. Previous work done The box headed "Previous Work Done" is to be filled in only if the entire suite of samples is being resubmitted for additional work. If some, but not all, of the samples are resubmittals, this information should be entered in the "Comments" box on the left side of the sheet under the appropriate sample number. Sample description boxes Each sample submitted is allocated a row of spaces headed consecutively: Assigned Lab No., Field No., Lat. , Long., State, County, Formation, Sample Name and Description, together with a row of smaller numbered boxes beneath. Information in the top row of spaces is written out; information in the numbered boxes is coded. Sample number The Assigned Lab No. space on the left should be left blank for all new samples, but should be filled in for all resubmittals. Field No. refers to the sample identification number assigned by the sample collector or submitter. Latitude and longitude The latitude and longitude should be given In whole degrees and minutes, or in degrees, minutes, and seconds --not fractions thereof. Please ignore the reference to "SE Corner - l\x Quad." on the Request for Analysis form (page 7) . The latitude and longitude values can be transferred to a STATPAC tape with the analytical data to facilitate 11 automatic plotting of geochemical maps. If automatic plotting is planned, it is suggested that the latitude and longitude be given to the nearest second, or at least to a precision consistent with the scale to be used in the plotting. If automatic plotting is not planned, give latitude and longitude in degrees and minutes. (It will be convenient in many cases to provide the same approximate latitude and longitude for a large group of samples collected within one small area if automatic plotting is not p 1 annea . ) North latitude and west longitude will be assumed unless otherwise noted. State and County State and county are written in the indicated fields by the submitter state names may be abbreviated. For samples from Alaska, enter the name of the 2 degree AMS quadrangle in the field for county. Oceanographic samples should be designated "marine" in the county field. The name of the country should be written in the state and county fields for all samples from foreign countries except the following: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China (mainland), India, Indonesia, Mexico, and Russia. For these nine countries, the name of the state or province should be given in addition to the name of the country. Formation The field for Formation should be filled in with the name of the stratigraphic unit,' of format i.onal rank or higher, represented by rock or mineral samples from the United States, Canada or Mexico. If the sample represents a named body of igneous rock, this name should be entered under Formation. Sample Name and Descrip tion The sample name and description field may conta.in the name of the sample material plus any descriptive modifiers. Use of this 12 field on the submittal form is especially important where the coding scheme does not provide an adequate description of the sample. Comments Additional information on individual samples can be placed in the s’paces labeled "Comments" to the left of the numbered rows of boxes. These comments will be stored in the RASS file along with the analytical data and sample name and description. The stored comments (including the "Sample name and description") can be no longer than 64 characters, including spaces between words, punctua¬ tion, etc. The purpose of the comments is to provide the submitter an opportunity to supply additional information about the samples that may be useful when the data are retrieved. Numbered boxes Information about individual samples is coded in the numbered boxes of the submittal form. Instructions and tables for coding follow in this section of the manual. Which boxes and how many boxes are to be used vary with the category of sample material (See page 19 ). These box numbers correspond to column numbers on standard 80 column punch cards. Special purpose coding Boxes 70 to 75 are reserved for your own special purpose coding scheme if such a scheme might be useful to you. The boxes may contain any individual characters A through Z or (3 through 9, as well as certain special characters compatible with 13 the computer system. The codes in the reserved boxes may be used as a basis for data retrieval with complete generality. Replicated sample information If certain items of information apply to a number of consecutive samples, ditto marks may be used to indicate this, and if the same description fits all the samples on a page, only the top sample on the page need be described, with the notation under Comments "all samples sane." The rest of the samples on the page are then designated only by their sample field numbers. ♦ 14 r Coding Instructions Use "Coding Sheet and Request for Analysis*1 form (page 7) 1. Code boxes 11 to 17 as described on pages 16 to 18. 2. Code box 19 as indicated on page 19, and then code further descriptions of rock or other substances as indicated. 3. In cases where more than one code is applicable, use the one that is more specific (e.g. '’Devonian” rather than "Paleozoic,” "arkose” rather than "sandstone,” "anthracite” rather than "coal.”) 4. If unknown or very uncertain, leave blank. Do not code. 5. Boxes 70 to 75 are reserved for "private” special purpose codes that may be devised by individual projects to facilitate retrieval of selected data sets for computer processing. The Data Processing Group will assist you in devising special-purpose coding schemes if assistance is needed. 15 General Box 11 - This is IMPORTANT - Place a "TM in box 11 to indicate that you are using this third edition of the sample submittal manual . - This is IMPORTANT. Box 12 - Character of the sample. Typical of a larger body or population at the sample site —Atypical of the larger body or population from which the sample was taken. (Sample was selected for some special attribute and is not intended to be typical.) — Typicalness unknown or uncertain V Y V A B C Single sample (e.g., hand specimen, grab sample) D E F Composite sample (e.g., chip samples; G H I i Channel sample 1 J K L ! Single, composite, channel or any other type sample processed in the field or laboratory (e.g., panned concentrate, mineral separate, purified, leached, | ashed, evaporated, etc.). Use the codes on the • following pages to describe the nature of the I original unprocessed sample. Indicate the nature j of the processed sample under "Sample name and j description" and/or "Comments." If 1 X Y Z c i i i Other i 1 / Most plants, organic -rich soils and rock, and other organic materials are ashed in the laboratory prior to analysis and therefore should be coded here (Box 12) as J, K, or L. 16 V Box 13 - Source of sample (If unknown or inapplicable, do not code) A. Natural outcrop (or surface layer) H. Mill product (smelters, tailings) B. Roadcut G. Float D. Op'en pit mine or quarry E. Prospect pit F. Underground mine G . Mine dump I. Refinery product J. Drill core or auger sample K. Drill cuttings, sludge L. Produced from well (oil, water, etc M. Marine sample Z. Other Boxes 14 - 16 - Geologic age of sample (If unknown, very uncertain, or inapplicable, do not code) Age known - code in box 14 K Age uncertain — code oldest possible age in box 1 5 and youngest possible age in box 16. \< A. Precambrian undifferentiated M. Triassic B. Early Precambrian (Archeozoic) N. Jurassic C. Late Precambrian (Proterozoic) P. Cretaceous D. Paleozoic Q, Tertiary E. Cambrian R. Paleocene F. Ordovician S. Eocene. G. Silurian T. Oligocene H. Devonian U. Miocene I. Mississipoian V. Pliocene J. Pennsylvanian W. Quaternary K- Permian X. Pleistocene L. Mesozoic Y. Holocene 17 Box 17 - Economic geology Use of this section is contemplated for identifying samples oj. ores and/or related protore or altered materials, or other samples of possible economic significance. Use the codes below if applicable, and describe the sample briefly under "Sample name and description11 and/or "Comments." Code in box 17 A. Sample is of mineralized rock - contains epigenetic ore minerals. Code box 19 and other boxes as per instructions on page 19. B. Sample is of altered rock - may contain epigenetic gangue minerals. Code box 19 and other boxes as per instructions on page 19. C. Sample is of vein, cavity, or fracture filling, or is of material that has completely replaced a pre-existing rock, and contain^ ore minerals. Samples in this category, unless they are of single s or of one of the substances itemized on page 31, are generally coded as Z in box 19 (page 19), and no further coding is required. D. Sample is of vein, cavity, or fracture filling, or is of material that has completely replaced a pre-existing rock, but contains gangue minerals only. Samples in this category, unless they are of single minerals or of one of tne substances itemized on page 31, are generally coded as Z in box 19 (page 19) , and no furuhe^ coding is required. E. Sample is from a residual concentration that is or may be of economic value (e.g. lateritic iron deposits, certain bauxite deposits, etc.). Samples in this category, unless they are of 2 ing 1 e minerals or of one of the substances itemized on page 31, are generally coded as Z in box 19 (page 19), and no further coding is required. F. Sample has not been mineralized or altered, but contains or may contain economic concentrations of metals (e.g. magmatic segrega¬ tion, sedimentary iron ore, placer, etc.). Code box 19 and other boxes as per instructions on page 19. G. Sample has not been mineralized but is from material that is or may be of economic value as a non-metallic ore or product (e.g. phosphorite, oil shale, coal, building stone). Code box 19 and other boxes as per instructions on page 19. ♦ Z. Other materials from or related to deposits of existing or poten¬ tial economic significance. Code box 19 and other boxes as per instructions on page 19. 18 Category of sample material For additional coding required, see page Code in Box 19 A. Igneous rock . 20 B. Metamorphic rock (including migraatite) . 21 C. Sedimentary rock . 22 D. Unconsolidated sediment . 23 E. Single mineral . 24 F. Soil . 25 G. Water . . . 26 H. Plant . 27, 28, 29 » I. Organic fuel or related substance . . . 30 J. Miscellaneous (See list on page 31.) • • * * . 21 Z. Other \] 1/ No further coding required. Describe sample briefly under "Sample name and description" and/or "Comments." Note: DON'T FORGET TO PLACE A "T" IN BOX 11 (See top of page 16.). ♦ 19 Igneous rocks (Use if and only if box 19 contains an A) (Where more than one code is applicable, use the one that is more specific.) (If unknown or very uncertain, do not code.) Box 20 - Form Code A. Lava flow B. Volcanic breccia or agglomerate C. Pyroclastic, unsorted, indurated D. Pyroclastic, unsorted, loose E. Pyroclastic, bedded, indurated F. Pyroclastic, bedded, loose G. Pyroclastic H. Extrusive rock J. Dike K. Sill, laccolith, etc. L. Stock M. Pluton N. Pipe or plug P. Intrusive breccia R. Intrusive rock S. Flow or sill(?) T. Inclusion (of uncertain origin) U. Xenolith V. Autolith W. Segregation Box 21 - Texture and structure Box 22 - Quartz-feldspar relations Porphyritic (code matrix texture) Non-massive (layered, laminated) r- Massive y Quartz -bearing Quartz-free (< 57. quartz) yf 1 A, B, C. Glassy - D, E, F. Aphanitic G, H, J. Fine grained, < K, L, M. Medium grained, N, P, Q. Coarse grained, R, S, T. Pegmatitic, > 2 U, V., W. Pumiceous X, Y, Z. Other A, B. C, D. mm E, F . 1 ram, < 5 mm G, K. > 5 mm, < 2 cm J, K. cm L, M. K-Na feldspars dominant K f eldspar=plagioclase Plagioclase dominant Feldspar present Little or no feldspar Feldspathoidal Box 23 - Tentative name A. Felsic igneous rock B. Intermediate igneous rock C. Mafic igneous rock D. Ultramafic igneous rock E. Alkalic igneous rock F. Carbonatite G. Alaskite H. Granite J. Pegmatite K. Aplite L. Syenite M. Quartz monzonite N. Monzonite P. Granodiorite Q. Quartz diorite R. Diorite S. Gabbro T. Diabase U. Dunite id V. Anorthosite W. Pyroxenite X. Amphibolite Y. Peridotite 1. Rhyolite 2. Trachyte 3. Phonolite 4. Quartz latite 5. Latite 6. Dacite 7. Andesite 8. Basalt 9. Olivine basalt +. Lamprophyre Volcanic glass *. Obsidian @. Pumice Z. Other (Give name under "Sample name and description.") (List prominent accessory minerals under "Sample nsxr.e and description" and/or "Comments.") 20 > Metamorphic rocks (Use if and only if box 19 contains a B) (Where more than one code is applicable, use the one that is more specific) (If unknown or very uncertain, do not code) Box 20 - Tyne of metamorphism Metaigneous Metased imentary Original rock type uncertain I A, B. C. Contact metamorphism D, E, F. Regional metamorphism G, H, J. Shear metamorphism K, L, M. Hydrothermal (met amorphic or deuteric) N, P, Q. Mixed types of metamorphism Box 23 - Texture Schistose (fissile) Gneissic (layered) Massive \< 1 A, B, C. Fine grained, <1 mm D, E, F. Medium grained, 1 ran - 5 ran G, H, J. Coarse grained, >5 mm K, L, M. Inequigranular N, P, Q. Porphyroblastic Box 21 - Facies or grade (See Turner, F. J., 1968, Metamorphic Petrology: McGraw-Hill Book Company, pages 187 and 366) Code After Turner (1968) A. Albite-eoidote-hornf els facies B. Homblende-homfels facies C. Pyroxene-hornfels facies D. Sanidinite facies E. Zeolite facies F . Prehnite-pumpeliyite-metagraywacke facies G. Greenschist facies H. Amphibolite facies J. Granulite facies K. Glaucophane-lawsonite-schist facies L. Eclogite facies General M. Low grade N. Medium grade P . High grade Box 24 - Composition Quartz present Quartz not present j Presence of quartz uncertain *r r ^ A, B. D. E, F, H, J, L, M, P, Q, . S, T, + . V, X, Y, C. Calcareous or doloraitic (marble) Siliceous (quartzite) G. Ferruginous or mangani- ferous K. Alumno- silicate , pelitic (schist, phyllite, mica gneiss) N. Calc-silicate (skarn) R. Feldspathic (granite gneiss syenite gneiss, biotite gneiss) U. Mafic (greenstone, green- schist, amphibolite) V. Ultramafic (serpentine, pyroxenite) Z. Other (Specify under "Comments”) Z. Other (Specify under "Comments”) Box 22 - Metasomatism Code 1. Metamorphism was clearly metasom- atic 2. Metamorphism may have been meta- somatic 3. No evidence for metasomatism (The examples in parentheses above do not. include all the possible rocks in each category) Note: List significant minerals, especially metamorphic index minerals, under "Sample Name and Description" and/or "Comments" . ' 7 ■' I ' 21 Sedimentary rocks (Use if and only if box 19 contains a C) (Where more than one code is applicable, use the one that is more specific) (If unknown or very uncertain, do not code) Box 20 - Tentative name Code M-^Bentonite ('"NV Phosphorite , P.' Chert Q. Breccia R. Water -la id tuff S. Oil shale T. Evaporite U. Sulphate deposit (gypsum, anhydrite) V. Chloride deposit (halite, sylviue) W. Carbonate deposit (nahcolite, etc.) Z. Other (Describe sample briefly under "Sample name and description" and/or "Comments") Boxes 21-22 - Modifier (Code up to 2 in order of predominance) Code Code Code A. Laminated ;N. Dolomitic 1. Cherty B. Massive P. Bentonitic 2. Tuffaceous C„ Clastic Q. Ferruginous 3. Volcanic D. Bioclastic R. Manganif erous 4. Zeolitic E. Concretionary S. Carbonaceous 5. Petroliferous F. Nodular (organic) 6. Sulphatic (gypsum, G. Oolitic T. Glauconitic anhydrite, etc.) H. Pelletal U. Arkosic 7. Chloridic (halite. J. Sandy V. Lithic sylvite, etc.) K. Silty W. Micaceous 8. Carbonatic (nahcolite L. Clayey (X. Phosphatic etc. ) M. Calcareous Box 23 - Environment Code A. liar in e B. Continental C. Transitional Y. Siliceous of deposition Z. Other (Specify under "Sample name and description" and/or "Comments") t Code A. Claystone / B. Mudstone C. Shale D. Siltstone E. Sandstone F'. Quartzite G. Conglomerate H. Arkose I. Graywacke J. Limestone, marl stone f " K. Dolomite, dolomitic marl stone ^L. Limestone and/or dolomite 22 C Unconsolidated sediments (Use if and only if box 19 contains a D) (Where more than one code is applicable, use the one that is more specific) (If unknown or very uncertain, do not code) Box 20 - Nature of material Code 1. Gravel 2. Sand 3. Si'lt 4. Clay 5. Mud (silt and/or clay) 6. Ooze 7. Marl 8. Precipitate 9. Peat (may also be coded as an organic fuel, page 30) Boxes 21-22 - Modifier (Code up to 2 in order of predominance) Code Code Code A. Laminated N. DoLomitic 1. Cherty B. Massive P. Bentonitic 2. Tuffaceous C. Clastic Q. Ferruginous 3, Volcanic D. Bioclastic R. Manganif erous 4. Zeolitic E. Concretionary S. Carbonaceous 5. Petroliferous F. Nodular (organic) 6. Sulphatic (gypsum. G. Oolitic T. Glauconitic anhydrite, etc.) H. Pelletal U. Arkosic 7. Chloridic (halite. J . Sandy V. Lithic sylvite, etc.) K. Silty W. Micaceous 8. Carbonatic (naheolite, L. Clayey X. Phosphatic Z. Other (Specify under M. Calcareous Y. Siliceous "Sample name and description1’ and/or '’Comments”) etc Box 23 - Environment of deposition Code A. Stream deposit B. Lake deposit C. Talus or colluvium D. Alluvial fan deposit E. Dunes sand or loess F. Swamp deposit G. Spring deposit H. Residual or lag deposit I. Glacial deposit J. Other type of continental deposit K. Beach deposit L. Tidal flat deposit Code M. Offshore bar or spit N. Deltaic deposit P. Lagoonal deposit Q. Estuarine deposit R. Other type of marginal marine deposit S. Marine terrace deposit T. Nearshore marine deposit U. Deep sea deposit V. Other type of marine deposit Z. Other c £ 4 Minerals (Use if and only if box 19 contains an £) (Where more than one code is applicable, use the one that is more specific) (If unknown or very uncertain, do not code) Box 20 - Mineral group Code A. Native elements B. Sulfides C. Sulfosalts D. Oxides (excluding S1O2) E. Multiple oxides containing Nb, Ta, Ti F. Halides G\ Carbonates H. Nitrates and borates J. Sulfates and chromates K. Phosphates L. Vanadates and uranates M. Arsenates and antimonates N. Selenium and tellurium compounds P. Molybdenates and tungstates Box 21 - Host material Code A. Mafic intrusive B. Mafic extrusive C. Intermediate intrusive D. Intermediate extrusive E. Felsic intrusive F. Felsic extrusive G. Pyroclastic H. Pegmatite, vein J. Serpentine, metamorphosed mafic rocks K. Homfels L. Tactite M. Quartzite N. Slate ?. Phyllite Q. Schist Q. Salts of organic acids R. Forms of Si02 S. Feldspars, f eldspathoids and zeolites T. Ampnibcles, pyroxenes and other chain structures (including polygorskite and sepiolite) U. Micas, clays, and other sheet struc tures V. Ring structures and isolated tetrahedra W. Other silicates 2. Other R. Gneiss S. Granulite T. Marble U. Shear product V. Conglomerate. j. sandstone W. Shale, silts tone X. Limestone Y. Dolomite 1. Evaporite 2. Alluvium 3* Colluvium 4. Glacial drift 5. Wind-blown deposit 6. Organic material 7. Beach deposit Z. Other (Specify under “Comments".) Boxes 26-30 - Alphabetic code for mineral name Use a five-letter code (one letter in each box), 1st letter and following 4 consonants. Delete: a, e, i, o, u, and y unless entire name is < five letters; if less than 4 consonants in name, leave blank boxes on the right. 24 c c * Soil s (Use if and only if box 19 contains an. F) (Where more than one code is applicable, use the one that is more specific) (If unknown or very uncertain, do not code) (Note: Assistance in identifying and coding soil samples can be obtained from the Data Processing Group.) Box 20 - Soil horizon Code * A. Top soil (A horizon) B. Intermediate zone (B horizon) C. Bottom zone (C horizon) Note: Record depth from which sample was taken under ''Comments. 11 Box 21 - Soil category (after Ball, D. F., 1967, Classification of soils, p. 121-125 in G. fT Peterken, ed . , Guide to the check sheet of IBP areas: Oxford and Edinburgh, Blackwell Scientific Publications, 133 p.) Code A. Saline soil. B. High sesquioxide (ferritic) soil. (Red to reddish brown in some or all horizons) C. Organic soil. (Highly organic throughout profile; peat, bog) D. Well-drained non-saline, non-f erritic, calcareous soil with well- marked soil horizons. (Strong profile development) E. Well-drained non-saline, non-f erritic, non-calcareou s soil with well-marked soil horizons. F. Poorly drained non- saline, non-f erritic , calcareous soil with well- marked soil horizons. G. Poorly drained non-saline, non-f erritic, non-ealc.areous soil with well-marked soil horizons. H. Soil with poorly defined soil horizons (weak profile development) caused by climate. (Example — some desert soils, some arctic soils) I. Soil with poorly defined soil horizons caused by youth of soil. (Example--recent alluvium, colluvium, regosoi) J. Humus (forest litter, etc.) Box 22 - Present biotic setting Code 1. Cultivated land (including orchards. 6. Desert pastures) 7. Tundra (including alpine 2. Native grassland tundra) 3. Scattered timber land 8. Shrub or brush covered 4. Forest (chaparral, sagebrush) 5. Swamp (including bog) Z. Other E. Composite (mixture of zones) F. No zoning apparent 25 ft W 3 ter" (Use if °use the ova that is more specific) (Where more than one code xs applicable (If unknown or very uncertain, Box 20 - Type of water Surface water A. Stream Box 21 - Environment at collection site Water temperature < 75 r B. Normal lake % C. Evaporite lake D. Marginal marine (brackish) E. Normal marine F. Canals and similar works of man G. Glacial V A, C, E, G, 1 3^ Igneous rocks D. Met amorphic rocks F. Sedimentary rocks K. Alluvium or other unconsolidated sediments 1/ H. Other surface water _< Ground water j . Spring K. Veil L. Mine M. Oil well brine N. Other ground water — ^ Other water S. Atmospheric liquid inclusions U. Pore water Z. Other 1/ 1/ Describe sample briefly under "Sample “ "Comments." name and description and/ or 26 Plants 1/ (Use if and only if box 19 contains an H) (Where more than one code is applicable, use the one that is more specific) (If unknown or very uncertain, do not code) (Note: Assistance in identifying and coding plant samples can be obtained from the Data Processing Group.) Box 20 - Group Box 21 - Class or Order Common Name or Notes 1. Dico tyledoneae (do not code Box 21) Seed plants; broad-leafed, net-veined; trees, shrubs, forbs. % 2. Mo noco tyledoneae (do not code Box 21) Seed plants; narrow-leafed, parallel - veined; grasses, sedges, lilies, etc. 3. Gymnospermae Mostly coniferous, evergreen trees and \ shrubs . 1. Pinales Pine, spruce, hemlock, fir, larch. cypress, juniper, etc. 2. Taxales Yew. 3. Ginkgoales Ginkgo (maidenhair) tree. 4. Gnetales Mormon tea, and a few others. 5. Cycadales Cycads, "sago palm." 4. Pteridophyta The ferns and fern relatives. 1. Equisetinae Horsetails, "scouring rush." 2. Lycopodinae Lycopodium, "ground pine." 3. Filicineae True ferns (including Azolla, Mars ilia} 4. Others (Selaginella, Psilotum, Isoctes, etc!) 5. Bryophyta 1. Musci Mosses. 2. Hepaticae Livervor r;s, leafy and thallose. 3. Anthocerotae Homwort s . 4. Sphagna Sphagnum. 6. Algae 1. Rhodophyta Red algae; mostly marine. 2. Phaeophyta Brown algae; all marine. 3. Pyrrophyta Flame algae. 4. Chrysophyta Golden algae. 5. Chlorophyta Green algae, "pond scum." 6. Charophyta Stoneworts. 7. Euglenophyta Euglena and other amoeba-like. 8. Cyanophyta Blue-green algae. 7. Fungi 1. Phycomycetes Water molds, white rust, bread mold, ei 2. Ascomycetes Yeast, ergot, powdery mildew, truffles, morels, etc. 3. Basidiomycetes Mushrooms, puffballs, smuts, rusts, etc 4. Fungi Imperfecti The imperfect fungi. 5. Ascolichenes Lichens, with Ascomycetes. 6. Basidiolichenes Lichens, with Basidiomycetes. 7. Lichenes Imperfecti The imperfect lichens. 8. Myxophyta 1. Myxomycetacea 2. Acrasieae 3. Plasmodiophoreae Slime molds. 4. Bacteriophy ta Bacteria . 1 _/ Also see pages 28 and 29. 27 e ■5 Plants --Continued ft Boxes 22 - 25 - Family The families are to be 9-33, "Family Names of vol. 1, 1962 by Sydney of the letter "V"; all is less than 4 digits, 0042) . coded by a 4-digit number, as presented on pages the Plant Kingdom," International Plant Index, W. Gould. Use only the numbers to the right entries must be 4 digits in length. If the number it should be preceded by zeros (e.g. 42 should be Box 26 - 27 - Soecies Coding: 1st two letters Note: Boxes 28 - 30 - Genus Cod ing: 1st three letters Box 35 - Plant part Reversal of the order of "Species" and "Genus" here is deliberate, and is done to accommodate certain features of the data processing system. -. Whole plant. 0. Above ground parts (usually stems and leaves combined as 1 sample, but seeds and fruits may also be combined). 1. Roots. N 2. Stems (including twigs, branches, trunk, or wood;. 3. Leaves (including leaf stalks or petioles). 4. Stem tips (young branch tips with immature leaveu) . 5. Bark of roots. , 6. Bark of stems (branches or trunk). 7. Seed. g# Fruit (Note: grass seed and cereal grains are frtirts.). 9. Flowers (including entire inflorescence). Z. Other Box 36 - Habitat 0. Xerophyte (plants specially adapted to and growing in dry locations). 1. Mesophyte (plants growing in soil of moderate morsture content). 2. Hydrophyte (plants growing in bogs, swamps; aquatic plants). 3. Phreatophyte (plants whose roots extend to ground water table and are thus able to grow in very dry surface soil). 4. Halophyte (plants specially adapted to and growing in high salt concentrations in the soil, including "alkali" soil). 5. Epiphyte (plants growing on other plants, but deriving moisture from the air) . 6. Parasite (plants growing on other plants and deriving nourishment from them) . 7. Saprophyte (plants growing on decaying organic matter). 28 c Plant s- -Con tinned Box 37 - Life form 0. Tree, conifer (usually evergreen, with needle-like leaves). 1. Tree, non-conifer (usually deciduous, with broad leaves). 2. Shrub, conifer. 3. Shrub, non-conifer. 4. Forb (herbaceous, usually broad-leaved, plants) . 5. Grass and grass-like (including sedges and rushes). 6. Vine, woody. 7. Vine, herbaceous. Z. Other Box 38 - Biotic setting 1. Cultivated land (including orchards, pastures) 2. Native grassland (grazing land) 3. Scattered timber land 4. Forest 5. Swamp (including bog) 6. Desert 7. Tundra (including alpine tundra) 8. Shrub or brush covered (chaparral, sagebrush) Z. Other c •i Organic fuels and related substances (Use if and only if box 19 contains an I) (Where more than one code is applicable, use the one that is more specific) (If unknown or very uncertain, do ruot code) Box 20 - Tentative name of fuel or related substance Code A. Peat (Hay also be classified as an unconsolidated sediment, page 23) . B. . Coal C. Lignite t D. Subbituminous coal E. Bituminous coal F. Anthracite coal J. Natural gas K. Petroleum « L. Solid and semi-solid hydrocarbon (asphalt, gilsonite, etc.) Z. Other (Describe briefly under "Sample name and description" and/or "Comments. ") Note: Samples of oil shale should be coded as sedimentary rocks. ♦ (Where core Miscellaneous (Use if and only it box i9 than one code is applicable, (If unknown or very, uncertar contains a J) use the one that n, do not code) is more specific) Box 20 Code A. Gossan B. Limonite C. Jasperoid D. Nodule or concretion E. Plant fossil F. Invertebrate fossil G. Vertebrate fossil H. Modem shell J. Animal parts K. Artifact L. Synthetic solution M. Synthetic product (other than a solution) N. Desert varnish p. Caliche Q. Duracrust R„ Fumarolic sublimate S. Fault breccia, mylonite, or gouge T. Meteorite U. Tektite Describe sample briefly under "Sample name and description ” Comments.'1 And/or 31 ' • j ( INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMITTING SAMPLES TO THE FIELD SERVICES SECTION LABORATORIES OF THE BRANCH OF EX FLO POTION RESEARCH General Only data from certain projects submitting samples to the Field Services Section Laboratories are entered into the RASS system. Other projects will use the same Request for Analysis forms in submitting samples, but they need only be partially completed. A copy of the front page of the Request for Analysis form is shown on page 33, and a list of descriptive codes is given on page 34. The flow of the samples, Request for Analysis forms, and the analytical data through the mill is diagrammed in figure 3. To make arrangements for having the data from your project entered into RASS, contact the Data Processing Group. T> n i*> i~» / of Paacs. REQUEST FOR ANALYSIS Job Ro . _ _ Ro. of S arr.p 1 c s S c \ « CODES FOR DESCRIPTIONS OF SAMPLES (If uncertain, or inapplicable, leave blank) Security status Rock type (Be as Igneous form specific as possible) A. Data may be released only A. Plutonic to agencies of U.S. Gov't. B. Data may be released only A. Unidentified rock B. Extrusive within, U.S.G.S. C. Data may be released only B. Sedimentary rock C. Dike/sill Structural setting to submitter. C. M^t amorphic rock D. Data may be released to D. Igneous rock A. Fracture/ joint . anyone. B. Shear or fault Material class E. Unconsolidated sediment C. Other A. Rock F. Conglomerate Matrix (predominantly) A. Silica B. Unconsolidated sediment G. Sandstone B. Fe/Mn C. Organic material H. Siltstone C. Carbonate 5. Soil I. Claystone D. Clay J. Shale E. Other 0. Other (zero) Oxidation state K. Carbonate A. Oxidized Samole tyoe L. Gneiss B. Partially oxidized S. Single (grab) M. Schist C. Unoxidized U. Composite A1 teration V. Channel N. Metaquartzite A. Propylitic ” 0 . Marble B. Argillitic Z. Other P. Skarn C. Siliceous Sample source D. Sericitic A. Outcrop or surface layer Q. Phyllite E. Feldspathic R. Slate F. Other B . Mine . S. Felsic igneous Ore minerals F. Dump or pros, pit T. Intermediate igneous A. Base metals B. Precious metals 0. Float U. Mafic igneous G. Mixed base and P. Drill hole precious metals V. Ultramafic igneous * N. Other Mineral deposit form W. Feldspathoidal A. Vein Y. Chert or jasperoid B. Replacement X. Other C. Disseminated D. Other 34 r Figure 3. --Diagram showing organization of procedure for processing data from laboratories of the Field Services Section of the Branch of Exploration Research. 35 c General Instructions for All Frojects All projects must complete the top portions of the Request for Analysis form (page 33) on submitting samples to Field Services Section Laboratories, whether in the field or in Denver. Most of this portion of the form is self-explanatory. If the sample is from offshore, give the name of the adjacent state. Leave the space for Job. No. blank. Only one copy of the forms is required. i In regard to the “Security Status" code for the top portion of the form, your attention is called to the memorandum from the Chief- Geologist reproduced on page 10 of this manual. If A, B, or C codes are used, please indicate the date such code may expire in the space provided. If no Security Status code is required, you may insert a D or leave the space blank. - In the space provided for project number, pie se record all 6 digits You are urged to consult with representatives of the Field Services Section before completing the "Work Requested" portion of the form. All projects must also complete certain items for each sample on the "Description of Samples" portion of the form, including a) field number, b) tag number, c) a check to indicate whether the sample is of rock, soil, stream sediment, organic material, or "other," and d) a brief description of the sample if it is rock or "other" in the "Comments' column. Processing of the samples in the laboratories will be greatly facilitated and problems of contamination will be reduced if you will ♦ group samples of similar kind together on the forms. Information given in the "Comments" column of the form will also help in this regard, and will be of aid to the analyst in selecting the best laboratory technique. 36 '“1”S ““ *“* . Additional requirements for completion of the Request :otras for projects having their data entered into RASS are: a) a check in the appropriate place in the right-hand par. of the section of the form, h) coded descriptions of the samples and t e , ,Aich they were taken, and c) rf automatic geologic environments room which they ; -t-hpr th.° latitude and longitude a clotting of maps is contemplated, either the t ken or an X-Y location based on a grid coordinate which each sample was take.., system of your own choosing. ondad descriptions of the samples , Anther the sample is of Aside from cheeking the form to indicate wh -tn . .«««■ - «• 34 - ~“*1- - TaHmde and longitude or X-Y lc^atxon, b„ b.b»b«b » *• 4“ly,1‘ IOT u bl.bb« b« lb ' “ l£ data are to be retrieved by location other than state iocation at which each sample was collected may be given as latitude - y.v coordinate scheme defined specifi- and longitude, or in terms of an X Y hut one or the other method, not both, cally for the project area, but o • r The accuracy of the final geochemica. should be used for a given project. The a „d on the degree of detail and care with which maps will, of course, depend on the deg , . The degree of detail should be Che location information is recorded. The degr . . which the data arc to be plotted, consistent with the scale at which 37 Latitude and longitude may be given irl ^ole degroca> ninutes> and seconds, not inactions thereof. One second of latitude equaJabout 100 feet, one second of longitude equals about 35 feet in Arizona and 70 feet in Idaho. Values of X and X may be either positive or negative and may contair P to 5 figures, with or without a decimal point (e.g. 100.86, 10086, -10086, 9999.9, 9.9999, -99.999, or 99999 -e a’l 3 .re aii acceptable). This will allow a location accuracy of 1 foot in an ar-s ’3 ~r an ur.a „o miles across, or of 10 feet in an area 380 miles across, if the coordm--. , ’ cne coordinate scheme is properly defined. Comments The "Comments" field on -d„ on the Request for Analysis form is for addi¬ tional information pertaining to the samole thac • “I tnat is not provided for in the coding scheme. The comments will be stored i- H „„ e SCored the PASS file along With the coded information and the analytical da-- The y i Qau, . The comments can be retrieved with the dpfp „ , data, but cannot be used as a basis for searches. Comments are limited to 64 character-. i , raC£erS ln lenSth> including spaces between words and all punctuation. Please be lea-ihle Field No. and Tag No, The records in the RASS file are sequenced according to "Tag No." therefore, provide a more convenient basis for retrieval than do field numbers. Becan<;p „ t g numbers are consistently 6-digit numbers, they are also better suited for h, • surted for handling in computer processing However, if you anticipate that retrieval of your c-ta ■ r u or your c^ta oy field number will be necessarv nl ppco . * . P maKe prior arrangements with the Data Processing Group before your sables are submitted to the laboratory. 38 Codes for otbsr inf ormstion The coding scheme presented here for sables submitted to the Field Services Section is only a subset of that which can be used in the Ra.S system. If you wish to enter and retrieve data on the basis of coded geologic, age, formation name, or other factors, please contact the Data Processing Group before submitting your samples to the laboratory. INSTRUCTIONS FOR RETRIEVAL OF DATA FROM RASS The information supplied when submitting s,^. ipi.es for analys the analytical data, are stored on magnetic tapes as part of the RASS system. Information and data pertaining to samples submitted to the Branch of Analytical Laboratories are on one group of tapes, and that on samples submitted to the Field Services Section Laboratories, are on s _ j j „ - .'•'7T1 bn retrieved by coiiusc ting another. In either case, selected d-c can be the Data Processing Group. A search statement will be formulated to define the samples on which data are to be retrieved. It will be necess¬ ary to know whether the retrieved data are only to be listed, or wtiethe specific data are to be transferred to cither a STATPAC tape or a STAX? AC card deck for processing in one or more programs of the STATPAC system. The responsibility of the Data Processing Group ends when the data requested are tabulated or placed on a STATPAC tape or card deck and transmitted to the requester. The responsibility for analysis and inter¬ pretation of the data are his. The Data Processing Group, however, will be of whatever assistance it can in an advisory capacity, and in some cases will prepare statistical summaries of the data if requested to do SO . 39 ( * Search statements on The search statement contains the criteria defining the samples which data are to be retrieved. It may consist simply of a list of laboratory or tag numbers, or it may contain any criteria supplied on the Request for Analysis forms when the samples were submitted to the laboratory. If the information was not supplied on the Request for Analysis forms, of course, it cannot be the basis for data retrieval . Other criteria which may be contained in the search state¬ ment consist of the analytical results. Typical search statements may be formulated as follows: A) All data on samples where: 1. The project number is either 976070 or 976071. 2. The date of submittal was June 1, 1968 or later. 3. The sample is from Utah, Nevada, Arizona, or California. 4. The geologic age is Cambrian. 5. The rock name is either sandstone or quartzite. 6. The AI2O3 content is equal to or greater than 3%. 7. The data release code is not A, B, or C. B) Data on the Fe20;3 contents of all samples where: 1. The sample locality is west of the 100th meridian, but in the U.S 2. The sample is from a volcanic flow. 3. Either the Si02 content is less than 507* ojr the sample was identified as quartz-free. 4. The data release code is not C. ♦ C) All data on all soil samples: 1. Collected in Arizona. 2. Submitted by J. L. Jones or J. Q. Doe. 40 Entry into the STATPAC system Any of the analytical data on samples satisfying the criteria contained in the search statement, as well as the latitude and longitude or X-Y location data, may be transferred from the RASS file to a STATPAC tape or a STATPAC card deck. The particular tape, identified o> a P number, may be supplied by the requester or by the Data Processing Group. When the retrieval has been completed, the requester will be given th_ following information: 1) Tape number. 2) Data set identifier. 3) N, the number of samples represented on the tape. 4) M, the number of variables (elements) represented on the tape. 5) Identification of the variables on the tape. With this information (or, alternatively, with a STATPAC card deck) the requester will be able to process the retrieved data in the STATPAC system. Assistance may be obtained from personnel .of either the Computer Center Division or the Branch of Geochemical Census. A diagram showing some of the principal programs contained in the STATPAC system is given in figure 4. The function of each program is described in a program documentation available from the Computer Center Division. The program documentations should be requested by number. 41 X" STATPAC cards * Card entry program (D0092) STATPAC update (D0049) STATPAC tapeT DATA REDUCTION AND ANALYSIS PROGRAMS: — > GEOSUM (A470) — ► Fisher K-statistics (DOOIO) — ► Graphical analysis (D0036) — ► Analysis of variance (D0038) — ► Simultaneous equations (D0046) — ► Two-group discriminant analysis (D0060) — ► Standard error of replicates (D0066) — ► Z-matrix search (D0070) — ► Stepwise regression I (D0094) — ► Stepwise regression I! (D0095) — ► Factor analysis (D0096) — ► Rank correlation (D0136) — ► Serial correlation (D0152) '—*> Bartlett's test (D0189) S\ -i DATA PREPARATION PROGRAMS: — ► Card exit program (D0065) - — ► Transformation generator (D0C01) - — ► Revise STATPAC tape (D0025) - — » Average replicate samples (D0026) - — ► STATPAC retrieval (A472) - ► Factor analysis preparation (DC089) - — ► Correlation analysis (D0101) - — > Sedimentary rock classification (D0153) — — ► Matrix multiplication (D0079) - - - — ► Matrix inversion (W0099) - MISCELLANEOUS PROGRAMS: > Triangular diagrams (A210) * Printer contouring (W8203) * Publication listing (D0039) * BIO MED program system (A219) * GEOPAC program system (A217) ► Plot STATPAC (A462) Figure 4. -Diagram of part of the STATPAC system. 4? > « -m, t f-<* '■ * C .. ! I , * G t.0 L 0 & s o i- .• L ^ l- 5 - - ■- - CONSE R VAT 1 0 U D t V 1 3 i 0 1 ' M A W U A l Prefer am Senes Chapter 1 Glossary Pnrt 670 Oenerg.lL • 6T0 . 1 BOI /0. Branch of Mining Operations. BWC . Branch of Waterpower Classification find astral survey. The establishment of land boundaries end their identification on the ground by monuments or marks and their identification in the records by field notes and plats. CFR. Cla: Code of Federal Regulations . isif ication . Designation and/or withdrawal of public lands as being valuable or suitable, for specific purposes, uses, or . resources. ■pS : As used in BWC, Geological Survey classifications for water storage and waterpower purposes designate Federal land as being valuable, or eminently suitable, for power or reservoir sites. These classifications neither cowit the Government to construc¬ tion nor prohibit private use for water resource development; however, they do serve to identify, protect, and forestall the encumbrance of potential sites . Classification as a potential water development site does not constitute a "withdrawal” in the usual sense of the word -the land *ay continue to be entered for other uses but with the understanding' that water development. 2 I c Department of the Interior GEOLOGICAL SURVEY COM<5FPV*TinM r./! a r»i! ia ULM', Jui tvn ! tL/t J Ut V tUi'JJi IVi A i >e rJ A ?rcf~ram Gorier Chapter 1 Glossary Part: 670 Genera 1 670.1 Classification (Con.) cannot be precluded by such entry. Geological Survey classi¬ fications include Reservoir Sites under the Act of October 2, lco3 («.~5 Stat . 5S f ) Power Site Reserves and Reservoir Site Reserves under the Act of June 25, 1910 (36 Stat. 8U7 as amended 37 Stat. ^97)j Waterpower Designations under the Acts of June 20, 1910 (36 Stat. 577, 56h , 575), June 9, 1916 (39 Stat. 218), and February 26, 1919 (}i0 Stat. 1178, ll8o); and Pov/er Site Classification under the Or panic Act of March 3, 1^79 (20 Stat. 39*0 • Geological Survey classification for power purposes come under the provisions of Section 2h of oho federal Power Act, and are subject to mining entry with power rights protected . —Co O|'o. . Usually applications for alienation, such as homesteads or public sales, upon which the Survey is requested by BLM, through a cooperative agreement, to furnish mineral and water resources reports. Designationi. A powersitc classification under the. Acts of Juno 20, 1910, June 9, 1916, or February 26, 1.919. (The Arizona and ♦ •Ilcw Mexico Statehood Enabling Act and acts affecting revested Oregon and California Railroad end Coo:: Pay Way on Road grants.) Also, the land so designated. G» .' K /> # ts;> Department ' GEOLOGICAL CONSERVATION DiVISiO In tcrici C\{i7?r\jpY W Vr i % vr U • i \S MAi\!uA Program Series part 670 General Chanter 1 Glossary 670.1 Director. The Director , Geological Survey, unless otherwise noted. Disposition. A transaction which leads to the transfer of public lands, arid/or resources in these lands, from the Federal Government Division Chief. The Chief, Conservation Division, Geological Survey, unless otherwise noted. Entry. In general, an allowed application which was submitted by an applicant who seeks “to acquire title to the land by payment of cash or its equivalent and/or by entering upon and improving the land . Federal land . (Federally owned lands) . All classes of land owned by the Federal Government. Federal Power Act. (Formerly Federal Water Power Act). The Act of 1 June 10, 1920 (Hi Stat. IO63) as amended August 26, 1935 0<9 Stat. 863; l6 U.S.C. 791a-823) creating the Federal Power: Commission . Federal Power Project Withdrawal. A withdrawal or reservation of Federal lands for use in connection with n hydroelectric power project under jurisdiction of the Federal Power Commission . ♦ The withdrawn land may continue to be entered for other uses, subject to prior power rights, and providing the project is not being actively pursued. h Department of the -nverior GEOLOGICAL SLAVEY CONSERVATION DIVISION f.TANUAL Program Sorios Chapter 1 Glossary Part 670 General 670 . 1 Filins’ An application which has been submitted to the -oroper authority or official for processing or decision-. r.^n^,,l resources • All fluid products of geothermal processes, ' embracing steam, naturally heated water and brines, and the heat or other energy associated with them and any by-products derived from them. Historical index. A part of the new 3U4 public land records. A chronological list of all past and present actions affecting the use of, or title to, the public lands in a township. T^sable minerals. On public land : coal, phosphate, sodium, potassium, oil and gas, oil shale, native asphalt, solid and semi solid bitumen, and bituminous rods, and sulphur (Louisiana and Kew Mexico) On acquired lands: all minerals except common varieties. On Indian lands: all minerals. T.p.7al description. As to any particular parcel of land, the descrip¬ tion of its location according to the official plat of its cadastral survey. 5 V * r € GEOLOGICAL SUHV 'V , » CONSERVATION DIVISi r\ ’\S r\ <1 » * i i t - iv, A i\j U; t Program Series _ _ _ _ _ Part 670 fonpral Chapter 1 Glossary 57Q -| Legal subdivision. In a general sense, a subdivision of a township, such as a section, quarter section, lot, etc., which is authorized under the public land laws; in a strict sense, a regular subdivision Locatable mineials. Those minerals other than the leasable minerals, usually of a metallic nature, subject to location under the mining laws, such as gold, silver, and copper. Lot. A subdivision of a section which is not described as an aliquot part of a section, but which is described by a number. A lot is ordinarily irregular in shape and its acreage varies from that of a regular subdivision. / faster Title Plat. A part of the new BLM public land records, con¬ sisting of a map of a township at the scale of 30 chains to the inch showing what lands have been patented, patent number and any reservations of rights to the Government. All classifications and withdrawals, and locations of rights-QT-way and land improve¬ ments are also shown. Mineral leases and permits are shown if only a few are present in the township; a Use Plat is added as part of » t the record if many are present. 1 a.Q.ds • Public lands which have been designated as containing, or known to contain, valuable minerals. 11/1/69 (Rel. No. 3) r. ( cc Ospurii.ient of li\$ Inferior GEOLOGICAL SURVEY k *■.*/*» f" *— > \ / '•> t am ^ ff n c?f r1. E\ 5 t* " a ?!■ m 5 ^ l r iV S lL, M 1 » v/ t'o U it V >0(^1 '* i - i *'* i u W * I— Program Series Part 670 General 670.1 Mineral Leasing Act- The Act of February 25, 1920 (hi Stat. ^37; 30 U.S.C., sec. l8l, et &eq,.) as amended and supplemented . Mineral withdrawal for classification.' A withdrawal of public lands vhich are potentially valuable for leasable minerals precluding the disposal of the' lands except vith a mineral reservation unless the lands are found, upon examination or by other competent evidence, not to contain, a valuable deposit of mineral. Minutes . Recorded summary of geologic data, history of executive action, and the development of conclusions effecting the classi¬ fication of lands . Modification. A formal order or notice pen-sitting a specified non- inj^rlons use of lands in a withdrawal o>r classification. » National Forest. A forest or watershed reservation which is administered by the Forest Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Opening. An action which permits the submittal of applications for / public lands that theretofore had not been available for acquisition under pub lie -land laws . 7 if fN, r-.C ' h ? r> v v r* rj»r V- p i l •- i ; !i vfi !..£»„ r'- -' f'>s ( v:-:. : ': \ « \-r- V_f 1— V- « W « -J u e * » o\ ; :,*v *-> ! i w . /s /"* m r*> r- n » t r ? ; n ; \ t \Ct\C\ r, ■ ft * A M I ! A f C Q i\. C £. H v i i » %• i/ J if l«5k •<• E ^ ^ *’"* — Program Series • Part 670 General 670.1 0 & C Lands . Public lands in -western Oregon which were granted to the Oregon Central railroad companies (later the Oregon Ss California Railroad Company) to aid in the construction of railroads, but which were later forfeited and returned to the Federal Government by revestment of title. The term M0 & C lands” as often used includes ‘reference also to the reconveyed Coes Bay Military Wagon Road lands, which are public lends in western Oregon that were once granted to the State of Oregon to aid in the construction of the wagon road, but were later forfeited and returned to Federal ownership by reconveyance . ' « Original public domain. All ths lands vhich the Federal Government obtained by cession from the Thirteen Original States (1789-1802), by the Louisiana Purchase (1803), hy the cession from Spain (1819) I by the occupation of the Oregon Territory (l846), by the Mexican Cession (l8^3), by the purchase from Texas (1850), by the Gadsden purchase (l853)> snd by the purchase of Alaska (1867)- The drainage basin of the Red River of the Worth, south of the ^9tb parallel , 1 and west of the cessions by the Thirteen Original States, is a part of the original public domain. ’ . *.JL- K Department of Sbc Inferior GEOLOGICAL SURVEY C 0 M SER V A \ S 0 N D I v 1 8 ! u « o iv : k t t U k L Program Series Part 670 General 670.1 Organic Act. The Act approved March 3; 1^79 > which established ths Geological Survey (20 Stat . 3 (7; ^3 U.S.C. 3l) • Patent. A document which conveys to the patentee legal tiole to public lands . Posting, tract books. Notations on the tract books of an official action with respect to public lands. Power site . Land suitable for potential use as locations for dams, reservoirs, conduits, penstocks, transmission lines, and appur¬ tenant works required for the generation of hydroelectric energy. The term "waterpower site" is used interchangeably. Power Site Classification. See "Classification . . \ Power Site Reserve . See "Classification. Proration . A system for allocating on a reasonable basis the amount of allowable production of oil and gas as oetween fields, pools, properties or wells to prevent waste ar.d to protect correlative rights. In certain major producing states, the maximum allowable for a whole state is first determined on the basis^ of the reasonable market demand for the production within the state, and this allowed is then allocated in such a manner as to prevent an oversupply of oil and gas . 9 - \ CO Osperimoni of ihc 'r.'ssicr r* rr n t /*> tx ? c- ?, j cs ? r v " v Vlr t» V*-/ L* ^ d *i l» V** • > 'i V • 0 w p ^ 5 s\ *i { :\ r t. / t C ? ^ f' *• * -VlPinAII F\!' b C. i"i V M t S U lu U g v/ I O 5 V r i » Xi SA i'4 0(4 L. Pr o gr am Series Part 670 General Chapter 1 Glossary 670.1 Prospecting permit. A document which authorir.es prospecting for certain minerals on public lands or acquired lands. Protraction diagram. A diagram representing the plan of extension of the cadastral surveys -over unsurveyed public lands, based upon computed values for the corner positions . Public -land laws. The laws which have been passed by Congress concerning the administration of the public lands and resources thereon. . Public Land Order (FLO) . An order effecting, modifying, or canceling a classification, withdrawal, or reservation,, which has been issued by the Secretary of the Interior pursuant to statutory authority or the powers delegated to tlie Secretary by Executive Order Ho. 3.0355 of May 2 C , 1952 (17 F.R. !i331, U3 U.S.C. iUi) . Public lands . Original public lands which have never left Federal ownership; also, lands in Federal ownership which were obtained by the Government in exchange for public lands or for timber on such lands; also, original public -domain lands which have reverted to Federal ownership through operations of the pub lie - land laws. 10 t • > - » Deportment of the Interior GEOLOGICAL SURVEY CONSERVATION DIVISION MANUAL Part 670 General Public Law 359- The Act of Aucust 11, 1955 (69 Stat. 68l) providing for the location of raining claims on lands classified, withdrawn, or reserved for power purposes . Rec-Ianntion withdrawal. Public lands that axe, or may be, needed m connection with the construction and maintenance of a Bureau of < Reclamation project and withdrawn under the provisions of the Reclamation Act of June 17, 1902 (32 Stat. 388). p.rmiar mibdlvision. Generally speaking, a subdivision of a section which is an aliquot part of 6h 0 acres, such as a half -section of 320 acres, a quarter-section of l60 acres, and a quart ei quar-e. section of to acres . Reservation. A withdrawal, usually' of a mere or less permanent nature; also, any Federal lands which have been dedicated to a specific public purpose. Reservoir Site. See •Classification.'’ • 1 • Reservoir site. Land suitable for potential use or locations for dams, reservoirs, conduits, and appurtenant works required for water storage purposes other than for generation of hydroelectric energy. The term "vs.ter storage site” is use-1 interchangeably. 11 *■* t- • f' ! \ uspartmcny ov jno in'crscf GEOLOGICAL SURVEY CCNSE R VAT ! 0 N DIVE S \ 0 M M A i\I U A L Program Series (oTO Hr-'*- »>r~r> ~1 Chapter. 1 Glossary 6to.i Reservoir Site Reserves. See "Classification." / Restoration. A revocation of a withdrawal and the opening of the public lands involved . Revocation . Generally, an action “which cancels a previous official action; specifically, an action which Cancels a classification or withdrawal . ' • M^rof -Way • A Permit or an easement which authorizes the use of public lands for certain specified purposes, commonly for pipelines, roads, telephone and transmission lines; also, the lands covered 1 by such an easement. Secretariat . The body of presidentially-appointed officials in the Office of the Secretary of the Interior with delegated authority to act in behalf of the Secretary. i Secretary . The Secretary of the Interior unless otherwise noted. Section 2b . Section 2k of the Federal Power Act (hi Stat. 1075; 16 U.S.C. 8l8). * ■ ' Segregation ♦ Generally speaking, any action, such as withdrawal, . allowed application, etc., which suspends the operation of the general public land laws as to particular public lands. 12 t Program Series C\ •> n i* v r sn 4 £■> /S t r*. •* ,** i.' » «■'* r» 1 Vv ^ •-■/ 5 t k i i v r I * k t <4 • w I • ^ •» 4 4 U (?. rrn J n fi f ^ c ? QMpy pr v V» U. W * -. O V • Vt-vL J ki 1 '. to L I p,{w'(Qtn^ f\flA L*- • V U W’ S v*»- ' i vy 1 % 4 v ' « t. * i* ‘ *'.-• \ ; / ■ U » .- /'\. •r j f. » i ivi c . Chapter 1 Glossary Part 670 General 670.1 Valuable mineral. A deposit of a mineral ore or substance which is useful in commerce or the arts , occurring in quantity and quality sufficient to justify its mining end removal for sale; also, any , f quantity of such ore or substance in a vein or lode, the size and continuity of which are such as to justify an ordinary prudent man in the expenditure of his labor and means in an effort to develop a paying mine. Valuable prospectively ■ • A determination of potential mineral value of Federal lands. It is applied to those lands where geologic data suggests that the mineral may be present meeting classi- 1 f ication standards . • 1 Waterpower ♦ A term used to designate any type of energy or power which can or has been developed through utilization of the energy in falling or moving water. The term "hydropower” is used interchangeably. Water Power Designation . See "Classification." Withdrawal . An action which restricts the disposal of public lands and which holds therm for a specific public purpose; also public t. ' lands which have been dedicated to public purposes'. i i ( 1<| » :c - - 2 CON ^ V I V- / J u i^Uc. i J. t Pi | G fTT r? \ t A * *T* f rv r. t p% £ ; ; ♦ o ? r* * f r ,* a a f { 5 a # IV'^Un Ui'T 1 IV !'■; L* i \J l w •. r*f i\» i _ j /-'» (\j ^ Program Series Part 670 General Chapter 1 Glossary 670.1 al reglstcr Gheetj. Ah official land office record containing the serial number assigned to an application filed under the public land laws and other pertinent information, such as the tyne of application, name and address of applicant, and the date of filing. Saiallfsc legal subdivision . For general purposes under the public -land laws, a quarter-quarter -section of bo acres or a surveyed lot. — -atus > lanQ.‘. With respect to any particular parcel of land, its legal description, its cadastral survey status (surveyed or unsurveyed), the n on-Federal rights or privileges which attach to it or its resources, the withdrawals or special laws which apply to it, and other pertinent information which may influence the operation of public-land laws so far as its use or disposition is concerned. % - - C • • . ) Surface entry. An application for rights to land exclusive of "the mineral rights. ' Suriace rights Rights to land exclusive of mineral rights . Tract hooks_. The central records -which show the status of the original public domain. U»s-C. United States Code. m * /* Definition: Public Land Classification Actions Valuable mineral. A deposit of a mineral ore or substance which is useful in commerce or the arts, occurring in quantity and quality sufficient to justify its mining and removal for sale; also, any quantity of such ore or substance in a vein or lode, the size and continuity of which are such as to justify an ordinary prudent man in the expenditure of his labor and means in an effort to develop a paying mine. Withdrawal. An action which restricts the disposal of public lands and which holds them for a specific public purpose; also public lands which have been dedicated to public purposes. The first step in the classification proceedure is the withdrawal of lands containing leasable minerals from entry, exchange or sale under the Withdrawal Act of 1910. Referred to as a mineral reserve. Classification. Designation and/or withdrawal of public lands as being valuable or suitable, for specific purposes, uses, or resources. Classification actions may be formal and informal. The principal informal classifi¬ cation action is the delineation of lands valuable prospectively for the various leasable minerals. Formal classifications are made to determine which lands contain leasable minerals, in sufficient quantity and quality meeting minimum classification standards, and which lands are nonmineral. Reserve. See withdrawal. Restoration. A revocation of a withdrawal and the opening of the public lands involved. Revocation. Generally, an action which cancels a previous official action; specifically, an action which cancels a classification or withdrawal. <• 0^,etI0C-5i! YD^o^ Det^' /